Page #1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page #2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jain Philosophy Historical Outline
Page #3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page #4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jain Philosophy
Historical Outline
by
Narendra Nath Bhattacharyya
Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
55
Page #5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
First Published 1976 © 1976 Bhattacharyya, Narendra Nath (b. 1934)
Published by Munshiram Manoharlal
Publishers Pvt. Ltd. 54 Rani Jhansi Road,
New Delhi-110055. Printed in India by
Modern Printers K-30, Navin Shahadra,
Delhi-110032.
Page #6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Dedicated
as a mark of devotion and reverence
to the holy name of
LORD MAHĀVIRA who inspired men to fight against oppression and exploitation,
disease and death, cruelty and caste, anger and pride, deceit and greed.
Page #7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page #8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
CONTENTS
ABBREVIATIONS PREFACE
ix xiit
PART ONE INTRODUCTION
The Jains as they are 1 Researches on Jainism 8 Literary Sources 17 Archaeological Sources: Architecture and Sculpture 29 Archaeological Sources: The Epigraphs 37 Pārsva and Mahāvīra 44 Ecclesiastical History 47
PART TWO THE INCIPIENT STAGE
The Prehistory of Jainism 51 The Historical Background 54 Material Basis of the Great Intellectual Movement 59 The Conflicts in the History of Indian Thought 62 Contemporary Philosophical Schools 64 Pūraņa Kassapa 69 Pakudha Kaccāyana 72 Makkhali Gosāla 75 Sañjaya Belaţthiputta 78 Ajita Kesakambalin 79 Social Experiences of Mahāvīra 80 The Social Basis of Jain Ethics 84
88
PART THREE THE SOPHISTICATED STAGE
Jainism and Indian Philosophical Tradition Jain Atheism 93
88
Page #9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
viii Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Jain Logic 108
Scientific Enquiries: Cosmology 120
128
Scientific Enquiries: Classification of Jiva 125 Scientific Enquiries: Biology, Physiology, etc. Scientific Enquiries: Diseases and Medicines 135 Scientific Enquiries: Astronomy 136 Scientific Enquiries: Atomism 138
Jain Cosmography 140
The Unfounded Speculations and their Ethical 145
Considerations
The Nine Fundamentals and the Doctrine of Karma 146 Classification of Karma and the Guṇasthänas 154 A Review of the Jain Metaphysics 156
Theory of Knowledge 160 Psychological Ingredients 162
The Non-Absolutist Standpoint 163
PART FOUR
A COMPARATIVE STUDY Jainism and Vedic Tradition Jainism and Buddhism 170 Jainism and Ajivikism 176 Jainism and Materialism Jainism and Samkhya 181 Jainism and Yoga 188
179
Jainism and Mīmāmsā 191
Jainism and Nyāya-Vaiśeṣika 194
Jainism and Vedanta
A Subjectwise Comparative Study of the Systems 199
BIBLIOGRAPHY
INDEX
166
197
166
207 213
Page #10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
ABBREVIATIONS
ABORI ABS AEO AGR AGS AG. Sam АКМ Anu. AO ARASI BDCRI BG BI BV CHI CII DHB Digha DKCV DLJP DS
Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute. Ācārya Bhikṣu Smrtigrantha. Archives d'Etudes Orientales. Ātmānanda Grantha Ratnamālā. Āgamodaya Samiti. Agama Samgraha. Abhandlungen für die kunde des Morgenlandes. Anuyogadārā. Acta Orientalia. Annual Report of the Archaeological Survey of India. Bulletin of the Deccan College Research Institute. Bombay Gazetteer. Bibliotheca Indica. Bhojavrtti on the Yogasutras. Cambridge History of India. Corpus Inscriptionum Indicarum. Dacca History of Bengal. Đigha Nikaya. Das Kapital Centenary Volume. Devchand Lalbhai Jaina Pustakoddhāra. Dravyasamgraha of Nemicandra. Epigraphia Carnatica. Epigraphia Indica. Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics. Gaekwad's Oriental Series. Giornale della Societa Asiatica Italiana. Indian Antiquary. Indian Historical Quarterly. Indische Alterthumuskunde of C. Lassen. Indische Studien. Jain Antiquary. Journal Asiatique.
ЕС ΕΙ ERE
GOS GASI IA IHQ Ind. Alt
IS
JA
JA
Page #11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
x Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
JAOS
JBBRAS
JBHS
JBORS
JIH
JRAS
JUB
KSB
MAR
MASI
MBA
Mbh
MCDG
MS
NIA
NIRASI
NS
NSB
NSP
NV
NVT
PKM
PMV
PNTL
PSM
PTSMS
RDSI
RV
Samay
SBE
SBJ
SDS
SDSC
SE
SII
SK
SLV
Journal of the American Oriental Society.
Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society.
Journal of the Bombay Historical Society. Journal of Bihar and Orissa Research Society.
Journal of Indian History.
Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society.
Journal of the University of Bombay. Kalpasūtra of Bhadrabāhu.
Mysore Archaeological Report.
Memoirs of the Archaeological Survey of India.
Memoirs of the Berlin Academy.
Mahabharata.
Manikacandra Digambara Granthamälä.
Mīmāmsāsūtra.
New Indian Antiquary.
New Imperial Review of the Archaeological Survey of India.
Nyaya Sūtra.
Nyayasutra-bhāṣya.
Nirnaya Sagara Press.
Nyayavindu of Dharmakirti.
Nyāyāvatāra of Siddhasena Divakara.
Prameya-Kamala-mārtaṇḍa.
Pramāṇavārtika of Dharmakirti. Pramāṇa-naya-tattvälokālaṇkära of Deva Suri.
Pramāṇasamuccaya on Dinnaga.
Pañcāstikāyasamayasăra.
Rivista degli studi Orientali.
Rgveda. Samavāya.
Sacred Books of the East.
Sacred Books of the Jains. Sarva-darśana-saṁgraha. Şaḍdarśana-samuccya. Struggle for Empire.
South Indian Inscriptions. Samkhya-Kärikā. Śloka-vārtika.
Page #12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
SPB
SPS
ᏚᏚᏤ
Sum. Vil
Suya
SVDM
TBH
TCHR
TRD
TTDS
TVS
Uttara
UVas
VB
Viy
VMP
VSB
WZKM
YV
YVS
ZDMG
Samkhya-pravacana-bhāśya. Samkhya-pravacana-sūtra. Samkhya-sūtra and vṛtti. Sumangala-Vilasini.
Sūyagada.
Syādvādamañjarī with Hemādri's commentary.
Tarkabhāṣa of Kesavamiśra.
Transactions of the Congress for the History of Religion.
Tarkarahasyadīpikā.
Tattvärthadhigama-sūtra.
Abbreviations xi
Tattvavaisāradī.
Uttaradhyayana-sutra. Uvāsagadasão. Vyasa-bhāṣya.
Viyahapannatti.
Vardhamana-purāṇa.
Vaiseşikäsutra-bhāṣya.
Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes.
Yogavārtika.
Yasovijaya Series.
Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlandischen Gessell schaft.
Page #13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page #14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
PREFACE
THE aim of the present work is to interpret the fundamentals of
1 Jain philosophy from the viewpoint of their historical genesis and development and in terms of their functional role in the field of Indian thought. I believe in the Pythagorean definition of philosophy which is 'contemplation, study and knowledge of nature.' It is the science of the general laws of being (i.e. nature and society), human thinking and the process of knowledge. At the earlier stages of human history philosophy arose as a science embracing the sum-total of man's knowledge of the objective world and of himself. Later on, individual sciences branched out from philosophy with the gradual development of human knowledge at different directions, and accordingly philosophy was singled out as an independent science for elaborating a general view of the world and for studying its general elements and laws, out of the need for a rational method of thinking. This ultimately resulted in the polarisation of philosophy into two diametrically opposed trends, materialism and idealism, and the struggle between the two, revealing the ideological interests of different social classes, characterised the entire history of philo one of its main driving forces. Elaboration of the specific problems of philosophy led to the singling out of its various aspects as more or less independent and at times sharply delineated divisions. These are ontology, epistemology, logic, ethics, aesthetics, psychology and so on.
This historical process held good also in the case of the development of the Indian thought. In each of the Indian systems there was an inherent conflict in the ideological sphere and the dominant forces of the conflict determined the ultimate nature of the system, whether it would remain materialistic or plunge into idealism. As a result of this, we find in the Indian philosophical arena the development of absolute materialism on the one hand represented by the Cārvāka system and that of absolute idealism on the other represented by the Advaita-Vedānta, Mādhyamika and Yogācāra schools. In between
Page #15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
xiy Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline these two extremes there are a number of systems which are basically materialistic but have eventually developed idealistic tendencies under different historical conditions. Of these systems the NyāyaVaišeşika, Vaibhāşika and Sautrāntika have become overpowered by the spirit of idealism. The Sāmkhya and Mimāṁsā, despite their idealistic accretions, have been able to maintain their original materialistic character. The same holds good also in the case of Jain philosophy which, notwithstanding its later idealistic tone and colour, has been able to maintain its basic materialistic kernel. In this connection I like to draw the attention of my readers to the following observation of Pandit Sukhlalji Sanghvi, one of the greatest Jain scholars of our times.
"Indian philosophical systems fall under two main classes: some of them are realistic (vāstavavādin) and others idealistic (avāstavavādin; illusoristic). Those who view the gross (sthūla) world, i.e. the world apprehended by empirical (laukika) organs of knowledge (pramāņa), to be as real as the subtle (sükşma) world, i.e. the world apprehended by the transcendental (lokottara) organs of knowledge, that is to say, those which maintain that there is no difference between the empirical (vyavahārika) and the absolute (pāramārthika) truth, that all truth is of the same kind though differing in degree, that all objects revealed (bhāsita) through whatever organ of knowledge are equally real even if this revelation (bhāna) be relatively full or meagre, clear or vague, and that even real objects are capable of being expressed in words (vānī-prakāśya)-are realistic systems. They may also be called positivistic (vidhimukha) systems or systems talking in terms of 'it is thus' and 'it is so' (idamitthamvādin, evamvādin). They include the Cārvāka, Nyāya-Vaišeşika, Pūrva-Mimāmsā, and Sāmkhya-Yoga systems, the Vaibhāşika and Sautrāntika schools of Buddhism, the Madhvite school of Vedānta, etc.
Those which view the external (bāhya), perceptible (drśya) world to be unreal (mithyā) and the internal (antarika) one alone to be ultimately real (parama-satya)—that is to say, those which, having classified truth into the empirical and the absolute, the apparent (sāmvrtika) and the real (vāstavika), treat as unreal everything that is apprehended by the empirical organs of knowledge and is expressed in words—are idealistic systems. They may be called negativistic (nişedhamukha) systems or systems talking in terms of 'it is not so (anevamvādin). The Sünyavāda and Vijñānavāda schools of Buddhism, the Samkarite school of Vedānta, etc. are systems of this type.
Page #16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface XV
"Its basic attitude of non-absolutism (anekāntavāda) notwithstanding, the Jaina standpoint is absolutely realistic (ekāntataḥ văstavavădin) in nature. For according to it too, the objective truth (bhāva satyatva) revealed through sense-perception (technically called matijñāna) etc. is on a par with that revealed through transcendental intuition (technically called kevala-jñāna), that is to say, the two types of truth may differ as to their quantity but not as to their quality and nature. Sense-perception, etc. reveal a few substances (dravya) and a limited number of their modes (paryāya) while transcendental intuition reveals the totality of substances and the totality of their modes, but the two do so in precisely the same manner and with precisely the same sort of validity. Thus even though the Jaina system grants that certain extremely subtle objects (sūkṣmatama bhāva) are incapable of description (anirvacanīya) it insists that the objects capable of description (nirvacanīya) are nevertheless real. This however is not the case with Śūnyavāda, Samkarite Vedānta, etc. (ASILM, 1-2)."
Although the realistic nature of the Jain standpoint has remained unaltered in essence, the idealistic accretions which it eventually developed, like other systems, as is revealed by the observation of Pandit Sukhlalji, which I have just quoted, remains to be explained. Jainism is basically an ethical religion which elaborates a moral code of behaviour showing what is worth striving for, what is good, what gives meaning to life. Early Jain metaphysicians wanted to find the common origin of the diverse phenomena of nature, in nature itself. Hence their approach was naturally materialistic. They did not run in the mad quest of a God for explaining the mysteries of life an universe. They depended on logic and reason. Their contribution to the growth of physical, chemical, astronomical and biological sciences was immense. But just as in Greece, after Aristotle, the term metaphysics lost its original meaning, and its subject matter came to be identified with speculative philosophy as against the pre-Socratic naturalism of the Ionian physicists, so also most of the Indian systems, when they received a good deal of sophistication in the hands of educated elite class, viz. the Brāhmaṇas, set to themselves the impossible task of prying into the transcendental being above and behind the physical universe, of explaining the concrete realities of existence in the light of a hypothetical absolute. It was not the way to truth, but to dream: not to knowledge, but to illusion. One should not fail to notice in this connection that although Buddhism and Jainism, in the earlier stages of their growth, rejected Brahmanical
Page #17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
xvi Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
supremacy, the Brāhmaṇa converts of these new creeds of the masses, because of their educational advantages, came to take the lead, and by introducing their traditional terminologies overshadowed not only the spirit of the original teachings but confused the whole thing by establishing a standard of judgement, the very existence of which was not proved and could not be proved. Just as God was included in the Aristotelian category of substance, so also the a priori doctrine of karma was introduced in the Indian systems which put an end to all scientific enquiries.
In India, to say very frankly, the speculation about the origin of things was done mostly by the Brāhmaṇas whose very existence as the leaders of society was dependent upon the maintenance of expensive rituals and ceremonies. The Upanisads contain fragmentary records of a spirit of enquiry into the origin of things, but it was mostly confined to the priestly class itself, although some Ksatriyas appear also to have participated in it. In their hand, this spirit of enquiry, instead of challenging the authority of the Vedic religion and of its ministers, the all-powerful Brāhmaṇas, constructed a speculative system which stabilised the decayed structure. The Brahman of the Upanisads is a purely a priori assumption-an unverifiable hypothesis-which inevitably blocked the way to empiricism. The challenge to priestly supremacy only came from Buddhism and Jainism which gave rise to a non-priestly class. The founders of these systems were not Brāhmaṇas, and not even Ksatriyas. This assertion may evoke sentimental criticism, but historically it is a fact. They were simple tribesmen. The Buddha came from the Sakya tribe and Mahāvīra from the Jnātṛikas. These tribes had nothing to do with the Ksatriyas. Many times the Buddha is mentioned as Vṛṣala which indicates his humble origin. It is only at a later period, probably due to the influence of the Brāhmaṇa converts into Buddhism and Jainism, that a better pedigree was claimed for the masters, and that is why they came to be treated as Ksatriyas.
In the second part of this work I have insisted on the socio-economic background which was responsible for the rise of Buddhism and Jainism and tried to present the original form of Jainism as a natural development of the spirit of man, freed from primitive ignorance and unencumbered by artificial impediments of the a priori doctrines and dogmas of metaphysics. The Buddha and Mahāvīra had to face the dual requirement of their age. On the one hand we come across the rise of new social forces and on the other the break-up of the existing
Page #18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface xvii
way of life, the complete annihilation of traditional social norms and values. The bulk of the surplus product of social labour was accumulated in the possession of the ruling class and the priestly class also had its share in the form of offerings and sacrifices. The rise of cities, the expansion of trade and the development of manufacturing industries gave birth to new social classes which attacked the spiritual domination of the priesthood. At the same time, with the change in the technique of production, the ancient tribal systems were getting disintegrated, the traditional moral values were getting trampled and undermined and people were experiencing immense bloodshed and massacre as the precondition of the consolidation of state power. The Buddha and Mahavira saw before their very eyes complete extermination of their own kinsmen by the expanding state-powers of Kosala and Magadha. It is against this background that I have tried to trace the historical rise of Buddhism and Jainism. These problems had to be faced by the Buddha and Mahavira. On the one hand they had to evaluate the liberating potentialities of the new social forces and on the other they had to offer to the oppressed a solution of the crisis, something which would give meaning to life. Accordingly, it has been asserted that this stupendous socio-political transformation evidently laid down the basis of the early Jain and Buddhist ideas and offered the specific conditions to which their ingredients can be successfully traced. Owing to the paucity of materials the task is extremely difficult, but not altogether impossible.
At its incipient stage Jainism as an ethical religion wanted to solve the crisis of a particular age. But the earlier Jain thinkers felt that mere appeal to human morality would be of no value unless their doctrines were logically defended. Their substantial contribution to this field was the introduction of a dialectic logic. It was later condemned by Sankara as 'an unsettling style of reasoning.' Really it could unsettle all the settled facts. The Jain philosophers subjected the conceptions of absoluteness, unity and eternity to their 'unsettling style of reasoning.' Once the absoluteness of the standard of truth is disputed, the whole airy structure of doctrines and dogmas, reared upon that foundation, necessarily collapses. At its incipient stage Jain philosophy represented the knowledge of nature, acquired through contemplation, observation and investigation of the phenomena of nature itself. Its enquiry about the origin of the universe started not from the terra incognita of the hypothetical First Principle, but from the tangible and knowable concrete. It revealed the eternalness of
Page #19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
xviii Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
nature, having no place for a creator.
Coming to the sophisticated stage of Jain philosophy, which I have discussed in the third part of this work, we find a different picture. Here we come across a conflict within the system itself, a conflict between the empiric ideas of the earlier tradition and the a priori ideas, and it was the latter which triumphed finally. To empirical perception was added transcendental perception and this opened the door for idealism. The very concept of philosophy (darśana) changed its significance. The earlier empirical basis of philosophy is clearly found in the expression darśana which literally means the act of perception, derived from the root drs, to see. But the true meaning and significance of the word darśana was changed arbitrarily. It was argued that perception should not be physical; it must be intuitional for the direct realisation of the Self which is conducive to liberation, mokṣa. Accordingly darśana-śāstra (science of perception) came to be defined as mokṣa-sästra (science of liberation from worldly fetters). Not only the Jains, but the followers of other quasimaterrialistic systems, the Samkhyas, the Mimāmsakas, the NyāyaVaiśeşikas, etc., who came more or less near to a mechanistic conception of nature, could not liberate themselves from this new-fangled definition of philosophy. There developed the elaborate form of logic which so successfully fettered human spirit to the prejudice of the ideal of releasing individual souls from the bondage of the physical existence. The cause of this change in approach and outlook, which is not the characteristic of the Jains alone, was dependent on many conditions. To me it appears that such ideas were inherent in the Upanisadic idealism and that they had a very easy revival in the so called Brahmanical systems. In the case of the Jains it was probably due to the Brāhmaṇa converts who came with certain predetermined thought-structures which they further developed within the Jain framework and these were not deliberately discarded. Moreover, within the general thought structure, which is basically determined by the material mode of existence, there exists the distinct possibility of ideas developing according to their own peculiar qualities. This process of change may culminate in a final qualitative transformation of the original iobas.
In view of what I have said above it follows that no system of Indian philosophy allows any purely isolated treatment, and that is why in the concluding part of this work I have made a comparative study of all the Indian philosophical systems to determine the real
Page #20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Preface xix
nature of the Jain standpoint. The development of each system being largely conditioned by its inter-connections and contradictions with others, it can be properly understood only by constantly referring to the others. This was understood even by the ancient philosophers who took care to learn the views of all the others and did not come to any conclusion before considering thoroughly what others had to say and how their points could be met. This spirit led to the formation of a method of philosophical discussion which should be strated with the statement of opponent's case as the prior view and followed by its refutation, establishment of the philosopher's own position and conclusion. Moreover, in their sophisticated stages, all the systems, excepting the Cārvākas, fostered some common a priori ideas like the belief in an eternal moral order in the universe, the law of karma, ignorance as the cause of bondage and knowledge of liberation, need of continued meditation on truth, self-control to remove passions, and so on.
This unusually big preface is not the summary of the contents of this book. It is rather a reflection of my own impression resulting from the study of Jainism and allied systems, what I have really felt after completing this work. Here the philosophical contents of Jainism have been faithfully enumerated and analysed with a sense of historical enquiry. This book demands of the readers no previous acquaintance with the subject. Pedantic terminologies have been deliberately avoided. Now it is for my readers to judge how far I have been successful in this attempt. I crave in the indulgence of my sympathetic readers for the mistakes and blemishes that must have crept into this book. In writing this book I have been immensely helped by the earlier works on this subject which have been mentioned in the introductory portion and also in the bibliography. I am grateful to my esteemed friend Prof. Debiprasad Chattopadhyaya who has drawn my attention to the works of Pandit Sukhlalji Sanghvi. My friend Sri Satinath Mukherjee has helped me in many ways which I should acknowledge. To my wife Manjula I am indebted for patient cooperation and very much else besides. My thanks are also due to Sri Devendra Jain for the sincere interest he has taken in publishing this work.
Narendra Nath Bhattacharyya
Calcutta University 15 December, 1975.
Page #21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page #22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
PART ONE
INTRODUCTION
The Jains as they are
THE Jain community1 forming about 048 per cent of the total
population of India, is spread all over the country with the Digambara majority in South and the Svetambara in the North. The followers of Jainism totalled just over 1,650,000 in the 1960's, and by this time their number must have been increased, although the rate of their growth is not at all speedy. More than 40 per cent of the total Jain population are found in Gujarat and Maharashtra, nearly 25 per cent in Rajasthan and about 15 per cent in Uttar Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh. The rest are scattered over other parts of India. It is interesting to note that there are no Jains among the indigenous inhabitants of Bengal and Bihar where Jainism had its origin. The community being composed mainly of traders and merchants is essentially urban in character and therefore has got a fairly high percentage of literacy.
The Digambara Jains are divided into five sub-sects-Bisapanthi, Terapanthi, Taraṇapanthi (Samaiyāpanthi), Gumanapanthi and Totāpanthi-and the Svetambaras into three-Murtipujaka (Pujera, Deravāsī), Sthānakavāsī (Dhuṇḍiya, Bistola, Sadhumärgi) and Terapanthi. Also there are further subdivisions in each of these sub-sects. The major sects themselves are subdivided into smaller groups like the Samghas and Ganas in the South and into Kulas and Sākhās, and later on, in Gacchas in the North. It is said that during the tenth century Uddyotana started 84 Gacchas through his disciples. Most of these Gacchas have become extinct in course of time and some new ones like the Tapā, Kharatara, Añcala, etc. have come into existence. The Siddharabasti Pillar inscription of AD 1398 records the tradition that Arhadbali split the Mulasamgha Kundakundanvaya into four branches, namely, Sena, Nandi, Deva and Simha. The earliest mention of the Mulasamgha and Kundakundanvaya is met with in the
'For details see Sangave, JCSS.
Page #23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
2 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
copper plate grants of the fifth century AD. Records of the subsequent period show that the Samghas, Gaņas, Gacchas, Balis and Śākhās of monks had grown into a very large number by AD 1000. Subsequent epigraphs record the names of the following orders: Müla-samgha, Nandi-samgha, Namilūra-samgha or Mayaūra-samgha, Kittura-samgha, Kollatura-samgha, Nandi-gana, Deśi-gana, Dramila-gaṇa, Kānūragana, Pustaka-gaccha or Sarasvati-gaccha, Vakra-gaccha, Tagarilagaccha, Maṇḍitala-gaccha, Inguleśvara-bali, Panasoge-bali, etc.1
Although original Jainism was theoretically opposed to the caste system, the Jains in course of their long history had developed a type of caste-society. The exact number of the Jain castes is not, however, available. Traditionally there are 84 castes, but the lists of their names found from different sources, do not tally with one another. The Jain castes are endogamous and a few of them are common to both the Svetāmbaras and the Digambaras. Though there are numerous castes no prominent position is assigned to any of them, not even to the Jain Brāhmaṇas. But in practice we find some castes claiming superiority over others and this feeling is obviously due to differences in economic position, moral standards, social practices, customs and manners. Thus, castes following lower occupations are generally regarded as low. Those who do not allow widow-marriage looked down upon to those who allow, and in this way restrictions have grown as regards inter-dining, inter-marriage and other social practices. Of the important Jain castes reference may be made to the Agravāla, Osavāla, Srīmāli, Porāvāḍa, Khaṇḍelavālā, Paravāra, Humbada (Hummaḍa), Śetavāla (Saitavala), Caturtha, Bogāra, Upadhyaya, and others.2
The Jain attitude towards women is marked by patriarchal influence, but here the narrowness of the Caste-Hindu patriarchal order is absent. Some Jain scriptures however regard women as the lamps that burn on the road that leads to the gate of hell. The Digambaras even do not admit women into the order. Child-marriage was the order of the day until a few years ago, probably due to Hindu influence.
1Bühler, ISJ, pp. 78-79; EC, II, No. 254; Jain H.L. in SE, pp. 431-32.
'For their regional distribution see Crooke, TCNWPO, 1, pp. 14 ff; II, p. 422; III, pp. 12-13, 225, 386; IV, pp. 97-99, 109-10; Enthoven, TCB, I, p. 303; II, pp. 23, 33, 34, 83, 426; III, pp. 438, 442; Russell, TCCPI, II, pp. 136-39, 142-43, 147-48, 154-57; III, pp. 12ff; Nanjundayya and Iyer, MTC, II, pp. 402-03; Thurston, CTSI, II, pp. 426ff; Hassan, CTND, I, pp. 265ff; and also BG, IX 1, pp. 97ff; XVI, pp. 45ff; XVII; pp. 99, XXI, pp. 103; XXIII, 117; etc.; for structural and functional survey see Sangave, JCSS, pp. 64-136.
Page #24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction
3
The eight forms of Hindu marriage are recognised, but only Prājāpatya form is encouraged. One must marry a girl who is of one's own caste. But the girl must belong to a different gotra or patrilineal group. The patriarchal structure of the Jain society naturally discourages the pratiloma (a man's right to marry a woman of a higher caste than that of his own) system of marriage. The exact number of gotras prevailing in the Jain community is not definitely known. Traditionally there are 84 gotras, but we have nearly 150 gotra-names from different Jain texts. Cross-cousin marriage is neither allowed nor practised by the Jains of Northern India, but in the Deccan and Karņāțaka it is usually encouraged. Among the Karņāțaka Jains matrilocal marriage is also allowed. This shows that the institution of Jain marriage has been influenced by local customs. The dowry system is widely and very strongly prevalent among the Jains. Marriage is usually considered as a permanent union, but under specific conditions it can be dissolved and the bride is free to marry again. There are also provisions for widow-remarriage. Divorce is recognised among certain castes. But all these are looked down upon by those who claim to belong to the supposed higher castes. Once polygamy was widely practised.
The development of the aforesaid patriarchal feelings was evidently due to the consolidation of the economic power in the hands of the males which happened almost all over the world under certain historical conditions. Hence we cannot blame the Jains for their patriarchal attitude towards women. However, Jain tradition itself shows that subordination of women was not an original and essential feature of Jainism. The Kalapasūtra says that 3,000 females achieved liberation under Neminātha and as many as 20,000 under Pārsvanātha, while in the time of Mahāvīra the number of Sādhvīs and Śrāvikās rose to 36,000 and 3,18,000 respectively. A large number of women in the history of the Jains distinguished themselves as teachers and preachers. Malli, although a woman, rose to the status of Tīrthamkara. In social life, despite patriarchal restrictions, unmarried women are entitled to maintenance out of the family property. The Stridhana (whatever is received at the time of marriage by the bride) entirely belongs to the wife. In the absence of sons, daughters are entitled to inherit their paternal wealth. On the death of a person without a son
Trivarnikācāra, XI: Jain K.P., in IHO, IV. pp. 148ff; Jain J.C. LAI, pp. 155ff; Jain Ç.R., JL, pp. 42ff; Upadhye in JA, II, p. 61; Sangave, JCSS, pp. 137-77.
Page #25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
4
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
his widow becomes absolute master of his property. Further, she takes the husband's share even if there be a son, which shows the basic difference between the Hindu law and the Jain law. Jain patriarchal system did not therefore prove so dangerous to women as did Hindu patriarchy. The Jain scriptures are in favour of female-education. A woman is expected to know 64 arts. To remain unmarried throughout her whole life is not a matter of disgrace to a Jain woman.1
Basically an atheistic religion which discards even the idea of a Supreme Being, Jainism, in the course of its long history, however, has developed a system of extensive worship. The beings who are supposed to have attained the ideal of Jina are styled Parmeșthins or 'the supreme ones.' There are five such beings-Siddha, Arhat (Tirthammkara), Ācārya, Upādhyāya and Sādhu-collectively called Pañca-Parameşthins who are objects of worship. The Yaksas and the Sāsanadevatās attending on the Tīrthamkaras are also worshipped. They are pre-Vedic deities whose cults were naturally revived in this anti-Vedic system. Besides, the Jains have a pantheon of their own, consisting of the Bhavanapati (residential), Vyantara (peripatetic), Jyotiska (stellar) and Vaimānika (heavenly) gods. They also worship some Hindu gods like Gaņeśa, Skanda, Bhairava, Hanumāna and others of non-Vedic origin. Various forms of Mother-goddesses and village deities, and also sacred animals, trees, places and the like, are worshipped. Every caste and family has its own caste and family deity. The purpose of worship among the Jains is very different from that among the others. Since the object of worship-a god, a divine being or a Tīrthamkara-is not endowed with the act of creation and regulation of the world, the question of asking favours does not arise. Hence the purpose of worship is to pay due homage to a being who is supposed to be the ideal."
types of worship are prevalent among the Jains-nāma, i.e. uttering or hearing the name of the object of worship, sthāpana i.e. worshipping the material representation like picture, image statue, etc. dravya i.e. worshipping the souls that are destined to be the Tirthamkaras in the future, and bhāva i.e. worshipping the person in his actual nature. The idol-worshippers are known as Mandiramärgi and the non-idol-worshippers are termed Sādumärgi. The places of worship
IKSB, VII; Barodia, HLJ, p. 40, Jain C.R., JL, pp. 47, 80-81, 89-91; Jaini, JL, pp. 35-37, 50-52, 116-117; Kapadia in JUB, VIII, pp. 201-02.
Bühler, ISJ, pp. 66-71; Jaini, BOJ, pp. 3-15; Stevenson, NMJ, pp. 93-95.
Page #26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction 5 are generally temples with an open porch (mandapa), a closed hall or assembly (sabhāmaņdapa) and an inner shrine (garbhagrha) in which the idol is kept. Upāśrayas or buildings for monks and nuns are used by the Sthānakaväsis as places of Worship, while the Tāraṇapanthis, the folllowers of a non-idolatrous subsect of the Diagambaras worship scriptures in buildings called Caityālayas. In the Digambara temples the priest is always a Jain, but in the Svetāmbara temples he may be a Hindu also. The temples are usually very neat and clean.
The Jains undertake fasts for self purification and perform festivals to commemorate the important events of the past. The most important fast is known as Paryūşaņa or Daśalaksna-parva which takes place, according to the Digambaras, from the fifth to the fourteenth day of the bright half of the month of Bhādra, and according to the Svetāmbaras, from the twelfth day of the dark half of Śrāvaņa to the fifth day of the bright half of Bhādra. Besides, there are other fasts and festivals like Siddhacakra-pūjā, Așțānhika, Mahāvīra jayanti, Viraśāsana-jayanti, Śrutapañcamnī, Dīpāvalī, Rakşābandhana, Akşayatsiyā and others. In addition to all these, the Svetāmbaras observe a number of special days of abstinence. The bathing of Gommateśvara at Sravanabelgola is one of the rare festivals of the Digambaras. Throughout India the Jains have numerous tīrthas or places of pilgrimage, the important ones being Şammetaśikhara (the Paresnath Hill in the Hazaribagh District), Pāvāpura Patna District), Girnāra (group of hills in Kathiawar), Satruñjaya Hills (in Kathiawar), Mount Abu (in Rajasthan, famous for the Dilwara temples), Śravanabelgolā (Hassan District, Mysore) etc.?
According to the Digambaras, a Śrāvaka or a layman has to pass through 53 ceremonies, right from his conception up to his death, while the Svetāmbaras observe 16 such ceremonies. These are not, however, practised in a uniform manner. The life of a Jain is marked by observances of ethical disciplines. The ascetic's life is regarded as a continuation of householder's life and as such the rules of conduct are exactly the same for both, laymen and asceties, thus fostering an intimate relationship between the two main divisions of the community. The difference is that the ascetics are to observe the ethical codes more strictly and elaborately. The vows are divided into two
1Stevenson, NMJ, pp. 92ff; HJ, p. 285; Russell, TCCPI, I, pp. 227-29. *Stevenson in ERE, V, pp. 875-78.
Page #27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
6 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
categories, Anuvratas or small vows and Mahāvratas or great vows, the former for the householders and the latter for ascetics. It is enjoined upon a householder to abstain from Samkalpi-himsă or intentional violence but not from accidental (Gṛhārambhi), occupational (Udyami) and protective (Virodhi) violence. But one who has renounced the life of a householder must avoid all the four kinds of Himsäs mentioned above. The Jains do not take food which involves the killing of animals. Along with flesh, wine and all kinds of intoxicants, even honey, are prohibited.1
Ancient sacred texts of the Jains were written in Ardhamāgadhi. Later on, many Jain works were written in Sanskrit. The contribution of the Jains to the growth and development of literature in regional languages was also immense. The Jains alone utilised different local languages, besides Sanskrit, Prakrit and Apabhramsa, for their religious propaganda as well as for preservation of knowledge, as a result of which regional languages like Hindi, Gujarati, Kannada, Tamil, Telugu and others were really enriched. In the field of architecture, although the Jains did not develop a distinct style of their own, yet it must be said to their credit that they had produced numerous fine specimens in different parts of the country. The marbles at Mount Abu in Rajasthan, the Raṇapur temple in Mewar, the Pārsvanatha temple at Khajuraho, the temple at Lakkuṇḍi in Karṇāṭaka, etc. may be referred to in this connection. Nice specimens of Jain sculptures, especially the statues of the Tirthamkaras, are found all over India. The most remarkable of the Jain statues are the celebrated colossi of Southern India, situated respectively at Śravaṇabelagola in Mysore and at Kārakala and Veņūra in South Kanara.
It is One of the six daily duties of a Jain layman to show compassion to all living beings and to help the needy. Four kinds of gifts are to be offered to the distressed-food (āhāra), protection (abhaya), medicine (auṣadha) and learing (śāstra) irrespective of religion, caste or creed. Jain inscriptions refer to the fact that the provision of medicine along with food and learning was made in the Mathas. In order to serve these purposes the Jains have built numerous Dharmaśālās and Piñjarāpolas and established hospitals and educational institutions and also libraries or Granthabhāṇḍāras in different parts of the country. It is said from some quarters that since the Jains insist solely upon the doctrine of Karma according to
1SBJ, IV, pp. 25ff.
Page #28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction 7
which a man's prosperity and distress depend on the activities of his past life, they think it unnecessary to contribute to the humanitarian causes. But this idea is absolutely wrong. The heart of Jainism is not really 'empty.' Such misconceptions are largely due to the fact that the Jain charitable institutions are not sufficiently modernised.1
The history of Jainism is a history of long struggle. It made its way into the religious life of India having overcome the tremendous pressure of its rival creed Buddhism. The Brahmaņas showed bitter hostility to the Jains, even by destroying idols and cult-objects and converting their temples into Brahmanic ones. In South India they were persecuted by the Vīraśaivas and in the North by the Muslims. Despite all these, the Jains have managed to maintain their existence as a distinct and influential community. Of the many reasons, attributed to the survival of the Jain community, the following may be taken into account. The royal patronage which Jainism received, even from some non-Jain rulers, during the ancient and medieval periods, in different parts of the country, especially in Karṇāṭaka, Gujarat and Rajasthan, has undoubtedly helped the Jain community for its survival. Secondly, since the Jains mostly belong to the commercial class, their economic influence upon society could not be ignored, even by rulers hostile to their creed. Thirdly, after the Muslim conquest, the Jains earned the goodwill of the Hindus, and the latter of the former, and this evidently added new strength to the community. And lastly, thanks to the rigid conservatism of the Jains, their important religious doctrines have remained unaltered up to this day, and the excellent organisation of the community, the strict disciplinary measures like ex-communication for breach of the rules of conduct etc. have become the strongest safeguard of the Jains. "It is evident that the lay part of the community were not regarded as outsiders, or only as friends and patrons of the order, as seems to have been the case in early Buddhism; their position was, from the beginning well defined by religious duties and privileges; the bond which united them to the order of monks was an effective one......it cannot be doubted that this close union between laymen and monks brought about by the similarity of their religious duties, differing not in kind but in degree, had enabled Jainism to avoid fundamental changes within, and to resist dangers from without for more than two thousand years, while Buddhism, being less exacting as regards the laymen,
1BG, IV, pp. 114-15; JBBRAS, X, p. 237; Jhavery, HFJ, pp. 17-18.
Page #29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
8
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
underwent the most extraordinary evolutions and finally disappeared in the country of its origin."'1
Researches on Jainism
The study of Jainism which had long remained a neglected branch of Indology, due to the scarcity of original texts, was initiated by a first hand survey of the existing Jain sects of India, of their manners and customs, beliefs and superstitions, carried out by enthusiastic Europeans like Mackenzie, Buchanan and others. The interest further developed after the publication in the Asiatic Researches(180 three such reports of their investigations and personal observations which were immediately followed by Colebrooke's 'Observations on the Sect of the Jainas' in which it was for the first time that textual references, mainly from Bhadrabāhu's Kalpasūtra and Hemacandra's Abhidhānacintāmani, were frequently used. Thereafter in 1827 two important papers on Jainism, written by Delamaine and Buchanan Hamilton, were published in the Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society. 4 In the same year also came out Francklin's Researches in the Tenets of the Jains and the Buddhists which was the first book containing Jainism in its title. Wilson in his Sketch of the Religious Sects of the Hindus and in other stray writings made a more systematic treatment of the subiect. His Descriptive Catalogue of the Mackenzie Collection which was published from Calcutta in 1828 refers to 44 South Indian Jain manuscripts.
That the interest thus created in the study of Jainism did not prove fruitless in succeeding years is amply testified in A. Guerinot's Essai de bibliographie Jaina (Paris 1906) and Répertoire d'épigraphie Jaina (1908). Hemacandra's Abhidhānacintamani, edited by Bohtlingk Rieu, came out with a German translation in 1847. In the next year (1848) appeared J. Stevenson's English rendering of Bhadrabāhu's Kalpasūtra along with the Navatattvaprakarana. In 1858, Weber edited Dhaneśvara's Satruñjavamāhātmya with a detailed introduction which was followed by Pavie's French analysis of the Padmāvaticaritra.
1Jacobi in ERE, VII, p. 470. *IX, pp. 44ff.
8ME, II, pp. 191-240; first published in 1807. In 1826 another study of Colebrooke came out, ibid. I pp. 402ff., to a subsequent edition of which Cowell added a minute analysis of ch. III of Mādhava's Sarvadarśanasamgraha in which the system of the Jains is expounded.
'I, pp. 431-38, 531-40.
Page #30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction
9
Lassen's brief sketch of Jainism, based upon the aforesaid sources, was published in 1861 in the fourth volume of his famous work. Thus with these studies in the original Jain texts the study of Jainism itself underwent a revolutionary change. The earlier scholars, despite their great interest, mostly failed to recognise the basic difference be ween Jainism and Buddhism. No wonder, Colebrooke, Prinsep and Stevenson regarded Mahāvīra as the teacher of the Buddha while Wilson and Weber held Jainism to be an offshoot of Buddhism. Some aspects of doctrinal similarities and also those in some names occurring in the Jain and Buddhist scriptures contributed greatly to the misconception which was not completely removed until Hermann Jacobi demonstrated beyond all doubts the independence of Jainism and Buddhism.
The foundation of a correct assessment of Jainism was, however laid by Weber whose fresh study Uber ein Fragment der Bhagavatī, ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der heiligen Literature der Jaina, published in two parts (1865-66) in the Memoirs of the Academy of Berlin, was epoch-making not only from the view point of religion but also from that of the newly-evolved science of philology. His subsequent researches in Jainism, based upon the manuscripts acquired by the Royal Library of Berlin (1873-78) through Bühler, led to the publication of the "Sacred Literature of the Jains' in Indische Studien XVI (1883) and XVII (1885). Bühler was allowed to collect manuscripts even for foreign libraries, provided they were doubles. He did not confine himself exclusively to the collection and listing of the Jain manuscripts, but at the same time drew the attention of the scholars towards the study of Jainism through his monograph entitled Uber die indische Sekte der Jainas (1887). The manuscripts thus collected from various sources were catalogued in the valuable reports of Bühler himself and also in those of Kielhorn, Peterson and Bhandarkar. Works on Jain manuscripts were further carried on by Leumann, Huttemann, Brown and others. 3
Ind. Alt., IV, 755-787. 'Eng. tr. H.W. Smith in IA, XVII-XXI.
'Schübring, LJ, Eng. tr. by Beurlen, DJ, pp. 4ff. S. Warren's critical ed. of the Nirayāvalião was published from Amsterdam in the year 1879. Leumann, a pupil of Weber, cdited the Anpapātika Süira which came out in 1883. The Prakrit Mss. of the Nijjutis and Cunnis were also utilised by him (1872, ZDMG, XLVI, pp. 586ff.) as a result of which the first part of his Avasyaka Erzahlungen came out in 1897, the further publication of which was, however, stopped owing to his plan to
Page #31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
10
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Weber's and Bühler's researches opened up a new horizon of probabilities. The Jain manuscripts of the Royal Library of Berlin mainly collected by Bühler, were indeed of great help to Jacobi whose critical edition of Bhadrabāhu's Kalpasūtra (1879) had come to be fundamental for all further researches. In fact the credit of representing Jainism in its entirety to the cultivated readers all over the world goes to Jacobi upon whom was bestowed the honorary title of Jainadraśana-divākara by the Jains of India. The canonical works edited by Jacobi laid the basis of a critical and scientific study of Jainism. His translations of the basic texts of Jainism in Sacred Books of the East, Vols. XXII and XLV (1884) were also of immense help to the researchers.
Hoernle's critical edition of the Uvāsagadasão (1888-90) was another landmark in the history of Jain research because it demonstrated the fact that the Jain texts are indispensable not only for the study of Jainism itself, but of other religious sects of India as well. In Appendix II of the said work we have an interesting account of Gośāla Mankhaliputra and his views, and this had become the basis of his famous article on Ajivīkism. Klatt worked on the Jain bio-bibliographical materials in eight volumes but no more than 55 pages could be printed in 1892 as a specimen of his work by Weber and Leumann. Religious and philosophical schools current in the days of the Buddha and Mahāvīra became the subject matter of F.O. Schrader's thesis Uber den Stand der indischen philosophie zur Ziet Mahāvīras und Buddhas which came out from Strassburg in 1902. Independent works on different aspects of Jainism and Jain culture also began to make their appearances from the last quarter of the nineteenth cen
produce a comprehensive work under the title Ubersicht uber die Āvaśyaka Literature. Steinthal's thesis Specimen der Nāyādhanımak ahā came out in 1881 and further researches on this subject were made by Huttemann. His thesis Die Jñāta Erzählungen im sechsten Anga, based on the Nāyādhamakahā came out in 1907 and the same year saw the publication of Barnett's critical edition of Antagadadasão. The complete bibliography of European and of Indian literature concerning the Jains up to the year 1906 is given in Guerinot's Essai de bibliographie jaina (Annales du Musee Guimet, Bibliotheque d'E'tudes, VII) and further notices on this subject were furnished by him in 1909 (JAS, II, pp. 47ff.) An account of the Jain studies in Italy up to 1911 is to be found in the Indological bibliography in RDSO, V, pp. 219-71.
ERE, I, pp. 259ff.
Page #32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction
11
tury. Popular books on Jainism by European and Indian scholars were also produced. In Hindi and Gujarati also appeared a number of books composed by the eminent Jains themselves.
Indian scholars did not keep themselves aloof from this new development of Jain research. Sir R.G. Bhandarkar had the opportunity of examining and cataloguing the Jain manuscripts of the Berlin collection. Indian prints of Jain canonical texts were sent to Europe during the eighties of the nineteenth century by Rāy Dhanapati Simha Bāhādur of Murshidabad and those were of immense help to the Jain researchers of Europe. As has already been stated, the Education Department of the Bombay Government had given Bühler and his colleagues permission to collect manuscripts both for Indian and foreign libraries. The maunscripts thus acquired for the Indian
1 Thus the study of Jain art was initiated by Fergusson in 1880 in his Cave Temples and it was followed by Bühler's 'Specimens of Jaina Sculptures from Mathura (1894, EI, III, pp. 311ff.), and Burgess's 'Digambara Jain Iconography (1903, IA, XXXII, pp. 459ff.). In 1901, V.A. Smith's monograph on the 'Jaina Stūpa and other Antiquities from Mathura' appeared in the NIRASI (XX). D.R. Bhandarkar published two important articles on Jain temples in the ARASI (1907-08, 1908-09) and one on Jain iconography in IA (1911). All known inscriptions of Jain character, or having reference to the Jains, were registered in Guerinot's REJ (Publications de l'Ecole Francaise d'Extreme Orient, X). Bühler also made significant contribution to the study of the Jain inscriptions from Mathura and in this connection we must refer to his important articles published in the Vienna Oriental Journal (WZKM, I-V. X). In 1908 was published Jacobi's 'Mataphysics and Ethics of the Jains' in TCHR, II, pp 60ff. which was followed by his 'Origin of the Svetambara and Digambara Sects' in ZDMG, XXXVIII. pp. 1ff.; XL, pp. 92ff. and 'Mahāvīra and his predecessors' in IA, IX, 158ff.
For non-Jain readers A.B. Latthe published An Introduction to Jainism as early as in 1905. A sketch of the whole domain of Jain history and literature was given by U.D. Barodia in his History and Literature of Jainism (1906) which was followed by Mrs. Stevenson's Notes on Modern Jainism (1910) and Heart of Jainism (1915), Jhaveri's First Principles of the Jain Philosophy (1910), Warren's Jainism in Western Garb (1912), Tank's Jain Historical Studies (1914), Bloomfield's Life and Stories of the Jain Saviour Pārsvanātha (1919), etc. Of works in Indian languages mention should be made of Phattelālaji's Jaina Vivāha Paddhati (1901), Shreepalchandraji's Jaina Saṁskära Vidhi (1907), Jaina Sampradaya Śikṣā (1910) and Sri Saurästra Visā Srimälină Jñārino Dhăro (1910), N.D. Yajnika's Jaina Vivāha Vidhi (1904) Rāmalālaji's Mahājana Vamsa-Muktavali (1910), J.K. Mukhtyar's Jinapūjādikara-mimämsä (1913), etc. A Jaina Svetāmbara Directory was published in Gujarati in 1909 and an all India Digambara Jaina Directory come out in 1914. The first volume of P.C. Nahar's, Jaina Lekha Sangraha, a collection of Jain epigraphs, came out in 1918, and two other volumes of the said work were published later.
Page #33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
12 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline Libraries were deposited in the Deccan College of Poona. The Jains had preserved large number of books written on paper or on plam leaves in their Grantha Bhāņdāras or book houses. Of the important Jain Grantha Bhāņdāras reference must be made to those at Mudabidri in South Kanara District, at Karanja in Vidarbha, at Patana in Gujarat and at Jaisalmer in Rajasthan. In Gujarat alone there are fifiy-six Grantha Bhāndāras of the Svetämbara Jains and in the whole of India their number must be sufficiently large because practically every big Jain temple possesses a Grantha Bhāndāra. The orthodox section of the Jains were opposed to the idea of getting the manuscripts published. It was not earlier than the twenties of this century that scholarly examination of the Bhāņdāra manuscripts became feasi. ble, thanks to the efforts of Muni Punyavijaya. The Āgamodaya Samiti, founded at Mehsana in 1915, had published some works of the Svetāmbara Siddhānta and also a good number of non-canonical texts. The same task was also undertaken by Devchand Lalbhāi Pustakoddhāra Fund. Likewise institutions such as Sri Kharatara Gaccha Granthamālā Samiti, Manikacandra Digambara Jaina Granthamālā Samiti, Oriental Institute of Baroda, etc. published many Jain texts.3
Since 1920, researches on Jainism had taken a manifold course but the main emphasis was on literary studies. Besides critical editions and translations of the canonical and non-canonical texts, compre
It had published Ayāra, Aupapätia, Uvaväiya and Avasyoka (Sūtra, Vrtti and Niryukti) in 1916, Suyagada in 1917, Samavāya in 1918, Thana, Bhagavati, Viāhyapannatti, Pannavaņā, Nāyādhammakahão, Uvāsagadasão, Antagadadasão, Jivābhigama and Surapannatri between 1918 and 1921, Candapannatti and Nirayāvalião in 1922, Stuti-Caturvimśatika in 1926, and many other texts in course of time.
Its important publications are Pravacanasäroddhāra (1915), Pindaniryukti (1918), Jambudvípaprajñapti (1920), Kalpasūtra (1923), Siri Sirivāla-kahā (1923) Pañcavastu-prakarana (1927), etc.
Mention should also be made in this connection of the Sacred Books of the Jains series in which were published between 1920 and 1931, Nemicandra's Dravyasamgraha (ed. S.C. Ghosal), Gommatasara Jivakanda and Gommatasăra Karmakānda (ed. J.L. Jaini), Kundakunda's Samayasāra (ed. J.L. Jaini), Niyamasāra (ed. Ugrasen) and Pañcastikāyasära (ed. A. Chakravarti), Umāsvāti's Tativārthadhigama (ed. J.L. Jaini), Amstacandra's Puruşarıha-siddhyupāya (ed. Ajit Prasad), Gunabhadra's Atmānusāsana (ed. J.L. Jaini), etc.
In Europe, in 1918, Walther Schübring published his critical editions of Mahānisīhā and Vavahāra, and these were followed by his numerous publications on Jain texts and on Jainism. Of other Jain texts published in the twenties, reference may be made to Jarl Charpentier's edition of Uttarādhyayana (1922), Muni
Page #34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction 13
hensive and analytical historical works and specialised studies began to come out in succession. The second volume of Winterniz's History of Indian Literature (1920) contains a very nice and critical account of Jain literature. The same subject has been dealt with in Glasenapp's Handbuch der Literaturwissenschaft in which the Jain texts are individually discussed. In 1922 Hertel's essay on the 'Literature of the Svetāmbaras of Gujarat' was published and this was followed by his extensive study of the Kathānakas. Dalal and Gandhi's descriptive catalogue of manuscripts in the Bhāņdāras at Jaisalmer and Pattan were published in 1923. A systematic study of the Jain Paiņņa litera
Menaka's Gujarati translation (1922) and P. L. Vaidya's critical edition of the Süyagada, the former's Vyavahārabhāşya (1926), Doshi's Gujarati translation of Vyavahāra (1925), Vardhamāna Sūri's Acara Dinakara (1922-23), Muni Caturvijaya's Ekaviņśatisthānak aprak araņa (1924), Zaver's Nirvāņakalika (1926), Bechardas's Gujarati translation of the text and vrtti of the Viyāhapannatti (1927) etc. In 1930, P.L. Vaidya published a revised edition of the Uvāsagadasão which was followed by his critical editions of the Antagadadasāo (1932), Vivāgasūya (1933), Candapannatti (1932) etc. Schübring's translation with introduction and notes of the Dasaveyāliya Sutta and M.C. Modi's Antagadadasão were published in 1932. The Brhatkalpa-Bhāşya of Samghadāsa was edited by Muni Punyavijaya, the first volume of which appeared in 1933. The same year saw the publication of Jinasena's Harivamsa edited by Pt. Darbarilal. A new edition of Nirayāvalião was done by Gopani and Choksi which appeared in 1934. A.C. Sen's critical introduction of Panhāvāgar anaim and M. Patel's English translation of Bühler's Life of Hemacandra came out in 1936. J.F. Kohl's Süryaprojñopri was published in 1937. Critical editions of Ācāranga Curņi of Jinadāsa (1941), Byhar-Karhā-Koša of Harisena (1943), Adipurāna of Jinasena (1944-45) Nāyādhammak chão, Tiloyapannatti of Yativịşabha (1943) etc. were important products of Jain research during the forties. The sixth volume of the Brhat-Kalpa-bhāşya of Samghadāsa edited by Muni Punyavijaya came out in 1951, the first volume of which appeared as early as in 1933. The Kalpasūtra with the curņi of Agastya Simha Sūri, also edited by him came out in 1952. In 1951 A.N. Upadhye and H.L. Jain published the second part of the Tiloyapannatti. In regional languages of India studies in Jain texts were mainly made through Hindi, Gujarati and Marathi. In southern languages, although they contain numerous Jain texts, we have very few works. Recently the University of Karnataka has undertaken a scheme for preparing a descriptive catalogue of the Kannada manuscripts, and in the volumes, so far been published, we have references to numerous Jain works which were previously unknown to us. In Bengali serious works are really lacking although as early as in 1909, A.C. Vidyabhusana made a comprehensive study which was serialised in a Journal called Upāsana. In this connection we may refer to the Bengali translation of the Kalpasūtra by B.K. Chatterjee and that of the Uttaradhyayana sutra by P.C. Syamsukha and A.R. Bhattacharya, both published by the Calcutta university.
Page #35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
14 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
ture was made by Kamptz in 1929 in his Über die vom Sterbefasten handelenden älteren Painna des Jaina Kanons. Vīrarājendra Suri's Sanskrit encyclopaedia Abhidhānarājendra (1913-25) incorporated numerous Jain Prakrit terms taken from the canonical and scholastic literature of the Svetāmbaras, and this was followed by Muni Ratnacandra's Ardha-Magadhi Dictionary (1923-32) and Hargovind Das Seth's Prakrit Hindi Dictionary. A complete Digambara Jain Dictionary entitled Bṛhat Jaina Śabdārṇava came out in two volumes between 1930 and 1934. The Jain periodicals like Anekānt, Jain Antiquary, Jain Hitaiși etc. made their appearance during this period.
M.D. Desai's Gujarati work Jaina Sahityāno Sankṣipta Itihāsa, dealing with the history of Jain literature, came out in 1933. In 1934, Leumann's unpublished studies in the Avaśyaka literature were edited and published by Schübring whose independent work Die Lehre der Jainas came out a year later. The manuscripts deposited in Bhandarkar Institute were handled by H.R. Kapadia who made a descriptive catalogue of the Jain items, parts II and I of which came out respectively in 1935 and 1936. Its third part was published in 1940 which contains the Agamic literature of the Jains, while the fourth part, published in 1948, contains the ritualistic works and supplements. Kapadia's History of the Canonical Literature of Jains was published in 1941 and his Jain Religion and Literature in 1944. Mention must also be made in this connection to A. Chakravarti's Jain Literature in Tamil (1941). The Jain manuscripts of the Berlin collection were finally catalogued by Schübring in 1944. This volume contains 647 pages covering 1127 manuscripts. Velankar's Jinaratnakoṣa, published in the same year, is a monumental work on Jain manuscripts which is indispensable for the study of Jain literature. The fifth part of Kapadia's descriptive catalogue of the Jain manuscripts came out in 1954, although the subsequent one containing manuscripts on Jain literature and philosophy appeared two years earlier. Another volume consisting mainly of hymnology was published in two parts which appeared respectively in 1957 and 1962. Of recent important contributions reference should be made to B.J. Sandesara and G.P. Thaker's Lexicographical Studies in Jain Sanskrit which came out in 1962. Even in the sixties and seventies of this century the task of collecting and editing the Jain texts and manuscripts has not ceased to continue.
We have already occasion to refer to the earlier historical studies on different aspects of Jainism. In the first volume of the Cambridge History of India (1922) Jarl Charpentier contributed a valuable
Page #36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction
15
chapter on the general history of Jainism. South Indian Jainism was studied by Ayyangar and Rao, and their work which was published in 1922 throws a significant light on the historical role of Jainism in that region. V. Glasenapp's Der Jainismus: Eine indische Erlosungs religion which came out in 1925 had become popular in India and a Gujarati translation of this work was made by N.I. Patel. Schübring's Wrote Mahāvīras and Guerinot's La religion djaina came out in 1926. of other important publications during the twenties bearing on the general history of Jainism and on the lives of the saints, reference should be made to K.P. Jain's Bhagavān Mahāvīra (in Hindi 1924), M.B. Jhavery's Historical Facts about Jainism (1925), J.L. Jaini's The Bright Ones in Jainism (1926), C.R. Jain's Rşabhadeva (1929), etc. H. Bhattacharya's Divinity in Jainism (1925) is also an important work of this period. A.C. Sen's Schools and Sects in Jain Literature came out in 1931. Ajanta's Mahāvīra Caritra (in Marathi 1931), J. Shah's Jainism in Northern India (1932), K.P. Jain's Sankṣipta Jaina Itihāsa (in Hindi 1934), B.C. Law's Mahāvīra: His Life and Teachings (1937), B.A. Salatore's Medieval Jainism (1938), H.L. Jain's Jaina Itihāsa Ki pūrva pithika (in Hindi 1939), etc. had characterised the Jain studies during the thirties.
Studies in the social, cultural, legal and miscellaneous aspects of Jainism are also by no means insiginificant. Valuable articles on these aspects of Jainism, written by eminent authorities like Jacobi, Mrs. Stevenson and others, were incorporated in the famous Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics. C.R. Jain's Jain Law (1926), Jain Penance (1930) and Jain Culture (1934), S.R. Sharma's Jainism in Karņāțaka Culture (1940), B.T. Kala's Jain Vivāha Paddhati aur Lokācāra (in Hindi 1940), D.C. Dasgupta's Jain System of Education (1942), Jinavijaya Muni's Jaina Pustaka Praśāsti Samgraha (in Sanskrit and Hindi 1943), K.P. Jain's Jaina Tirtha (in Hindi 1946), Bool Chand's Jain Cultural Studies (1946), S.C. Rampuria's Cult of Ahimsa (1947), P.L. Vaidya's Jaina Dharma āņi Vangmaya (in Marathi 1948), K.L. Hindiqui's Yaśastilaka and Indian Culture (1949) etc. are important contributions to the understanding of the essentials of Jain culture. Of other works made in the forties reference should be made to Bool Chand's Lord Mahāvîra: A Study in Historical Perspective (1948) and J.C. Jain's Life in Ancient India as depicted in the Jain Canons (1947). The latter is especially important for any study on the social life of ancient India. Unfortunately this line of research with Jain sources has not been seriously pursued. We are, however, pleased to see a recent work by
Page #37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
16 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
J.P. Jain under the title Jaina Sources of the History of Ancient India (1964) which is expected to be helpful in Indological studies. Another significant contribution to Jain studies is V.A. Sangave's Jain Community: A Social Survey which came out in 1959.
Now about the works of technical character. So far as the Jain epigraphs are concerned, we have already the occasion to refer to the labour made in this field by Guerinot and P.C. Nahar. In 1926, K.P. Jain's Prācīna Jaina Lekha Samgraha was published and it was followed by H.L. Jain's Jaina Šilalekha Samgraha (1928). Coomaraswamy's Catalogue of the Jain paintings and manuscripts of the Indian collection in the Boston Museum of Fine Arts appeared in 1924. In the annual report of the Archaeological Survey of India (1925-26), R.P. Chanda published his Jaina Remains at Rajgir. In 1936 came out M.S. Nawal's Jaina Citra Kalapadruma. Significant articles on Jain art were published by K.P. Jayaswal (JBORS, XXIII, 1937), H.D. Sankalia (JRAS, 1938, JISOA, IX, 1941), U.P. Shah (JUB, X, 1941) and others. In 1939 was published B.C. Bhattacharya's epoch making Jain Iconography which had remained for a long time the only standard work on that subject. Moti Chandra's Jaina Miniature Paintings from Western India was published in 1949. During the fifties U.P. Shah published a number of articles on Jain art and iconography in different Indological Journals and his Studies in Jaina Art came out in 1955.
We have already referred to a number of works in the body of this chapter also in the footnotes which have direct or indirect bearing on the study of Jain philosophy. Pioneer in this field are H. Jacobi's Metaphysics and Ethics of the Jainas and J.L. Jhaveri's First Principles of Jaina Philosophy. Besides the general works on the history of Indian philosophy, by eminent scholars like S. N. Dasgupta, S. Radhakrishnan and others, containing important chapters on Jain philosophy, we have such specialised works on different aspects of this subject as C. Krause's Interpretation of Jain Ethics or V. Glasenapp's Doctrine of Karman in Jain Philosophy. Of the recent works in this field, mention may be made of D. N. Bhargava's Jaina Ethics (1958), T. G. Kalghatgi's. Some Problems in Jain Psychology (1961), K. C. Sogani's Ethical Doctrines in Jainism (1967), M. L. Mehta's Jain Philosophy (1971), K. K. Dixit's Jain Ontology (1971) etc. Although most of the works on Jainism deal with its philosophical contents and also there are a good number of specialised works of the types mentioned above, a comprehensive work on Jain philosophy in historical outlines
Page #38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction
17
is really lacking. The ideas working behind the relation between original Jainism and its subsequent accretions as revealed in its doctrines, rituals and mythology, have not been traced historically. No light has yet been thrown on the problem of primitive Jainism, the kernel around which the accretions had developed, by stratifying the contents of the existing canons and connecting each of them with the turning points of the historical growth of Indian ideas in general. No serious attempt has hitherto been made to understand the evolution of Jain thought in terms of the corresponding developments in Brahmanical and Buddhist systems, and what is more, we have practically little or no idea about the material basis of Jain ideas which should be the fundamental of all such studies.
Literary Sources
Besides the Jain canonical writings and their commentaries, which are indispensable for the study of Jainism, the Brahmanical and Buddhist texts also offer many clues to the understanding of its history and doctrines. The Buddhist texts frequently mention Nigantha Nātaputta as an opponent of Buddha and refer to the essentials of Jain doctrines, although in a distorted way. We are very pleased to note of a recent work by B.C. Jain in which the Jain materials are carefully collected from the vast ocean of Buddhist literature. Unfortunately, no such attempt has yet been made in the field of Brahmanical literature although in the philosophical texts of Brahmanism Jain doctrines have been treated with great importance and there are many stray references to the Jains and Jainism in the epics and Purāṇas and also in the literary and technical works.
Both the Svetāmbaras and Digambaras hold that the original Canon of the Jains consisted of twelve Angas, but the Digambaras regard the Svetāmbara canon as wholly spurious. According to the Jain tradition, during the reign of Chandragupta Maurya, about the end of the fourth century BC there was a great famine in Magadha as a result of which a large number of young Jain monks migrated towards the south under the leadership of Bhadrabāhu, the celebrated ganadhara, while the more elderly ones remained in Magadha under the leadership of Sthulabhadra. It was during the leadership of the latter that some scriptural texts-the twelve Argas-were compiled in a special assembly summoned at Pāķaliputra. Mahāvīra's teachings
Jain B.C., JBL
Page #39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
18 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
were first compiled in fourteen texts, called the Pūrvas, meaning the earlier books which are lost. But the Svetāmbaras believe that the Pūrvas were incorporated in the now lost Ditthivāya, the twelfth Anga. The tradition of these Pūrva texts has obviously created a problem which cannot be very easily solved. Prof. Schübring? after a critical analysis of the existing Jain texts came to the conclusion that the so-called fourteen Pūrvas might have consisted of traditions handed down orally from teacher to pupil, that some part of this oral tradition might have been compiled by Sthulabhadra in the Pāțaliputra Council and that the council of Valabhi under Devardhi which took place sometime between the fifth and the sixth centuries Ad made use of the current oral traditions as well as such texts as might have been already reduced to writing. Texts like the Nandi and the Anuogadārā divide the substance of Jain teachings into Angapavitha and Anangapavițsha or Angabāhira. The roots of the latter are sometimes traced to the lost Pūrvas. Texts other than the Angas are sometimes placed in the Angabāhira group. The scriptures compiled by the Council of Valabhi (fifth-sixth centuries Ad) are generally known as Āgama or Siddhānta, divided into groups such as the Angas, Uvangas, Paiņņas, Cheyasuttas, Mūlasuttas, and two special texts known as Nandi and Anuogadārā. The language of the Svetāmbara canon is called Ardhamāgadhi Prakritor Jain Prakrit or even Ārsa Prakrit.2
The first Anga, Āyāra (Ācāra) deals with the rules of ascetic life. It is divided into two parts, the second part being of a later origin. The subjects in Chapters I-VI and VIII are Ahimsā, the avoidance of weakness and relapsing and endurance in hardships. The IXth or the last chapter offers a vivid sketch of Mahāvīra's early career. The second Anga is known as Sūyagada (wrongly Sanskritised as Sūtraksta) which deals with the heretical, i.e. non-Jain views, elaborate descriptions of hells and tortures therein, descriptions of forms of life and of their origin as “told in older ages,' discussions on guilt, accumulated either consciously or unconsciously, etc. The third Anga i.e.
1DJ, pp. 73ff.
e Canon and its history see Jacobi in the intro. to his ed. of KSB, pp. 14ff. and to the SBE, XXII and XLV; Kapadia, HCLJ; Winternitz, HIL, II, pp. 424-595.
Ed. Jacobi, 1882; Eng. tr. by the same SBE, XXII, 1884, the first sec. re-ed. Schübring 1910 in AKM, XII and tr. in WM, pp. 66-121.
*Eng. tr. by Jacobi in SBE, XLV; selected sections in Gr. by Schübring in WM; ed. P.L. Vaidya 1928; see Ghatage in IHQ, XII, pp. 270-81.
Page #40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction 19
Thāṇa (Sthāna) is a list of dogmatic topics, cases or possibilities, each grouped under ten items.1 Samavāya or the fourth Anga is a supplement of and a continuation to Thana. In one of its appendices, the Samavaya deals with the nature of the twelve Angas, in another with the qualities of beings, while in a third the dates of the spiritual and temporal heroes.2 The Viyahapannatti (Vyākhyāprajñapti, also known as Bhagavati) contains a picture of Mahavira's character and activities. It is a proclamation of explanations given by Mahāvīra as answers to individual questions asked by disciples and by far in most cases directed to Goyāma. The Nāyādhammakahão (Jñātadharmakathā, not Jñātṛ) consists of didactic tales, 19 in number. The second part of this work deals with the fate of a nun who was reborn as the goddess Kali. The Uväsagadasão (Upāsakadaśā) is concerned with the pious laymen in Mahāvīra's time. Here an interesting account of Mahāvīra's rivalry with Gośāla is also given.5 The Antagadadasão (Antaḥkṛd-daśā) contains legends dating from the time of Aritthanemi and deals with individuals who put end to existence. Likewise the Aṇuttarovavaiyadasão (Anuttarapapädikadaśa) deals with legends of persons who were reborn in uppermost heavens." The Paṇhāvāgaraṇāim (Praśnavyākaraṇāni) describes the good and bad effects respectively of observing and not observing the vows. The title means questions and explanations but it is justified neither by the contents nor by the survey given. The eleventh Anga Vivagasuya (Vipakaśruta) describes the consequences of Karma which generally are expected to be evil ones. The last of twelfth Anga Ditthivāya (Dṛṣṭivāda) is now entirely lost.
Of the twelve Urangas, the Uvavaiya is divided into two parts, the first of which describes the preparations made for the approach of Mahāvīra and the sermon he was going to deliver before king Kuniya, while the second part deals with reincarnation and salvation
1Ed. in Ag. Sam, III, 1880; with Sans. and Prak. Com., with Abhayadeva's com. AGS, 1918-20.
'Ed. in Ag. Sam., IV, 1880, AGS. ed. 1918.
'Ed. AGS, 1918-21, 3 vols. Weber in MBA (1865), pp. 367-444 (1866), pp. 155
352.
'Ed. AGS, 1916, cf. P. Steinthal and W. Huttemann in sec. II.
"Ed. and Eng. tr. A.F. R. Hoernle, BI, 1885-88, AGS. ed. 1920. 'Ed. AGS, 1920, Eng. tr. Barnett 1907.
'Ed. AGS, tr. Barnett 1907.
Ed. AGS, 1919, cf. Weber in IS, XVI, pp. 326ff. 'Ed. AGS, 1920.
Page #41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
20
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
as the reward for certain actions. The Rāyapaseņaijja is concerned with the question of soul put by a king named Paësi to the monk Kesin. The Jīvājīvābhigama consists of the description of the classification of various kind of animate and inanimate objects. The Pannavaņā also deals with the classification of living beings. The Surapannatti is chiefly concerned with the activities and effects of the sun. It may be called a scientific treatise. Likewise the Jambuddi vapannatti is a cosmographical work in which we have a description of the Jambuddīva, the centre of the physical universe. The Candapannatti which is identical in all available manuscripts with the Surapannatti is an astronomical work. In the Nirayāralīyāo we came across the Jain version of the Kuniya of Ajātaśatru legends which is important for the reconstruction of the history of the Haryanka dynasty of Magadha. The Kappāvadamsiyāo is a story of conversion of Pauma and his liberation. The Pupphiyão describes four storics showing the results of good or bad actions. The Pupphacūlião and the Vanhidasão also deal with similar subjects.
The Paiņņas or Prakīrņas are another class of religious literature consisting of ten works. Of these the Causarana contains hymns, etc. in honour of the four viz. Arhats, Siddhas, Sadhus and Dharma. It is said to have been composed by one Virabhadra. The Bhattaparinnā deals with the ritual for the renunciation of food. The Sarthāra is concerned with the rituals for the dead. The Aurapaccakkhāna is meant for the renunciation of all that is evil by persons who are going to die. The Mahāpaccakkhāna or the Greater Renunciation is another text of confession. The Candāvijjhaya is a text of monastic discipline. The Gaņivijjā deal with the ascertaining of auspicious and inauspicious days, periods, etc. The Tandulaveyāliya deals with food and drink, embryology, the human stages of life, the duration of life, measures of capacity and of time. The Devindatthaya deals with the Bhavanavāsi, Vāņamantara, Joisiya and Vemānīya kings and gods as to their seats, duration of their lives and faculties, etc. The tenth text, the Viratthaya, is a stotra of Mahāvīra. Two other texts, the Titthogali and the Ārāhaņāpaļāgā are also said to belong to the Paiņņa group. These two deal with the general teachings of Jainism.
The Cheyasuttas are six in number. Of these the Āyāradasão deals
The Uvangas were published, along with their commentaries, in AGS and DLJP, for studies in the Uvangas sce sec. II.
?The AGS ed. contains all the surviving Paiņņas; for studies in this branch of literature, see sec. II.
Page #42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction
21
with the monastic life in general, the offences against the vows, stages of laymanship, stages of monkhood, etc. The Vavahāra contains a collection of what is permitted and proper for monks and what is not. The subject matter of the Nisiha and the Mahānisiha is prescription of penances for the breach of rules of daily life, the confession of the transgression of rules of conduct, expiation, evil consequences of sinful deeds etc. The Pamcakappa, now lost and replaced by the Jiyakappa, attributed to Jinabhadra who was the teacher of the celebrated scholar Haribhadra of the eighth century, also deals with the rules of monastic life. The Kappa (Kalpasūtra), attributed to Bhadrabāhu, is the oldest and genuine Cheyasutta. But what is now regarded as Bhadrabāhu Kalpasūtra is a combination of three different works --the Jinacarita dealing with the lives of the Tîrthamkaras, the Sthavirāvali (Theravali) dealing with the schools, sub-schools and teachers and the Sāmācāri (Sāmāyāri) dealing with the rules observed by the ascetics during the rains-retreat-composed at different times. Two other Texts, the Pindaniryukti (Pindanijjutti) and the Oghaniryukti (Oghanijjutti) are sometimes included in the Cheyasutta group.
The Mülasuttas are four in number. Of these, the Uttarājjhāyā (Uttaradhyayana Sūtra) consists of 36 chapters, composed at different times, is said to have been spoken by Mahāvīra himself. It appears that the work derived its name from a group of apparently younger chapters following (uttara) the older ones. The Dasaveyāliya said to have been composed by Sejjambhava, deals with monastic life in general, the six forms of living beings and their non-violation, the five vows, the pure and impure alms, the allowed and forbidden kinds of speech, the devotion to right conduct, etc. The Āvassayanijjutti is a gāthā work taking its name form the six āvassaya, i.e. the formulae to be recited daily. It is combined with the niryukti of Bhadrabāhu and deals with instructions on religious rules that should be invariably observed. The Pindanijjutti, attributed to Bhadrabāhu, is a treatise on food. It also deals with the mistakes made by the almsgiver and those made by receiver.2
Of individual and ungrouped works, the Nandi and the Aņuogadāra
1A defective tr. of KSB by J. Stevenson appeared in 1848; critical ed. by Jacobi (1879) and tr. in SBE XXII, for editions of and studies in other Cheyasuttas, esp. for those by Schübring, see sec. II, ?The Uttaradhyayana was edited with critical notes and a com. by J. Charpen
AEO, XVIII (1922) and tr. by Jacobi in SBE, XLV. Other Mülasuttas were edited and studied mainly by Leumann.
Page #43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
22 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
are elaborate encyclopaedias of all matters concerning Jain dogmatics.1 The authorship of the former is attributed to Devardhi. Besides, there are some supplementary texts like the Isibhāsiyāim dealing with sentences of certain Ṛsis concerning moral subjects, the Angaculiya-Vaggaculiyā and Viyāhaculiyā dealing with praises of moral values under the garb of legends and the Angavijjā dealing with various subjects of material importance.2
Many of the aforesaid works were composed before AD 750. The commentarial texts of the Svetambaras are also vast and the oldest among them are the niryuktis. These were written in Prakrit and were further developed into the bhāṣyas and curņis, also written in Prakrit, which again gave rise to tīkās, vivaraņas, vṛttis and avacurṇis in Sanskrit. Of the important writers of the Bhāṣyas may be mentioned Samghadāsa, Jinadasa and Siddhasena. It is said that Bhadrabahu had written niryuktis on ten texts, but it appears that there were more than one author of this name. Of other important commentators on the Svetambara canon mention should be made of Haribhadra (8th century), Śilāňka (9th century), Śantisūri, Devendragaṇin, Abhayadeva (10th-11th centuries), Hemacandra (12th century) and Malayagiri (14th century). We shall later have the occasion to refer to the works of these commentators and those of others.
Although the Digambaras, as we have already remarked, regard the Svetambara canon as wholly spurious, they have some authoritative scriptures of their own, described as Four Vedas and divided into four classes of Prathamānuyoga, Karaṇānuyoga, Dravyānuyoga and Caraṇānuyoga. The Pavayaṇasāra, Pamcatthikaya, etc. of Kundakunda (1st century), the Tattvārthādhigamasūtra of Umāsvāmin, the Mūlācāra and Trivarṇācāra of Vaṭṭakera (1st-3rd centuries), the Padmapurāṇa of Ravisena (7th century), the Aptamimāmsa and the Ratnakaraṇḍa-Śrāvakācāra of Samantabhadra (8th century), Harivamsapurāṇa of Jinasena (8th century), the Trişaşțilakṣaṇa-mahāpurāṇa of another Jinasena and his pupil Gunabhadra, etc. are regarded by the Digambaras as their sacred texts. In the South the Digambaras cultivated both Prakrit and Sanskrit. Of other Digambara writers we may refer to Svāmī Kārttikeya author of the Dvādaśānuprekṣā, and Yativṛṣabha who made a comprehensive survey of Jain cosmography in his Tiloyapanṇatti and also the famous leaders like Puspadanta,
1Ed. in AGS, 1924.
2For details about the Painņas, Cheyasuttas, Mūlasuttas and other texts see Schübring, DJ, pp. 107ff., Winternitz, HIL, II. pp. 458ff.
Page #44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction
23.
Bhutabali and Guņadhara to whom we owe the Siddhānta Granthas as well as the Sanskrit writers Samantabhadra, Pujyapāda, Akalanka, Mānatunga and others.)
Haribhadra, the eighth century writer, of whom we have already occasion to refer, was the earliest Sanskrit commentator of the canon, and his contributions to Jain logic are outstanding. In his Şad-darśanasamuccaya he has given a brilliant exposition of the different systems of philosophy of the day. His Samarāicca-kahā is also an important contribution to Jain doctrines.? Of the other writers belonging to the eighth century, besides tbose mentioned above, mention may be made of Bappabhatti, Sobhana, Dhanapāla and Devabhadra. Sobhana's Tīrthes'astuti or Caturvimśajinastuti and Dhanapāla's Päiyalacchi are indeed significant works. Akalanka, whose date has been a matter of controversy, was a great logician whose famous works are Rājavārtika and Aştašati. Jain logic was further enriched by Vidyānanda, Māņikyanandi and Prabhācandra.The Rāştrakūta king Amoghavarşa was a devout Jain who composed a Praśnottaramālikā (catechism) on Jain ethics. Of the Jain works of the ninth and tenth centuries reference must be made to the famous commentaries Dhavalā and Jayadhavalā, composed by Vīrasena and Jinasena, the Tattvārthaśāra and Puruşārthasiddhyupāya of Amstacandra, the celebrated commentator on Kundakunda's works, and the philosophical compendiums of Nemicandra.
From the eighth century onwards, the Jain writers adopted Apabhramsa as their language of religious expression. The first Jain writer to use Apabhramśa in dohā metre (couplets of varying measure) was Joindu of the sixth century whose Paramappapayāsu and Jogasāru deserve special mention in this connection. The Pāhuda-Dohā of Rāmasimha Muni, Sāvayadhamma-Dohā of Devasena and Vairāgya
Most of these works were published in MCDG and DLJP series. See Bühler in IA, VII, pp. 28ff.; Guerinot, RD, pp. 81ff, Charpentier in ZDMG, LXX, pp. 219ff.; Klatt in IA, XI, pp. 245ff.; Jacobi's intro. to KSB, pp. 10ff.; Vidyabhuşana, HIL, pp. 164ff.
*There are at least eight Haribhadras in Jain history. See Muņi Kalyānavijaya's intro: to his ed. of Dharmasamgrahani, Bombay, 1918, Jacobi's Sanatkumaracarita, VII, Samarāicca Kahā, IV-XVIII, Klatt in IA, XI, pp. 247ff., Glasenapp, DJ, pp. 107ff.
'See Upadhye in NIA, II. pp. 132ff; Salatore in JBHS, VI, pp. 10-33.
Vidyābhuşaņa, HIL, pp. 164ff. SEd. A.N. Upadhye, Bombay, 1937. Ed. H.L. Jain, 1932-33.
Page #45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
24
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
sära of Suprabhācāryal are some of the best examples of dohā works in Jain literature. These are, however, late works. The Jain writers also used Apabhramsa in the epic poems mostly dealing with the lives of 63 super-men called Salākā-puruṣas. The earliest of these works are the Harivamśa-purāna and Paümacariu” of Svayambhū which are the Jain versons of the Mahābhārata and Rāmāyana respectively. Puşpadanta's Mahapurāna, Jasahara-cariu and Ņāyakumāra-cariu are classics in the field of Apabhramśa literature.' Of other Apabhramsa works, reference must be made to Kanakamāra's Karakānda cariu, Haribhadra's Nemināha-cariu,5 Dhāhila's Paumasiri-cariu. Padmakīrti's Pāsanātha-cariu, etc.
Some other important Jain works in Prakrit and Sanskrit, composed before the tenth century are Asaga's Vardhamāna-charita, Dhanañjaya's Rāghava-Pānďavīya, or Dvisandhāna, Dharmadāsa's Uvaesamāla6 Jinasena's Pārsvābhyudaya, 7 Kanakasena's Yasodhara-caritra, Maheśvara Sūri's Jñānapañcami-Kathā, Mānatunga's Bhaktāmaras totra, Nandisena's Ajitaśāntistava, etc.
From the tenth century onwards the Jains adopted the epic style for presenting their saints and heroes. In Sanskrit, the Svetāmbara version of Kaņakasena's Yasodhara-caritra was made by Māņikya Sūri (11th century). The best work of this type is Hemacandra's (12th century) Trişașțiśalākāpuruşacarita describing in ten cantos the lives of 63 Jain saints. His Parisistaparvan which deals with the lives of the oldest Jain teachers is a supplement to the above work. He also wrote for lexical works of which the Abhidhāna Cintamani is widely celebrated. The Neminirvāṇā of Vaghbhata, dealing with the life of Neminātha, also belongs to this period. In Sanskrit Kävya literature, the Jain contributions are Odeyadeva Vādibhasimha's Kșatracudāmaņi, Abhayadeva's Jayantavijya, Devaprabha Sūri's Pāndavacaritra, Amaracandra's Bālabhārata, Abhayacandra's Padmānanda, Udaya
1Ed. H.D. Velankar in ABORI, 1928, pp. 272-80. 'Ed. H.C. Bhayani, 1953.
*The first two ed. by P.L. Vaidya (1931, 1937-41) while the third one by H.L. Jain, 1933.
*Ed. H.L. Jain, 1934. "Portion ed. and pub. by Jacobi, 1921. *Ed. by L.P. Tessitori in GSAI, XXV, 1912, pp. 162-292. 'Its Meghadūta portion was translated into english by K.B. Pathak, 1894. 8Ed. with Gr. tr. by Jacobi in IS, XIV, pp. 359ff.
Page #46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction
25
prabha Sūri's Dharmūbbyudaya, etc. The Jain writers also contributed to the historical Kävya literature.
Of the Prakrit works composed between the tenth and the thirteenth centuries Ad the Mahāvīracarita of Guņacandra, composed about AD 1082, is really unique.? Another work of the same name was written by Devendra Gaộin in AD 1085. Amitagati's compendium of Jain philosophy called Pañcasamgraha and Kanakasena Vădirāja's works on logic like Pramāṇasamgraha, Nyāyaviniscaya-vivarana, etc. as well the dramas of Rāmacandra and Hastimalla show the extent of Jain contribution to different branches of literary activities. The life of Rsabha is described by Vardhamāna in his Adināthacaritra composed in AD 1103. Of other Carita works, Devacandra's Sāntināthacarita (1103), Santi's Sūri's Prthvīcandracarita (1108), Devabhadra's Pārsvanāthacarita (1150), Somaprabha's Sumatināthacarita (1150), Maladhāri Hemacandra's Nemināthacarita (c. 1100), Sricandra's Munisuvratasvāmicarita (1135), another Srīcandra's Sanatkumāracarita (1157), Haribhadra's Mallināthacarita (twelfth century) etc. deserve special mention. Somaprabha's Kumārapāla-pratibodha contains a dialogue between the Caulukya king Kumārapāla and his teacher Hemacandra on Jain precepts.3 The Ulläsikkama-thaya of Jinavalla and Ajiyasānti-thaya of Viraganin are stotras in Prakrit in glorification of Ajita, the second Tīrthamkara, and Sānti, the sixteenth, respectively. These belong to the twelfth century. The Şadbhāşanirmita-pārsvajina-stavana by Dharmavardhana, written about AD 1200, is in six languages, viz. Sanskrit, Mahārāștrī, Māgadhi, Sauraseni, Paiśācī and Apabhramśa. Rāmaśarman composed stabakas in Saurasenī, Māgadhi and Apabhramśa which also belong to the same category.4 Of the didactic poems in Prakrit with a pronounced Jain bias reference may be made to Jayakīrti's Silovaesamālā and Municandra's Gathākośa (twelfth century). Important contributions to Jain doctrines in Prakrit are Jinacandra Ganin's Navapaya, written about AD 1015 with a Sanskrit commentary, and Navatattvaprakaranas a treatise on nine fundamental truths of Jainism, Another significant work of the eleventh century is the Jiyaviyåra by Santi Sūri which
1See Winternitz, HIL, II, pp. 486ff. Ghatage in ABORI, XVI, pp. 38ff.
*Ed. with intro, etc. by Muni Jinavijaya in GOS, XIV, 1920, and tr. by L. Alsdorf, Hamburg, 1929.
'Ed. Grierson in IA, LI, pp. 13ff.; LII, pp. 2ff.; LVI, pp. 1ff.; LVII, pp. 21ff. SEd. with two coms in AGR, X, 1912.
Page #47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
26
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
deals with the nature of being grouped in various classes. Abhayadeva (AD 1064) wrote commentaries on the nine Angas, while Santi Sūri and Devendragaṇin (eleventh century) wrote exhaustive commentaries on the Uttaradhyayana. In AD 1113 Maladhāri Hemacandra Sūri wrote Bhavabhāvana in 531 gāthas, Devendra Sūri wrote in the thirteenth century the first five Karmagranthas which describes in detail the entire doctrine of Karma.
of other works, Mahāsena's Pradyumna-Caritra, Surācārya and Maladhâri Hemacandra's Nemināthacaritrās, Vādirāja, Bhavadeva and Māņikyacandra's Pārsvanāthacaritra-s, Vikrama's Nemidūta, Maladhāri Devaprabha's Mrgāvaticăritra, Jineśvara's Kathākoša, Sricandra's Purāņasāra, Ašādhara's Sāgāra-Dharmāmsta and Anāgara-Dharmamệta, Guņacandra's Mahāvīracarita, Dhaneśvara's Surasundaricarita, etc. are important. These were all composed between the tenth and thirteenth centuries. Some of them are written in Sanskrit. The greatest Jain writer of the twelfth century was the famous Hemacandra who bore the title Kalikāla-Sarvajña. His Sanskrit works have been mentioned above. He also composed a number of Prakrit works including Kumārapālacarital which was written mainly to illustrate the rules of Prakrit grammar.
During the period between AD 1000 and 1300 important works in Apabhramśa were done by the Jains, most of them narrating the lives of the Jain teachers or heroes or the tales bearing on Jain religion. Of the Apabhramsa works on Jainism, composed during this period, reference must be made to the Pajjūnna-kahā of Simha narrating in fifteen cantos the life of Pradyumna Kumāra, the Kathākośa of Sricandra (not the one referred to above) containing 53 religions tales, the Pārsvapurāņa of Padmakīrti describing in 18 sandhis the life of Pārśva, the Sukumāla-Cariu of Śrīdhara describing the story of Sukumāra who became a Jain monk, the Sudarsana-carita of Nayanandi, the didactic poem Kalāsvarūpakulakam of Jinadatta Sūri, the Nemināha-cariu-s of Haribhadra: and Lakşmaņadeva, the Yogasära of Yogicandra Muni, the Vairāgyasāra of Suprabhācārya, the Chakkammovaesa of Amarakirtigani, the Aņuvaya-rayana-paíu of
Ed. P.L. Vaidya, 1936. His Dešinamamāla was first edited with critical notes, glossary and a historical introduction by M. Banerjee, 1931 and P. Ramanujaswami, 1938.
2Ed. L.B. Gandhi, GOS, XXXVII, 1927. 'A section of this work was edited with notes by Jacobi, 1921.
Page #48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction
27
Lakşmaņa, the Sañjamamañjarī of Mahesara Sūri, 2 etc.
From the fourteenth century onwards the Jain writers adopted regional languages instead of Prakrit and Apabhramśa. The use of Sanskrit was, however, continued. Kīrtirāja's Neminātha Mahākāvya, which narrates the life of Neminātha in 12 cantos, is one of the best specimens of the Sanskrit epic literature of the fifteenth century. Historical Kāvyas were also written by the Jains. Nayacandra's Hammira-kāvya: dealing with the heroic deeds of Cahamāna Hammira may be referred to in this connection. Somacaritragaņi's Guruguņaratnākara (1485)4 describing the life of Lakşmīsaragani of Tapāgaccha is a work of considerable importance for Gujarat history. Sarvānanda's Gagadūcarita5 is likewise a historical Kāvya in praise of a Jain layman who helped his countrymen during the Gujarat famine of 1256-57. Among the devotional poems of the Jains composed in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries may be mentioned Jinaprabhasūri's Caturvimsati-Jinastuti and several other hynms and Munisundarasüri's Jina-stotra-ratna-kośa, The Jains also undertook the patterns of the Dütakāvya literature to serve religious purpose. Merutunga's Meghadūta is an example of Jain Dūtakāvyas which describes the life of Neminātha in four cantos. In Sanskrit prose the Jain writers had written numerous stories to illustrate the tenets of their faith. The Campakaśreștikathānaka,6 Pālagopalakathānaka, Samyaktvakaumudi, etc., are Jain collections of didactic tales, purely propagandist in nature. The first two works were composed by Jinakirti. Somacandra, a pupil of Ratnasekhara of Tapāgaccha, composed in 1448 the Kathāmahodahi which is a collection of 126 Jain stories. Merutunga's Mahāpuruşacarita is a prose romance which gives an account of some Jain saints. The Jain writers also employed Campüs and Prabandhas for religious propaganda.
The emphasis on Prakrit and Apabhramsa proves that the Jain writers wanted to make their views accessible to the common people. This again accounts for the immense Jain contribution to the regional languages of India. In Tamil, the earliest Jain works are Tiruthakkathevar's Jīyakacintāmani and Konguvelir's Perunkathai. The works of
1Ed. P.D. Gune, ABORI, 1, pp. 157-166. Ed. Hargobindas and Bechardas, Bhavnagar, 1914. Ed. N.G. Kirtane, Bombay, 1879. *Ed. Muni Indravijaya, Benaras, 1911. Ed. Bühler in IS. Text and tr. J. Hartel, ZDMG, LXV, pp. 1-51, 425-47.
Page #49
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
28
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Tamil poet Vāmanācāryar may also be referred to in this connection. Like other religions Jainism also claims the writers of Tolkāppiyam and Kural among its adherents. Other famous works like the Silappadikāram, Nilakesi, Yasodharākāvya, etc. have bearing on Jainism. These works belong to a period when Jainism was flourishing in the Tamil country, and this must be anterior to the seventh century AD. From the seventh century onwards Vaisnavism and Saivism succeeded in eliminating Jain influences from Tamil literature.
Jain influence contributed a glorious chapter to Kannada literature. The earliest Kannada work Voddha-ārādhana (eighth century) has a professedly Jain background and its author Sivakotyācārya was a devout Jain. NȚpatunga's Kavirājamārga, a work on poetics, mentions a number of Jain writers, but their works are lost. Of the ninth century Kannada works on Jain subjects, Gunavarma's Neminātha Purāna is the most important. In 941 AD Pampa, one of the three 'gems' of Kannada literature, composed Adipurāņa which describes in beautiful language the life of Rşabha, the first Tīrthamkara. Ponna, the second of the 'gems' who was Pampa's contemporary, composed śāntipurāņa, the life story of the sixteenth Tīrthamkara. The third Ranna wrote Ajitapurāna (993 AD) which deals with the second Tirthamkara. Cāvunda Rāya, a contemporary of the aforesaid 'gems', composed a Purāna after his name in which he gave a comprehensive history of the 24 Tīrthamkaras. Nāgacandra or Pampa II of the twelfth century wrote Mallinātha Purāņa, the biography of the nineteenth Tirthamkara, and a Jain version of the Rāmāyaṇa with the title Rāmacandra-carita-purāna, popularly known as the Pampa-Rāmāyana. Important among other Kannada Jain writers of the twelfth and thirteenth centuries were Janna, author of a Purāņa on the life of the fourteenth Tīrthamkara, Guņavarma II who wrote the Puspadanta Purāna on the life of the ninth Tīrthamkara, Karsapārya who was the author of Neminātha Purāna and Ācanna and Kamalabhava who wrote on the twentyfourth and sixteenth Tīrthamkaras respectively. In the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries there was marked decline of Jain writings in Kannada. The Purāņas, however, continued to appear. Madhura, Mangarāsa and Sāntikirti wrote Purāṇas on the lives of Dharmanātha, Nemi-Jineśa and Sāntinātha respectively. Bhāskara, Bommarasa and Koteśvara wrote poems on the life-story of Jivandhara, a pious Jain king.
Next to Kannada, the Gujarati language served as the most effective vehicle for the propagation of Jain teachings and ideals. The
Page #50
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction 29 earliest available specimens of old Gujarati, viz. the BharateśvaraBāhubali-ghora (AD 1170) of Vajrasena and its expanded version, the Bharateśvara-Bahubali-rāsa (AD 1185) of Sālibhadra describe a great mythical war, at the end of which the victor Bāhubali understands the futility of worldly actions and resorts to asceticism. The Candanabālā-rāsa (AD 1201) of Asiga, the Jambűsvāmī-cariya (AD 1210) of Dharma and the Gayasukumāla-räsa (AD 1250) of Delhana deal with Jain mythology while other rāsas like the Revantagiri (AD 1232) of Vijayasena, Abu (AD 1233) of Pālhaņa and Perhada (AD 1300) of the writer of the same name eulogize the holy places. Works like Buddhi-rāsa (AD 1200), Jivadayā-rāsa (AD 1201), Saptakşetrirāsa (AD 1271), etc. composed by Sālibhadra, Asiga and others are purely religious and didactic in character. Besides the rāsa literature, old Gujarati contains compositions known as bārahamāsā (cf. bāramāsyā of Bengali literature) mātrkā and vivāhala and most of these writings are of Jain origin. During the second half of the fourteenth century Nemicandra Bhāņdari composed 160 găthās on Jain faith upon which two prose commentaries in early Gujarati dating between 1550 and 1560 have been found. The Jain writers had a very great place in the development of Gujarati literature in its different aspects. The great Hemacandra was an inhabitant of Gujarat, and he collected over 100 couplets in the Apabhramśa of his time (twelfth century) which are claimed by Hindi and Marwari and also by Gujarati as specimens of their earliest poems. Unfortunately, in early Hindi and Marwari, Jain works are rare. This also holds good in the case of Marathi.
Archaeological Sources: Architecture and Sculpture
The patterns of Jain art, relics of Jain sculptures and monuments, their structural characteristics, variety of styles and geographical distribution, immensely help us to understand the historical process through which Jainism manifested itself from its tribal core and ultimately acquired a universal character. The earliest specimen of Jain art is supposed to be a highly polished torso of a Jina Image from Lohanipur near Patna which have been claimed to belong to the Maurayan' age and it is interesting to note that stylistically it is analogous to the mutilated red stone statuatte from Harappa, thus
1JBORS, XXIII, pp. 130.32, pl. I-IV. 'Marshall, MIC, I. pl. X, a-d.
Page #51
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
30 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
indicating the continuity of Indian art style. The Harappan style is also found on a bronze statue of Pārsvanatha belonging to the first century BC which is now in the Prince of Wales Museum, Bombay. Its findspot is unknown.1 The Jain caves at Udayagiri and Khandagiri near Bhuvaneswar in Orissa, going back to the time of Kharavela (first century BC), are not laid out on definite and regular plan, but located at convenient places according to the physical configuration of the rock. Many of the caves contain a number of sculptured friezes and panels. The Manchapuri cave relief in Udayagiri and Anantagumpha reliefs in Khandagiri are marked by poor workmanship. The long friezes of the Ranigumpha and Gaṇeśagumpha came out much later. The reliefs follow mythological narratives with Jain affiliation on which nothing, however, can definitely be stated at our present state of knowledge. To the first century BC we may assign the Pabhosa caves, near Allahabad, dedicated for the use of the Kasyapiya Arhats i.e. the followers of Mahavira.2
From the first century onwards Mathura became the centre of Jain artistic activities. We have here the ruins of a Jain shrine dating back to the pre-Christian period and a large number of inscriptions engraved on the images of the Jinas, votive tablets and arches, etc. The Kankali Tila yielded a variety of Jain specimens, including railing pillars with reliefs of demigods and goddesses and a few sculptures containing scenes from the lives of Tīrthamkaras. A few specimens like the Amohini relief the Loṇaśobhika-āyāgapaṭa (Tablet of Homage), the Kankālī-Tila-āyāgapata, etc., probably belonging to the pre-Kaniska decades, show traces of heavy physicality, emphasising the stature of the main figure by raising its height and grading the subsidiary figures accordingly. But this style gradually changed; at best the Jain figures of the last quarter of the first and second century show that the heaviness of form was partly replaced by introducing new elements. Almost all the seated Tirthamkara figures in the Mathura Museum, which can be dated on the basis of their pedestal inscriptions in the Kuşapa period, show below their seat a wheel of law, placed on a pillar in the centre, flanked on either side by numbers of devotees with a lion at each end.3 In the Kuṣāṇa period the Jains seem to have worshipped, besides their usual symbols, images
1Shah, SJA, pp. 8-9.
*EI, II, p. 243.
'Bühler, ISJ, app.; Vogel, MMC, pp. 41-43, 66-82.
Page #52
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction 31 of gods and goddesses. Of other specimens of the Kuşāņa period, mention may be made of a headless image of Sarasvati of the year 54 of the Kaņişka era belonging to the Lucknow Museum collection, a partly broken inscribed pedestal, dated in the year 79 on which probably stood the 18th Jina Aranātha, as is indicated by his distinctive symbol, an image entitled Ādi or Rşabha in its pedestal inscription dated in the year 84 of Kaņiska, a sculptured panel of the year 95 representing the Jain ascetic Kaṇha which contains on its top section four Jinas, and a broken frieze showing on the obverse the animal-faced Naigamesa (Hariņegamesi).
The Junagarh inscription of the grandson of Jayadāman, belonging to the second century AD, mentions words distinctly suggestive of Jain dogma. This inscribed slab is found in a cave, one of a group of
twenty monastic cells arranged in three lines, near the town. On the basis of this inscription it may be suggested that at least in the second century AD the caves were in the hands of the Jains. Of nearly the same date may be the caves found at Dhank in which sculptures of Rşabha, Pārsva, Mahāvīra and others have been definitely identified.
A few Jain bronzes from Chausa near Buxur in Bihar seem to belong to the first-second centuries of the Christian era. They are characterised by crude workmanship but valuable for showing the continuity and extent of influence of the Mathura school.” Particular interest attaches to a standing bronze of Rşabhanātha. To the same period may be assigned on palaeolithic ground the Son-Bhāņdāra cave of Rajgir' which contains a standing figure of Sambhavanātha, which of course belong to a later period. The Vaibhāra hill temple of the same place contains a seated figure of Neminātha, head much mutilated, with a fragmentary inscription in Gupta characters and with two small Jinas seated below in Padmāsana on the two sides of a standing figure. Three standing figures of the Tīrthamkaras in other niches, which seem to belong to the fourth century, have been compared by Shah with a few standing Gwalior sculptures. Indeed the one from Besnagar, a standing Jina image of the Gupta period, may be referred to in this connection. Another Gwalior specimen is
1Shah, SJA, P. 13. 'ibid. 'ARASI, 1905-06, pp. 98, 166. "ibid, 1925-26, pp. 125ff.
Page #53
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
32 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
an inscribed figure of Pārsvanātha, dated G.E. 106.1 Some beautiful specimens of Jain sculpture of the Gupta age are preserved in different local museums. The Mathura museum preserves a nice torso of a standing Jina with two attendants and two seated images of Rşabhanātha. The Baroda museum preserves a good number of Akoța findings which include a wonderfully executed standing bronze image of Rşabhanātha, assigned to c. 450 AD and also the images of Jivantasvāmī, Sarasvati and others belonging to a later date. The Sarnath museum preserved a figure of Ajitanātha, belonging to the Gupta period, which is now in the Bhārata Kalā Bhavana museum of the Banaras University. Likewise the Luknow museum preserves a good number of Jain sculptures assigned to the Gupta period. A few Jain images of the later Gupta period are found in a temple within the Deogarh fort, Jhansi district. At Paharpur in North Bengal is found the figure of a Jina and also a copper plate, dated G.E. 159, i.e. 478 AD, which describes the existence of a Jain monastery in that region.” The Kahaum pillar inscription of Skandagupta, dated G.E. 141, i.e. 460-61 AD, is placed on a sculptured column containing five standing naked figures of the Tīrthamkaras- Ādinātha, śāntinātha, Neminātha, Pärśvanātha and Mahāvīra---in the niches.3
Of the Jain sculptures belonging to the sixth century we may refer to the five bronzes from Valabhai.The Khaņdagiri caves at Bhuvaneswar, referred to above, contain some standing and seated Jina images of the later Gupta and early medieval periods. The Satghara cave contains on its rear wall two rows of carvings, the upper one representing the first seven of the Tirthamkaras and the lower consisting of seven female figures guarded by Ganesa. Another section of the same cave contains two rows of figures, the upper showing 24 Tirthamkaras and the lower, 24 female figures, the Sāsanadevatās. Important Jain paintings have been discovered at Sittannavasal near Tanjore and some of them belong to a time around AD 600 or a little later. The paintings are on the ceilings, capitals and upper parts of the pillars of a rock-cut Jain temple.5 Quite a large number of Jain bronzes ranging from sixth to eleventh centuries AD have been
1Shah, SJA, pp. 14-15. 2DHB, I, p. 410. *Fleet, CII, III, p. 66.
Shah, SJA, p. 16. 5 Jouveau Dubreuil in 1A, LII, pp. 45-47.
Page #54
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction
33
obtained in the Akoțā hoard. From Vasantagarh, old Sirohi State in Western India, is found a beautiful bronze figure of Rşabhanātha with an inscription on its pedestal giving the date Samvat 744, i.e. 687 AD. Another similar bronze without inscription and a few smaller ones from the same site also belong to this period. To the eighth century belong the large Mahudi (Baroda) bronze? and also two smaller bronzes from the same place, two metal sculptures in the Simandhara temple (Ahmedabad), the stone sculpture of Pārsvanātha at Charupa (North Gujarat), three standing bronze figures at Bhinmal (Marwar) and a group of rock-carvings at Dhank (Saurastra). A fourfold image of Sabhavanātha, mentioned above, from the Sonbhāņdāra cave of Rajgir and a figure of Ādinātha from a ruined brick shrine at Vaibhāra hill of the same place also belong to the same period. To the ninth century belong Rohtak figure of Pārśvanātha, a few more sculptures from Rajgir, the Padmāvatī and a few other specimens from Nālandã and the rock-carvings of the Navamuni, Bārabhuji and Triśūla caves of Orissa.3
Of the Jain caves of the post-Gupta period reference may be made to one at Badami' and another at Aihole, both assignable to the middle of the seventh century AD. The most notable group of Jain caves are to be found at Ellora among the northern horn of the ridge, although they are not earlier than AD 800. The best known Jain cave temple is the so-called Indra Sabhās which is cut out of solid rock, In its courtyard, there is on the right a figure of an elephant and on the left a monolithic column surmounted by a quadruple image of a Tīrthamkara. In the centre of the court there is a square mandapa and beyond it the passage leading to the lower hall of the temple. At the left end of the passage there are two big images of Sāntinātha, and at the right the stairway leading to the upper hall of the temple. The walls of the upper hall are divided into compartments and filled with sculptured figures of the Jinas.
Of the Jain temples, the one of Meguti at Aihole, erected in Saka 556 (AD 634) by Ravikirti during the reign of the Western Calukyan king Pulakisin II is specially important from the structural point of view. Two small Jain shrines at Than in Saurastra, belong to the
Shah, SJA, pp. 16-17. Sankalia in BDCRI, I, pp. 185ff. Shah, SJA, pp. 17-18. *Brown, LABH, p. 64. $Fergusson, HIEA, II, pp. 1917,
Page #55
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
34 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
post-Gupta period also deserve special mention, the structural style of which had been imitated by a number of later temples like the one of Pattaini Devī at Pithora near Bharhut. The goddess enshrined in the latter is Ambikā with other Yakṣiṇis carved on her three sides.? The Mahāvīra temple at Osia in Rajasthan which was originally constructed in the reign of Vatsarāja of the Pratihāra dynasty, has an open porch, a closed hall and a sanctum. “One of its outstanding features are the pillars of the porch as they represent the post-Gupta order in its ripest state.". The courtyard of the temple contains a row of subsidiary shrines erected at a later time. The Makrabai temple near Mahoba in Uttar Pradesh, constructed evidently before AD 1000, contains three cells, one at the back of the Mandapa and two respectively at the north and the south of it, and figures of the Jinas on the lintel.4 The much mutilated Ghantai temple at Khajuraho is also a unique specimen of Jain architecture which was built during the period under review. Of other Jain temples at Khajuraho, one that of Pārsvanātha, probably belonging to the period between ad 950 and 1050, is about sixty-two feet in length and half of that in breadth,
tside walls of which are adorned with numerous bands of mouldings and with three horizontal rows of sculptured statues. 5 The Jain temples at Khajuraho, about six in number, differ very little from the Brahmanical ones situated therein. The rock-cut reliefs of Navamuni and Bārabhuji caves of Orissa belong to c. 8th-9th centuries, and the standing Jinas near Udyota-Kesari's cave were carved in c. 11th century. A few interesting Jain sculptures of the medieval period have been found from the districts of Mayurbhanj and Puri. Of these an image of Ambikā and that of Rşabhanātha and Mahävira in one stela are preserved in the British Museum, while another, a standing bronze of Ādinātha, in the Indian Museum, Calcutta.
In South India the chief centre of Jainism was Sravana Belgola, famous for its legendary connections with Bhadrabāhu and Candragupta, where numerous Jain shrines were constructed in medieval and later times. The ordinary temples which contain only the image of a Jina are known as Basti, while a specially arranged kind consisting of cloisters around an open courtyard with a colossal statute is
*Cousens, SMTK, pp. 50ff. Cunningham, ASR, IX, p. 31. $Brown, IABH, p. 140. "ARASI, 1925-26, p. 15. 5Fergusson, HIEA, II, p. 50.
Page #56
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction 35
called Betta, a remarkable example of which is found on the summit of a hill at Sravana Belgola. The topmost section of the granite hill is fashioned into a gigantic statue (57ft. high) of Gommatesvara, the son of the first Jina Rṣabhanatha who resigned his kingdom to become an ascetic. The saint is represented as practising austerity, undisturbed by the serpents about his feet, the ant-hills rising to his thighs and the growing creeper that has already reached his shoulders. This huge sculpture was carved under the orders of Cămuṇḍa Rāja about AD 983.1 Two other similar colossal statues of Gommata are known, one at Karkal, 41 feet high, erected in AD 1432 and another at Veņur, 35 feet high, which was set up in AD 1604.
Some of the Jain temples at Deograh fort, Jhansi District, which date from the tenth century AD contain, besides the images of the Jinas, well known figures of Jain mythology including those of the Kṣetrapālas and Yakṣis. Most famous of all are the temples on Mount Abu, the Delwara group of which consists of four large temples. Of them the two most important ones are in certain respects unrivalled anywhere in India, the older of which was built in AD 1031 by Vimala Saha and the other, completed in AD 1230 by Tejaḥpāla and Vastupala. Both of the temples, constructed entirely of white marble, are similar in plan, relatively plain on the exterior but amazingly rich in interior decoration, each standing in a rectangular walled area, surrounded by recesses with numerous statues. The central structure is a cell, containing a statue of a Jina, with a pyramidal roof, and connected with this is a closed hall. In front of the hall is an extensive open portico adorned with free standing columns. The temples display some of the finest examples of Jain sculpture, chiefly from the view-point of their exquisite delicacy of carving.2
Of other interesting Jain temples of the medieval period mention must be made of the shrines at Kumbharia in North Gujarat belonging to c. 12th and 13th centuries; the Digambara Kirtistambha at Chitor which was built in 1100 AD and repaired in 1450; the temples near Indore which were mostly built by later Paramāras of Malwa in the 11th and 12th centuries; the Kumarapala temples on the Taranga Hill. North Gujarat and at Jalor, about 80 miles south of Jodhpur; the temple at Sarotrā in north Gujarat which contains 52 cells in the courtyard; the Varavan shirine in the Thar district of Sindh; the
1EC, II, pp. 10-23, tr. 89 pl. I. 2Fergusson, HIEA, II, pp. 36-44.
Page #57
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
36 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
beautifully carved fane at Mirpur between Abu and Sirohi ; the Caumukha temple at Ranakpur in the Goḍvāḍ district, etc.1 Other interesting Jain temples and towers are to be found at Paresnath, Chitorgarh and Gwalior. Jaipur and Bikaner in Rajasthan possess some Digambara remains, while Jesalmere has a group of Svetambara temples. The site of Budhi Canderi is rich in Jain sculptures comparable in style to those of Deogarh fort and Sironi in Central India. In Khandesh, Digambara Jain vestiges are found at Erandol and Cahardi. Digambara temples exist at Miri and Ghotan in the Ahmednagar district, while in the Nasik district are a few Jain caves. The temple city of Satruñjaya in Saurastra is considered specially sacred to Rṣabha, the first Tirthamkara. The temples are said to be over five hundred, grouped in separate enclosures, generally containing one principal temple with other smaller ones. Some of the temples are believed to be as old as the eleventh century, while the majority range from around AD 1500 to the present time. The hill of Girnar, not far from Junagadh, contains a group of Jain temples, some sixteen in number. Of these the largest and perhaps also the oldest is the Neminatha temple. An inscription upon it records that it was repaired in AD 1278, and hence its original erection must have been considerably earlier than this date.2
The temples mentioned above contain elaborate sculptured ornamentations and cult images of the Jinas. The medieval Jina images hailing from different parts of India reflect a formal stereotyped character, but the attendant figures are displayed in various ways. Of the important medieval images we may refer to the seated Rṣabhanatha from Śrāvasti which shows a number of miniature seated Jains on the rectangular prabhavali in four rows; to the standing figures of Ajitanatha and Candraprabha, both from Deogarh; to the very well-carved seated image of Santinatha in the collection of the Fyzabad Museum; and to the image of Rṣabhanatha found at Surohor in the Dinajpur district of Bengal. Other Jain sculptures from Bengal included a figure of Santinätha from Ujani in the Burdwan district, figures of Pārsvanatha from Bahulārā, Harmashra, Deulbhira and Siddheśvara in the Bankura district and a bronze figure of Ambika from Nalgora as also a stone sculpture of Adinatha from Ghateśvara in the 24 Parganas.
1Shah, SJA, pp. 22-24.
*Fergusson, HIEA, II, pp. 27-33.
Page #58
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction 37
The eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth centuries saw the zenith of Jain prosperity which manifested itself into the formation of the cities of temples. But under the shadow of Islam, most of the Jain temples were converted into mosques. “By removing the principal cell and its porch from the centre of the court, and building up the entrances of the cells that surround it, a courtyard was at once obtained, surrounded by a double colonnade, which always was the typical form of a mosque. Still one essential feature was wanting--a more important side towards Macca; this they easily obtained by removing the smaller pillars from that side, and re-erecting in their place the larger pillars of the porch, with their dome in the centre; and, if there were two smaller domes, by placing one of them at each
end."-1
Archaeological Sources : The Epigraphs
According to the Kalpasūtra, the oldest region frequented by the Jain monks comprised Anga-Magadha to the East, Kaušāmbī to the South, Sthunā to the west and Kunālā to the north. The original centre was evidently Anga.Magadha whence the monks dispersed in different directions, and hence the early history of Jainism had rightly been connected by the Jain authorities with the history of Magadha. In Hemacandra's Parisişțaparvan3 it is stated that 60 years after the death of Mahāvīra, king Udāyin of Magadha was murdered by Nanda who established a new dynastic line. The Mauryan kings from Candragupta to Asoka, as well as Kuņāla and Samprati, the son and grandson of the latter, also appear in Hemacandra's list. According to the traditions recorded in the later Jain texts, the Mauryan king Candragupta gave up his royal power in favour of his son and became a Jain monk and a follower of the celebrated Bhadrabāhu and finally put an end to his life by fasting at Sravaņa Belgola in Mysore. Interestingly enough, from an inscription found at the same place, dedicated to the memory of Ācārya Prabhācandra, we learn that Bhadrabāhu had predicted a famine to occur in Ujjayinī, whereupon the whole Samgha moved to the South, while other inscriptions found in the same regions clearly state that Chandragupta was a
libid, p. 69. 21, p. 51. SVI. 243ff., VIII, pp. 339ff. 'IA, III, pp. 153-58, EC, II. pp. Iff. Rice, MCI, pp. 2-10; Narasimhachar, ISB, pp. 16ff.
Page #59
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
38 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
disciple of Bhadrabahu and that he survived his teacher by twelve years which were spent in penance on the hill, and then died there himself. The oldest of these inscriptions may be assigned to the sixth century AD. One point, which must be taken into account in this connection, is that this tradition of migration is emphasised in Jain literature, and the archaeological findings of Rice and Narasimhachar support it. Fleet, however, holds a different view. He says that although the migration itself seems to be historical, it was conducted by another Bhadrabahu who became the head of the order 492 years after Mahāvīra according to an ancient list of the Digambaras2 and that instead of Candragupta we have to think of Guptigupta as being the pupil of this second Bhadrabāhu.
The earliest epigraphic reference to the Jains under the name Nigantha is found in the Aśokan inscriptions. In the fourteenth year of his reign, Aśoka appointed officials to watch over the life of different religious communities, and of them he said in the second part of the Seventh Pillar Edict which he issued in the 29th year of his reign: "My Censors of the Law of Piety, too, are occupied with various objects of the (royal) favour, affecting both ascetics and householders, and are likewise occupied with all denominations. I have arranged, also, that they should be occupied with the affairs of the Buddhist clergy, as well as among the Brāhmaṇas and the Ājīvikas, the Niganthas and, in fact various denominations." As in the still earlier writings of the Buddhist canon, the name Nigantha was exclusively applied to the followers of Mahāvīra, we can certainly conclude that they were of no small importance at the time of Aśoka. According to the tradition preserved in Hemacandra's Parisiṣṭaparvan,1 Aśoka's grandson Samprati, who resided at Ujjayini, dedicated himself to the cause of Jainism and sent missionaries to the Andhra and Dramila countries in South India. This king is said to have been converted by Suhastin, the celebrated pupil of Sthulabhadra. But inscriptional evidence is wholly lacking in this respect.
However, a century afterwards, i.e. in the first century BC we have the Hathigumpha inscription of Khāravela, king of Kalinga found at Khandagiri near Bhuvaneswar. The larger inscription which is much
11A, XXI. pp. 156ff., EI, pp. 22-24, 339; JRAS, 1909, p. 23.
2Bhandarkar, Report, p. 124, Hoernle in IA, XX, pp. 341-61, XXI, pp. 57-84. SEI, II, p. 274; ZDMG, XLVI, p. 91.
"XI, pp. 89ff.
Page #60
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction 39
mutilated contains an account of the life of Kharavela from his childhood to the thirteenth year of his reign. It begins with an appeal to the Arhat and Siddha, which corresponds to the beginning of the five-fold from of homage still used among the Jains, and mentions the building of temples in honour of the Arhat as well as an image of the first Jina, which was carried away by the Nanda king. The record shows that Khāravela invaded Magadha and brought back the statue of the Kalinga Jina taken away by the hostile king and that he provided shelters for Jain monks at the Relic Depository of the Arhats on the Kumari (Udayagiri) hill, erected many pillars and repaired old temples. The revised reading, however, does not mention the KalingaJina statue. The second and the smaller inscription states that Khāravela's wife caused a cave to be prepared for the ascetics of Kalinga who believed in the Arhats. The meaning of these inscriptions, which were formerly believed to be Buddhist, was first made clear by Dr. Bhagavanlal Indraji who recognised the true names of king Khāravela and his predecessors and pointed out that Kharavela and his wife were patrons of Jainism.1
From the beginning of the Christian era Mathura became one of the strongest centres of Jainism. The earliest inscription from Mathura, assigned to the first century BC by Indraji, tells of the erection of a small temple in honour of the Arhat Vardhamana and also of the dedication of seats for the teachers-a cistern and a stone table. This temple, the inscription says, stood by the side of one built, a guild of tradesmen. The ruins of a Jain Stupa as well as two temples have been excavated in the mound called Kankali Tilā. A second century inscription found therein says that the Stupa was built by the gods, indicating its legendary antiquity. Such inscriptions suggest that the Jains had erected Stupas since long, as also the Canon refers to them (thuva). The Stūpas upon which the figures of the Arhats were erected were supposed to have been the work of gods suggesting that they had been standing since time immemorial. A characteristic production of the Jains of Mathura was the ayagapata or 'tablet of homage.' These were sculptured tablets containing inscriptions. A large number of dedicatory inscriptions of the Kuṣaṇa age from Mathura have come to light. They are all on the pedestals of statues. In many of them the dedicators gave not only their own names, but also those
1Konow in 40, I, pp. 14-42. Jayaswal in JBORS, III-IV, Lüders, List 1345, Barua in IHQ, XIV, pp. 459-485.
Page #61
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
40 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
of the religious teachers to whose communities they belonged. The teachers were of two classes--Vācaka or ordinary teachers and Gamin of head of a school. The names of the schools to which the teachers belonged are also specified in the inscriptions. The larger groups were called ganas, and their subdivisions, kulas and sākhās. Exactly the same division into gana, kula and sākha is found in the Kalpasūtra. The discoveries made at Mathura prove by the nakedness of the sculptured figures that the schism of the order into the Digambara and Svetāmbara dates from as early as the first century AD. Besides the inscriptions show that in the first and second centuries the tradition of the 24 Tirthamkaras with their distinctive emblems and attributes was firmly established, that an order of the nuns was in existence and that some canonical works were already composed by that time.
Unfortunately in other parts of North India Jain epigraphic materials are not so abundant as in the case of Mathura. However at Pabhosā, near Allahabad, there are two caves, bearing inscriptions in Sunga characters, recording their dedication by one Āsādasena from Ahicchatra for the use of the Kāśyapīya Arhats, the gotra, to which Mahāvīra belonged, thus showing that the followers of Pārsvanātha at that time might have belonged to a separate monastic organisation.” The Junagarh inscription of the grandson of Jayadāman, belonging to the second century AD, refers to those who have obtained Kevalajñāna and conquered death and old age, and other words distinctively suggestive of Jain dogma.3 The Son-Bhaņdāra cave at Rajgir in characters of the first or second century ad refers to one Muni Vairadeva, who died in the 584th year of Mahāvira's demise, as Jewel among the teachers who caused the excavation of two caves for the Jain ascetics with images of Jinas installed therein. A ruined temple on the Vaibhāra hill in the same region contains a seated figure of Neminātha with a fragmentary inscription in Gupta characters, referring probably to Candragupta II,5 There are two inscriptions belonging to the reign of Kumāragupta, one at Mathura (AD 432) speaking of the dedication of a Jain image by a lady and the other at Udayagiri in Malwa
1Smith, JSAM, pp. 10f, Bühler in WZKM, I, pp. 165-80, II, 141-46; III, pp. 233-40; IV, pp. 169-73, pp. 313-31; V, pp. 53-63, 175-80.
2 EI, II, p. 243, B.C. Law in MASI, LX, pp. 3, 127, 20. Sankalia, AG, pp. 47-53.
ARASI, 1905-06, p. 98. bibid, 1925-26, pp. 125.
Page #62
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction 41
(G.E. 106, i.e. 425-26 AD) recording the erection of a statue of Pārsva
itha by a private individual at the mouth of a cave.1 The Kahaum Stone Pillar inscription of Skandagupta (G.E. 141 i.e. 460-61 AD) records that a certain Madra set up five stone images of Ādikartrs or Tirthamkaras at the village of Kakubha, i.e. Kahaum in Gorakhpur district.? The Paharpur Copperplates of G.E. 159 (478 AD) record the donation of some land by a private individual for the maintenance of worship at the Jain Vihāra at Vaţa Gohali, headed by the pupils of Guhanandin of the Pañcastūpanikāya of Banaras, which probably occupied the site of the great temple unearthed at Paharpur.
From epigraphic evidence it appears that the Ganga kings of Mysore were patrons of Jainism. There is a tradition that the Jain saint Simhanandi gave a kingdom to Kangunivarmā, the founder of the Ganga line. In a damaged copper plate grant of Sivamāra I, we find support of this tradition.5 The Udayendiran grant of king Hastimalla, dated c. AD 920, affirms that the Ganga lineage obtained increase through the greatness of Simhanandi. The Kūļlūr plates of king Mārasimha dated Saka 884 (AD 963) confirm the above.? The Humcca Pañcavati stone inscription dated AD 1077, while tracing the spiritual descent of Jain gurus, connects Simhanandī with the creation of the Ganga kingdom." But the most interesting account of Simhanandi's achievements is given in a stone inscription found near the Siddheśvara temple on Kallúrgudda, Shimoga-hobli, Mysore, which is dated AD 1122,9 and also in another record dated ad 1129.10 From the above inscriptions we learn that the region around the city of Perür was a strong centre of Jainism and that the destruction of a Sila-stambha, an Aśokan Pillar according to Saletore, 11 by Konguņivarmā symbolises the conquest of Jainism over the existing Buddhism in that region. A copper plate grant found in the ruined basti at Noņamangala, assigned by Rice to c. AD 370, dated in the 13th
*CII, III, pp. 258-60. 2ibid, p. 66.
EI, XX, pp. 59ff. "Saletore, MJ, p. 10. SMAR, 1925, p. 91. OSII, p. 387. MAR, 1921, p. 19. 8EC, VII, p. 139. Pibid, pp. 6, 17, 21. loibid, II, pp. 25-26. 11 MJ, pp. 15-16.
Page #63
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
42 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
regnal year of Tandangala Madhava, records the grant of Kumārapura village for an Arhat temple made at the instance of Ācārya Víradeva.1 The Noņamangala copper plate grant of Avinīta, issued in his first regnal year, assigned to c. 425 AD, by Rice, shows his patronage to the cause of Jainism.? That king Durvinita, son and successor to king Avinīta, was a devout Jain is proved by later epigraphic records. We have already referred to Śivamāra's copper plate bearing testimony of his Jain leaning. The Devarahalli plates of Śrīpuruṣa,s the Āñjaneya temple inscription of Duggamāra, and many other epigraphic records show that kings of the Ganga line offered gifts to Jain monks and erected temples.
Some of the Kadamba kings were also patrons of Jainism as is proved by their inscriptions. A copper plate grant dated in the 80th year of Kākusthavarmā (who ruled towards the close of the fourth century AD) opens with an invocation to Jinendra and closes with reference to Rşabha. Grants of his grandson Mțgeśavarmā (fifth century AD) relate his donations to the cause of Jain religion and also the existence of the Jain sects like the Svetāpatas, the Nirgranthas and the Kurcakas. A copper grant of his son Ravivarmā indicates that he also maintained his father's tradition. Two grants of Ravivarmā's son Harivarmā show his leanings to the Kūrcaka sect. An inscription of the last prominent Kadamba ruler Devavarmā shows that he granted a specified field in Siddhakedāra to the Jain sect of the Yäpaņīyas,
A letter stone inscription dated AD 1129 connects the Rāştrakūta king Dantidurga with the Jain scholar Akalankadeva.10 An incomplete copper plate dated AD 807 states that Stambha or Kambha, the elder brother of Govinda III, granted the village of Vadanaguppe to the Jains.11 King Amoghavarşa was a devout Jain and a disciple
1EC, X, pp. 172-73. 2ibid, pp. 171-72. Sibid, IV, p. 135. *MAR, 1923, pp. 240-41. SIA, VI, p. 27. libid, p. 25, VII, pp. 36-38. Pibid, p. 27. *ibid, pp. 31-32. 'ibid, VII, pp. 34-35. 10EC, II, pp. 27ff. 11 MAR, 1921, p. 31; EC, II, p. 8.
Page #64
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction 43
of Jinasena. His son Krşņa II made a grant to a basadi at Mulgund. 1 An inscription of his brother Nityavarșa found in a ruined temple at Dānavulapāļu, Cuddapah district, narrates that the king caused the pedestal to be made for the bathing ceremony of the god śāntinātha.? The Gandhavārana-basti inscription at Sravana Belgola and the Kāmagoņdamanahalli stone inscription at Sira-taluka state that being Indra IV died by the Jain method of Sallekhanā at Śravaņa Belgola in AD 982.3 The Western Cāļukyas showed the same liberal attitude towards Jainism which the Gangas, the Kadambas and the Rāştrakūtas had shown as is proved by the inscriptions of Vinayāditya Satyāśraya, Vijayaditya' Jayasimha II1,5 Someśvara 1,6 Vikramāditya VI,' and others. Later on the torch of Jainism was carried by a number of Hoysala kings as is demonstrated in their inscriptions. Some of the Eastern Cāļukyas were patrons of Jainism. Three records of Ammarāja II speak of Jainism as a very popular religion in the tenth century. An inscription at Rāmatirtham near Vizianagram indicates that Jainism continued to flourish till the beginning of the eleventh century, and that the Rāmatirtham hill was regarded as a place of pilgrimage by the Jains since early days.
Epigraphic as well as literary evidence suggests that from the eighth century onwards Jainism was patronised by the Cāpas and Pratihāras in the North. From about this period to the end of the thirteenth century, attempts were made even by the feudatories of the Karnātaka monarchs to popularise Jainism, and we have numerous inscriptions in its support. Here we may refer to the inscriptions of the Ganga feudatories of the Pasiņși family, of the Rāștrākūța feudatory Cākirāja, the Cellapātaka noble Lokāditya, the śāntara lords, the Kongāļvas the Cangāļvas, the Silahāras of Karhād, the Rattas of Sauņdatti, the nobles of Nāgarakhanda, the Yādava noble Kūcirāja, etc.. Similarly individuals of wealth and fame contributed immensely to the cause of Jainism, and in this connection we may especially refer to the
'JBBRAS, XXII, p. 85.
Rangacharya, TL, I, p. 589. 8EC, II, p. 63, XII, p. 92. *IA, XII, p. 112. 5 EC, II, pp. 35, 48; VI, p. 60; VII, pp. 135ff Rice, MCI, p. 74. 'EC, VII, pp. 95-96.
For details of the inscriptions of the Hoysalas and other dynasties mentioned above see Saletore MI, pp. 6-86.
Sibid, pp. 86-100.
Page #65
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
44 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
celebrated Camuṇḍa Raya. From the inscriptions at the side of the colossal statute of Gommata at Sravana Belgola we learn that it was Camuṇḍa Raya, the famous minister of Rajamalla, who was responsible for making the stutue. The date must have been about AD 983.1 Another inscription, found at the same place, composed by the Jain poet Sujanottamsa or Boppana and dating about AD 1180, tells something of the character ascribed to Gommata, relates how Camuṇḍa Raya came to have the image made and describes its wonderful character.2
Important light on the Jaina ganas, Samghas, sākhās and gacchas and also on the celebrated teachers have been thrown by the inscriptions. By the eighth century AD various gacchas originated in the north with the traditional 84 disciples of Uddyotana who, according to the Kharataragacchapaṭṭāvali flourished 550 years after Devardhi,3 The Gandhani inscription on the back of a metal image of Adinatha, dated vs 937 (AD 880), although mentions Uddyotana and his two disciples, does not, however, refer to the gacchas. But other inscriptions, specially of the South, refer to Addakali, Desika Gana, Hottage, Mesapasana, Nandi, Pogala, Pogari, Pulikal, Pustaka, Sarasvata, Tagarigal, Tintrinika and Vakra gacchas. Of the ganas mentioned in the inscriptions we may refer to Balagara, Balatkara, Desiya, Deva, Dramila, Eregittur, Kalor, Kavaruri, Kranur, Nandi, Pogariya, Punnagavṛkṣamula, Sarasvati, Sena, Śrūta, Tavula and Valahari, while for the samghas we have Deva, Dramila, Mūla, Nandi, Navilur, Simha, Nirgrantha, Sena, Śramaņa, Śvetapata and Yapaniya. Names of more than 300 Acaryas or teachers, and of the groups or sects to which they belonged, and in many cases glimpses of their activities are recorded in the inscriptions and these are indeed very helpful for a basic understanding of Jain activities in different parts of the country.
Parsva and Mahāvīra
Historical Jainism begins with Parśvanatha, the twenty-third Tirthamlara in the line of Jain spiritual teachers. The strongest argument to prove his historical existence has been put forward by Jacobi who has shown that a Buddhist Sutra mistakenly attributes
1Narasimhacar, EC, II, pp. 10-23; tr. p. 89, nos. 175, 176, 179.
2No, p. 234.
IA, XI, p. 248.
"Nahar, JLS, III, p. 164.
Page #66
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction
45
to Mahāvīra the doctrines of Pārsva. Such a mistake could not have taken place unless Pārśva actually had his own followers existting at the time. The historicity of Pārśva has also been confirmed by internal evidence of the Jain canon itself in which we come across the account of his disciple Keśi, stories of disputation among the followers of Pārsva and Mahāvīra, cases of conversion from the creed of the former to that of the latter, and so on. Moreover, there are indications that the parents of Mahāvira were the followers of Pārsva's creed.
Very few facts of Pārsva's life are, however, known to us. According to the Jain accounts of his life, he was born in the city of Banaras about 817 BC. His father was Aśvasena, probably a tribal chief, and his mother's name was Vāmā. The legends of his birth and also those associated with the important events of his life connect him with snakes which later became his symbol. In his early years he was a brave warrior who defeated the Yavanas of Kalinga. He married Prabhābati who was daughter of a king of Ayodhyā. At the age of thirty he renounced the world and became an ascetic. He practised austerities for eighty-three days and after conquering temptation and fear and having established full contral over his mind and body, received enlightenment on the eighty-fourth day under a Dhătaki tree near Banaras. His mother and wife became his first disciples and gradually he received a large number of following. He preached his doctrines for seventy years. He lived for a full hundred years and died on Mount Sammeta Siklara which lies on the Bengal-Bihar border.
Details of the doctrines preached by Pārsva are not very much known to us. So far as the ethical aspects of his doctrines are concerned, we know that he made four views binding on the members of his community: not to take life, not to lie, not to steal and not to own property. To these Mahāvīra added a fifth-not to indulge in sensual pleasures--and this shows how his teachings were based upon those of his illustrious predecessor. In Jain scriptures the origin of many important Jain notions has been traced to the doct Pārsva. The dialogue between Keśi and Goyāmaunmistakably points out that inspite of some minor differences, the doctrines of Mahavira were in close agreement with those of Pärsva.
ISBE, XLV, xx-xxii. ? Uttarůdhyana, xxiii.
Page #67
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
46
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Mahāvīra was born in a suburb of Vaiśālī called Kundagrāma, now known as Vasukunda. He belonged to the Nāya (Nāta in Pali and JñātỊ in Sanskrit) tribe of which his father Siddhartha was a chief. His mother Trisalā came from the Licchavis. She was the sister of Cetaka who was a head of a tribal confederacy. According to the Jain legends, while she was pregnant Trišalä had fourteen or sixteen dreams from which it was understood that the child would be either a Cakravarti (universal monarch) or a Tirthamkara. Another set of legends states that Mahāvīra was originally conceived into the womb of Brāhmaṇa lady called Devanandā, who was the wife of one Rşabh adatta, but the god Indra, thinking that the would be Tirthamkara should belong to a noble family, got his embryo transferred from the womb of Devanandā to that of Trišalā through his agent Hariņegamesi (=Naigameśa). The traditional date of Mahāvīra's birth is 599 BC. Modern scholars want to fix this date in 539 BC.
His original name was Vardhamāna (i.e. the increasing), but he was also known as Nāya or Nātaputta, Kāsava, Vesāliya, Vedehadinna, Śāsananāyaka, Buddha, and so on. His more popular name Mahāvīra is said to have been bestowed on him by the gods. His early career was marked by innumerable good deeds. As a boy he excelled all his companions in strength and physical endurance and also in beauty of mind and body. According to the Digambara tradition, from his boyhood he maintained a strict and disciplined life avoiding sensual pleasure and even marriage. Even when a child of eight Mahāvīra took the twelve vows prescribed for a Jain layman. The Svetāmbara tradition on the other hand says that Mahāvīra married a lady called Yaśodā belonging to the Kaundinya gotra and had a daughter called Anujā (Aņojjā) or Priyadarśanā. She was married to a son of his sister, Jamäli, who became one of his followers. This Jamāli was the originator of the first schism in the church history of Jainism. Mahāvīra had a grand-daughter who was known as Sesavati or Yasovati.
At the age of thirty after the death of his parents, Mahāvira became a monk, for which he received permission of his elder brother Nandivardhana. After having a formal initiation, he gave up every thing he possessed, including valuable robes and ornaments, and began to wander from place to place, never staying for longer than a single night in a village or for more than five nights in a town. Thirteen months after he abandoned his clothing. During the period
1Āyāra, SBE, XXII, p. 192.
Page #68
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction 47
of his meditation and austerities, he received in many places ill-treatment from unfriendly peoples. In the second year of his monkhood Mahavira met Gośāla Mankhaliputta, and they lived together for six years. Then came a breach between the two on doctrinal points. Gośāla went his own way, proclaimed himself a Jina and lived in Śrāvasti as the third pontiff of the Ajivikas. The two met again sixteen years later and had a hot debate between them. Gośāla died about 484 BC when Ajātaśatru launched an invasion against the Vajjians.
For twelve years Mahavira wandered from place to place in quest of truth and at last, after this long period of austerity, achieved omniscience under a Sala tree on the bank of the river Ṛjupälikä near a village called Jṛmbhikagrāma. He felt the need of preaching to the common people what he had achieved through austerity and meditation. The Jain legends give the names of different rulers Mahāvīra visited and tell how Ceṭaka, the President of the great tribal confederacy of the east, became a patron of his order, and Kuņika, king of Magadha, gave him the most cordial welcome. In Kausāmbi he was received with great honour by its king Sthānika. He used to wander for eight months of the year and spend four months of the rainy seasons in some famous towns of eastern India. According to the Jain tradition at first he went to Asthikagrāma, then spent three rainy seasons in Champă and Pṛṣṭicampā, twelve rainy seasons at Vaiśāli and its suburb Vāņijyagrāma, fourteen at Rajagṛha, six in Mithila, two in Bhadrika and the remaining four of the 42 years of his itineracy respectively, at Alabhikā, Puṇitabhūmi, Śrāvasti and Pāvāpuri.
Mahāvīra passed away in 468 BC at the age of 72 in a place called Majjhima Pāvā, modern Pāvāpuri in the Patna district. Then he was residing in the house of its ruler Hastipāla. There he delivered the fifty-five lectures explaining the results of Karma and recited the thirty-six unasked questions. Then feeling that his end was drawing nigh, he sat reverently with clasped hands and crossed knees and just as the morning dawned, he attained Nirvāṇa. The republican tribes who were his kinsmen and devotees instituted an illumination in honour of this great hero. "Since the light of intelligence is gone, let us make an illumination of material matter," they said.1
Ecclesiastical History
While dealing with the Jain epigraphs, we have seen that they
1Ãyāra, SBE, XXII, p. 226.
Page #69
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
48
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
incidentally refer to various branches, schools and families of the Jain community from which we learn the names of teachers who under different titles acted as spiritual leaders of these subdivisions, and of the monks and nuns who practised austerities under their leadership. The inscriptions also mention the names of the vast number of pious lay people, both male and female, including kings and nobles who supported the Jain church by providing the monks and nuns with their requirements. But so far as the total history of Jainism is concerned, we get only a bare outline from the inscriptions and nothing more. Jarl Charpentier is quite correct when he says : “While we possess materials which enable us to construct a fairly clear biography of the prophet, and while we have at least such information concerning the events which preceded and were contemporary with the beginning of the great separation between Svetāmbaras and Digambaras... the following period is almost totally devoid of any historical record. And this is not the only blank in Jain ecclesiastical history. Scarcely more is known concerning the fate of the Jain church during the early centuries of our era down to the time of the great council of Valabhi, in the fifth or at the beginning of the sixth century AD, when the canon was written down in its present form.'1
After the death of Mahāvīra, the leadership of all the four orders of Jain community-monks, nuns, laymen and lay women-fell on his disciple Indrabhūti Gautama who was the head of the Jain church for a period of twelve years. He was succeeded by Sudharman who also held office for another twelve years. The oldest list of these 'tribal heads' (gañadharas) is found in the Kalpasūtra which begins with Sudharman and ends with the thirty-third patriarch Sāņdilya or Skandila. In most of the cases their names and gotras are given, but there is also an expanded list from the sixth, Bhadrabāhu, to the fourteenth, Vajrasena, which adds more details, viz. the disciples of each patriarch and of the sects and branches (Gana, Kula and Sākhā) originating with them. We have also later lists of teachers (Gurvāvali, Pastāvali) of different sects (Gacchas, etc.) which give a summary account from Mahävīra down to the founder of the sect in question, and then a more detailed one of the line of descent from the latter downwards, and with particulars of subsequent heads of the sect called Śrīpūjya. These lists are useful so far as the later and regional
*CHI, I, p. 151. 2SBE, XXII, pp. 286-295.
Page #70
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction
49
history of Jainism is concerned.
Sudharman was succeeded by Jambusvāmī who led the community for twenty-four years. Subsequent leaders were Prabhava, Sayambhava, Yasobhadra, Sambhūtavijaya and Bhadrabāhu. Tradition makes Bhadrabāhu a contemporary of Candragupta Maurya during whose leadership a great famine took place, as a result of which a part of the community, numbering twelve thousand, went with him to the south of India where the famine had not penetrated. The other part, also numbering twelve thousand, remained in Magadha under the leadership of Sthūlabhadra. The latter, who was interested in preserving the canonical literature, convened a council at Pāķaliputra which collected the Anga texts, eleven in number. The twelfth Anga, containing fourteen Pürya texts, was found missing, but Sthūlabhadra was able to supply it from memory. (Historically, however, all of the Angas, as we have them in their present form, were not compiled in the Pāțaliputra council). The famine over, Bhadrabāhu returned with his party, but he refused to accept the proceedings of the Pāķaliputra council as valid. A whole-hearted agreement on such a question as the canon of their scriptures thus became impossible. Bhadrabāhu also raised the famous clothes-versus-nudity question, since he found that the home-keeping group had adopted some form of clothing. Although the actual schism did not take place until two more centuries had passed, the basis of the order was considerably shaken by all such incidents.
After Sthūlabhadra the Jain church was led respectively by Mahāgiri, Suhastin Susthita. Supratibuddha, Indradinna, Dinnaśūri Simhagiri, Vajrasvāmin and Vajrasena. It was during the patriarchy of Vajrasena that the great schism resulting in the official separation of the Svetämbaras and Digambaras took place. Jain traditions, howe record eight schisms, the first of which took place as early as the days of Mahāvīra under the leadership of his own son-in-law, Jamāli.1 The second was caused by Gośāla (but actually he did not belong to the creed), the third by Aşādha Acārya, the fourth by Aśvamitra, the fifth by Ganga, the sixth by Rohagupta and the seventh by Goștha, but these were of minor importance in the history of the Jain church. But the last schism which was based on seven main tenets in which the Digambaras were opposed to the Svetāmbaras resulted in a sharp
1Glasenapp, DJ, pp. 346-49 *Guerinot, RD, pp. 48-62.
Page #71
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
50
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
division in the church, each section claiming greater authenticity than the other. The points on which emphasis is laid by the Digambaras are that the Tīrthamkaras must be represented as nude and with downcast eyes, that women cannot attain Mokşa, that the Kavalajñānins require no food, that Mahāvīra was never married, that the complied canonical works are not valid since they are man-made, that the asceties must be entirely nude and that the Ācāryas after Jambu Svāmi do not represent the entire community. The immediate cause of this split is not known, but there are grounds to believe that there had always been two parties in the community. Two modes of monastic life known as Jinakalpa and Sthavirakalpa were surviving side by side which were mutually opposed to each other. The enmity was nourished for a long time, but suddenly, probably on minor issues, it suddenly burst open. By the end of the first century as the division was finalised.
After the Švetāmbara-Digambara split the integration of the Jain church became rather loose giving rise to regional leaderships. The split caused a separation not only among the monks but also in the ranks of the laity. The major sects were further subdivided into smaller groups. One of the important events in the later history of the Jain church was the Second Council at Valabhi, held at the beginning of the sixth century AD under the guidance of Devardhi in which some of the Jain canonical works took their present shape. In this Council the earlier commentaries also were recast and ampli fied. After Vajrasena the church was led by the following patriarchs: Puşyagiri, Phalgumitra, Dhanagiri, Sivabhūti, Bhadra, Nakșatra, Rakșa, Nāga, Jehila, Višņu, Kālaka, Sampalita, Bhadra (J), Vțddha, Samghapalita, Hastin, Dharma, Simha, Dharma, (I) and Sāņdilya.
Page #72
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
PART TWO
THE INCIPIENT STAGE
The Prehistory of Jainism
The
The Jains believe that theirs is the oldest religion, the ideas and practices of which were developed in the hands of twenty-four Tirthamkaras who are known by the following names:-Rṣabhadeva or Adinatha, Ajitanatha, Sambhavanatha, Abhinandana, Sumatinātha, Padmaprabha, Suparśvanatha, Candraprabha, Suvidhinatha, Śītalanatha, Śreyāmśanatha, Vasupujya, Vimalanatha, Anantanatha, Dharmanatha, Santinatha, Kunthunatha, Aranatha, Mallinatha, Munisubrata, Naminatha, Neminatha or Ariṣṭanemi, Pārśvanātha and Mahāvīra. According to the Jain belief, it was Rṣabhadeva, the first Tirthamkara, who taught men seventy-two arts and women sixty-four, and also initiated them into the Jain way of life. His example was followed by other Tīrthamkaras. In the hands of the last two Tirthamkaras, Pārsva and Mahāvīra, the traditional knowledge derived from their spiritual ancestors assumed new form and colour. None of them claimed to be the founder of any system. They were great reformers who modified the essentials of the existing religion evidently to meet the demand of their ages.
This tradition of twenty-four Tirthamkaras must have a historical basis. A section of the modern scholars doubts about the historicity of the earlier Tirthamkaras. The fantastic exaggeration by which the earlier Tīrthamkaras were characterised in Jain literature must have contributed to the growth of such suspicion. But to characterise them simply as mythical involves the risk of an oversimplified approach towards the problem. There is no reason to disbelieve in the historical probability of the existence of a 'succession of teachers.' Rather, from a critical study of the growth of Indian religio-philosophical ideas, we can come to the definite conclusions that outside the pale of Vedic culture and religion, especially in Eastern India, the pre-Vedic and non-Vedic ideas had a vigorous survival, that there were persons (among whom the earlier Tīrthamkaras and the predecessors of the Buddha might have belonged), and
Page #73
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
52 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
institutions fighting for the cause of their survival and development and that some of the pre-Vedic ideas and practices were revived by the Buddha and Mahāvīra in the reformistic movements launched by them.
In 1934, R.P. Chanda, drew the attention of the scholars towards the pre-Vedic elements revived by the Buddha and Mahåvira in their own religious systems. In many of his works he has also pointed out that the practices of meditation and disciplining of the body and mind, by which Buddhism and Jainism are characterised and which have later become the basis of Yoga, are basically non-Vedic in character. As one of the sources of this understanding he has referred to the famous statuette from Mohenjodaro which is laid out in Yogic posture with half-shut eyes and also to the seals indicating the same practice. Long before Chanda, H. Jacobi came to the conclusion that 'the interest of Jainism to the student of religion consists in the fact that it goes back to a very early period, and to primitive currents of religious and metaphysical speculation which gave rise to the oldest Indian philosophies --Sāmkhya and Yoga--and to Buddhism. It shares in the theoretical pessimism of these systems as also in their practical ideal-liberation. Life in the world, perpetuated by the transmigration of the soul, is essentially bad and painful; therefore it must be our aim to put an end to the cycle of births, and this will be accomplished when we come into the possession of right knowledge. In this general principle Jainism agrees with Sāmkhya, Yoga and Buddhism; but they differ in their methods of realising it."
More interesting is, however, the evidence furnished by the elaborate mythology of the Buddhists and the Jains. The gods and goddesses by which it is characterised have practically nothing to do with the Vedic pantheon. Although the names of some of the Vedic gods occur in the Buddhist and Jain lists of divinities, their character and attributes are quite different. Whence have they come? Where their origin is to be traced? How were they able to make their way into such basically atheistic religions as Buddhism or Jainism? The obvious answer is that they belonged to a pre-Vedic system and survived in the bright days of Vedic religion as the suppressed divinities of the masses. With the growth of such anti-Vedic religions as Buddhism or Jainism, these suppressed deities came to the forefront once again, and they were given shelter and nourishment, for practical reasons,
1ERE, VII, p. 465.
Page #74
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 53 by the supporters of anti-Vedism. In this connection we may refer to the Yaksas, Rakṣas and Nāgas, the pre-Vedic divinities,' whose cults were revived by the followers of Buddhism and Jainism.
Here we may take a very interesting example. In the epics and Purāņas in which the Vedic religious and cultural traditions are zealously upheld, the Rākṣasas are depicted as terrible beings and dangerous enemies, regarded as the embodiment of all evil and treated with much opprobrium and insult. But the very term by which they were designated has a different significance. The root rakṣa from which the term Rākṣasa has been derived denotes a protector. Thus the Rākṣasa is one who protects. Were they the protectors of the indigenous beliefs, cults and rituals from the encroaching hands of an alien religious system? The facts about their material culture and social institutions, their religious beliefs and practices, their adherence to certain moral values and the favours and privileges they used to obtain from the non-Vedic Śiva and Devi, as we find in these texts, obviously lead us to such a conclusion. The most striking fact about their activiteis is that they were opposed to the sacrificial religion of the Vedas. In every case we find them destroying the Vedic sacrifices and creating havoc among their participants. They did not even hesitate to kill the sages. When Ghatotkaca, the son of Bhima by a Rākṣasi, sacrificed his life in favour of the Pandavas in the Bharata war, Kṛṣua, the friend, philosopher and guide of the Pāṇḍavas, did not hide his feeling of joy. He was so pleased and excited that he began to dance like an irresponsible person, although Ghatotkaca was the son of his friend. When Kṛṣṇa was questioned about this unseemly behaviour, he categorically replied that he was indeed happy because Ghatotkaca, though begotten by his friend, was basically a Rākṣasa, and as such was a great enemy of the Vedic way of life and of the sacrificial cult. It is therefore evident that such declared enemies must receive an honourable position in the anti-Vedic systems like Buddhism or Jainism.
The cult of the primitive Mother Goddesses was also revived in the Buddhist and Jain pantheon for the same reason. The popularity of these goddesses among the agricultural peoples and that of the rituals by which they were characterised-the so-called primitive Tantric
1See Coomaraswamy, Y.
'Mbh., VII pp. 180-81, P.C. Ray's Eng. tr. pp. 421-24. 'See my HSR, pp. 38-42, 45-47, 65-68, 90-92, 114,
Page #75
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
54
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
undercurrent-was responsible for making their way into the disintegrating phase of Vedic religion and also into what is known as Puranic Hinduism. The Buddhist Tārādevīs and other female divinities, the Jain Mātņkās, Vidyādevīs, Sāsanadevatās, Yoginis etc., all came from a primitive religious complex marked by the popular cult of the Female Principle. Although basically Buddhism or Jainism had nothing to do with the cult of the Female Principle, the reason of its acceptance by the Buddhists and Jains evidently lay in their functional role in the religious history of India.
The Historical Background
The material mode of life of a people ordinarily provides the rationale for the type of deity and the manner of worship prevalent in a given society. The food-gathering economy provided the sole source of livelihood open to any human society during the major period of its early history. This period of gathering economy is called Palaeolithic or Old Stone age, the archaeological remains of which have been noticed in different parts of India. “Before the adoption of agriculture and herding, when a precarious existence was eked out on the chase and edible fruits, roots and berries, the animal and vegetable species which formed his staple diet acquired a sacred character and significance. With this he endeavoured to establish efficacious relations through a prescribed ritual procedure performed by experts in carefully secluded sanctuaries set apart for the purpose in the awe-inspiring surroundings and conditions calculated to produce a sense of the numinous!! Very probably these peoples grasped the generative function of women, and sought magically to extend it to the animals and plants that nourished them. This has been proved by the plentiful discovery of palaeolithic female figurines in bone, ivory and stone with the maternal organs grossly exaggerated.
Nothing specific, however, can be said about the Palaeolithic and Neolithic Mother Goddesses of India, simply because the data are much too meagre, but a study of the surviving tribal religions and of the tribal survivals as found in the Hindu religion in general naturally provides us with a clue to the understanding of the degree and extent of the Palaeolithic and Neolithic cults. The Neolithic cultures of India, though not corresponding to a fixed period of time, at least in the economic sense, are so far indicated by the stone tools bearing
1James, PR, p. 174.
Page #76
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 55
unmistakable signs of polish found in many districts of India. The religious beliefs and practices of the food gatherers were modified according to the new social ideas introduced by the Neolithic revolution. Agricultural rituals were added to those connected with hunting. Burial of the dead was done with more pomp and social effort. The dead so reverently deposited to the earth was supposed somehow to affect the crops that sprang from the earth and was probably brought in relation to the existing Mother Goddess cult, the Earth Mother thus becoming the guardian of the dead, connected alike with the corpse and the seed-corn beneath the earth.1
The discovery of copper and bronze brought the urban revolution which was initiated in the alluvial valleys of the Nile, the TigrisEuphrates and the Indus about five thousand years ago, with the transformation of some river-side villages into cities. The Zhob and Kulli sites have furnished a fair number of terracotta figurines in which we recognise the earliest embodiment of Indian Mother Goddess. To some extent the Zhob and Kulli cultures appear to coincide with each other in certain phases of development and to overlap in their latest phases with the Harappan culture of the Indus valley. Remains of Harappan settlements stretch from Makran coast to Kathiawar and northwards to the Himalayan foothills and what impresses the observer is the complete uniformity among the objects found in this vast area which implies the existence of a strong and centralised authority regulating the life and activities of the people over this extensive region.2
Marshall laid stress upon a common cultural bond between the Indus Valley and the West especially in the field of religion. Many of the living features of later Hindu religion and philosophy can also be traced directly to this pre-Vedic source, and in this connection we may refer to the principles of Tantricism, the philosophical Samkhya, the practice of Yoga, some ingredients of Buddhism and Jainism and the present day Saktism. The Mother Goddess figurines, scenes on seals and ritual objects, notably large stone lingas and yonis give glimpses of Tantric survivals, of magic fertility rites that formed the basis of primitive Tantricism, and of personal deities arising out of them. In popular Hinduism linga and yoni (male and female organs)
Icf. Piggott, PI, p. 127. 'Childe, NLMAE, pp. 197-203. 'Marshall, MIC, I, pp. 48ff.
Page #77
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
56
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
stand for Siva and Devi, and the prototype of the former is found in seals unearthed at Harappa and Mohenjodaro. Provided with horns, on the head and in one instance surrounded by animals, the threefaced male god, who is seated in the posture of Yogin on several seals, may rightly be regarded as the prototype of the Indian god Siva, the consort of the Mother Goddess. In later Sāktism as well as in the Sāmkhya, this male principle is nothing but a passive spectator. Praksti or Śakti, the Female Principle, is all in all. Referring to the anomalous position of the male principle in the Sāmkhya, Sankara asked: Kathañcodāsīnah puruşarpradhānam pravartayet? If creation is made possible by the union of Puruşa and Prakrti, how is it that the role of puruşa is so insignificant? Or, if the purusa is so insignificant and indifferent, how is it that he takes so important a part in the affair of creation? This contradiction cannot be explai postulating a matriarchal i.e., very primitive origin of the Samkhya system. The dualistic Sāmkhya conception of Puruşa and Praksti, especially the conception of material Praksti as the cause of the universe has nothing to do with the Vedic conception of an immaterial Brahman which was developed in the Upanişads and further elaborated in the Vedāntic speculations.
The Vedic tribes that subsequently came into prominence were not basically agriculturists. They lived predominantly on pastoralism, reckoning wealth in cows and horses. In fact, out of 10,462 verses of the Rgveda, only 25 refer to agriculture, and significantly enough, 22 out of the said 25 verses belong to the later portion of the Rgveda.3 Side by side the importance attached to the possession of cattle is shown in numerous passages. The word go denoting the cow is used as one of the synonyms of Prthivi, the earth. According to the Nighaņțu4 nine other terms were also used to denote the cow. Even in the Rgveda, the gods are invoked as offsprings of the cows, 5 and the poets did not hesitate to compare their songs with the lowing
1 For details see my IMG, pp. 92ff.; HSR, pp. 16ff.
21. 23.15; 117.21; II. 14.11; IV. 57.1-8; V. 53.13; VI. 6.4; VII. 20.19; 22.6; 78.10; X. 34.13; 48.7; 83.37; 94.13; 101.3-4; 117.7; 146.6.
In the older portions of the RY, we have three words of agricultural significance: Ordara (II. 14.11), Dhänya (V. 53.13) and Vapanti (VI. 6.4). The verses of the fourth mandala (IV. 57. 1-8) are proved to be later interpolation. See Hopkins in JAOS, XVII, pp. 85n.
II. 11. SVI. 50.11.
Page #78
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 57
of the cows or to designate the starry heaven after the term gāvaḥ.? 'Again and again in the songs and invocations to the gods the prayer for cattle and horses occurs. Also the strife amongst hostile aboriginal inhabitants turns on the possession of cattle. Therefore, too, the old word for 'war' or 'battle' is originally desire for the cattle (gavişți). In most extravagant expressions, cows and bullocks are praised as the most precious possessions.'3
The religion of the Rgveda is therefore patriarchal, a reflection of the society of the pastoral warriors. The pastoral tribes require greater courage and hardihood than the agricultural, and also an efficient leadership to protect the cattle. So the cult of the heroes and ancestors attains its highest degree of development among the pastorals. The herder in his nomadic life has to live under the scorching heat of the sun, the dreadful thunders, the devastating storms. So his religion is mainly connected with the sky, in which astral and nature myths, often personified in secondary gods and godlings, make their appearance. The Supreme Being of the pastoral religion is generally identified with the sky-god who rules over other deities like the headman of a patriarchal joint family. This was also a new religion which was gradually adopted by the Vedic tribes in their pastoral stage of development. But still they could not give up the religious practices of their pre-pastoral life. In fact, they propitiated the deities of the pastoral religion with pre-pastoral rituals, of which animal sacrifice was obviously the most important. Two of the Rgvedic hymns, later used to be recited in the Aśvamedha sacrifices, show the real nature of the early Vedic rituals. The animal, to be killed, was identified with some deities. It was anointed and then cut to pieces. Its flesh was cooked and a lump was offered to fire. Then it was eaten up by the participants of the sacrifice in the midst of such utterings as aghu, yājyā, vașațkära.
The Vedic tribes found it hard to vanquish the existing nonVedic tribes whom they used to call Daitya, Dānava, Asura, Piśāca, Rākşasa, Barbara, Dasyu, etc. The contact with these non-Vedic peoples, living mainly on agriculture, brought some significant changes in the religious outlook of the Vedic tribes, traces of which are found
IVII. 32.22; 106.1; 1X. 2.2.2; etc. 21. 154.6; VII. 36.1. Winternitz, HIL, I, 64-65. 'I, 162-63.
Page #79
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
58 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
in post-Rgvedic literature. The purely pastoral economy of the Vedic tribes eventually declined, owing to their adoption of agriculture and some agricultural cults and rituals, but the patriarchal social organisation and patrilinear inheritance were retained. These traits are historical realities which can be identified, traced and documented, and as an undifferentiated cultural complex originally stood in opposition to the existing one of the pre-Vedic root with which it was in constant conflict. In course of time, however, a synthesis took place, some of the pre-Vedic elements gradually working their way into the practices of the dominant society. A few of them were absorbed, while others were never legitimized by the sacred texts in spite of their prevalence. Needless to say that Buddhism and Jainism drew much from them.
The pastoral economy of the Vedic peoples, when supplemented by agriculture, created a condition of rapid class division. The simple productive magics of the earlier age, which characterised the primitive Vedic Yajñas and consisted of the performance like the collective eating rituals enumerated above, became class oriented. With the change in the technique of production, although the pre-class tribal societies degenerated, magical practices did not die, but their purpose began to change. In the first stage the change was quantitative. To the old magical practices inherited from their hunting stage were added many new rituals, mainly sexual in character, derived from the existing agricultural tribes. In the next stage the change was qualitative, as in class societies primitive magic transformed itself into the esoteric art of the ruling or privileged class. Now we have Grand Sacrifices, sponsored by the rich and ruling class and conducted by a formidable array of priests, divided into four groups. And with the growth of organised priesthood and mechanical sacerdotalism, the sacrifice of cattle became a senseless source of destruction of the cattle wealth. Cattle had to be killed on numerous occasions. The Aśvamedha sacrifice alone required as many as 600 bulls to be slaughtered.
The production of surplus prepared the ground for the rise of urban settlements. Trade was facilitated in which cattle served as the best means of exchange. The new condition did not encourage such senseless destruction of cattle wealth. In spite of a new religious set up, the old pre-pastoral rituals did not sink into oblivion, and the priestly class was not mentally ready to give up their traditional rituals. The Brahmanical religious practices did not suit the new condition. The Brahmanical attitude towards trade was not helpful. The real economic cause of the disintegration of tribal society, the rise of new social
Page #80
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 59 forces and economic classes and the growth of states on the ruins of the pre-class tribal equality did not escape the notice of the Buddha and Mahāvīra. They had to face the dual requirements of their age and had to act practically as the unconscious tools of history. On the one hand, they had to offer to the oppressed peoples of their times a suitable illusion of ancient tribal communism which was getting trampled and undermined in reality, and on the other, to boost up some of the progressive features of the already established class society in public life and rescue some of the beneficial aspects of tribal life in a class society.
Material Basis of the Great Intellectual Movement
A.L. Basham while dealing with the history of the Ajivikas suggested that the doctrines of Gośāla, Pūraṇa and Pakudha were aspects of a single body of teaching. To us it, however, appears that this holds good in the case of all of their contemporaries, including the Buddha and Mahāvīra. Specifically their views may be different, but generically they belong to the same category. It was due to the fact that the Buddha, Mahāvīra and their contemporaries belonged to the same age and the same region and they responded and reacted, in their own ways, which were more or less similar, to the same stimuli arising out of the stupendous socio-political transformation which was taking place in eastern India in their time.
The Buddha and Mahavira were born in an age when the janapadas (tribal settlements) were developing into mahā-janapadas (bigger confederacies) leading to the rise of organised states. Already four mahā-janapadas became distinguished as powerful states, and the forces behind the subsequent Magadhan imperialism could be seen. Mahavira, as we have seen above, was known as Veśālie (Vaiśālīya).2 Vaiśāli was a tribal settlement belonging to a confederation of tribes collectively known by the name of the Vajjis. Mahāvira's maternal uncle, Cetaka was the leader of this Vajjian confederacy. The rise of Magadhan state power was really a natural threat to the survival of this Vajjian confederacy of tribes. The growth of Magadhan state power required annihilation of many a tribal settlement. Bimbisāra, the first powerful Magadhan king who was a senior contemporary of the Buddha and Mahāvīra, did not hesitate to annex the settlements of
1HDA, p. 18. 'Uttara, VI, 17.
Page #81
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
60 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline the Angas and the Kāśis, while his son and successor Ajātaśatru launched a vigorous invasion against the Vajjian confederacy. The tremendous bloodshed and massacre caused by this invasion did not escape the notice of the Buddha and Mahāvīra. The Sākya tribe, to which the Buddha himself belonged, was annihilated by the Kosalan prince Vidudabha, and this happened before the very eyes of the Buddha.
This rise of class society and state power in eastern India in the sixth century BC through immense bloodshed and wholesale massacre was undoubtedly the culmination of a historical process. The cause of this rise should be attributed to the production of immense social surplus and its accumulation in the hands of a few. From the Upanişadic legends we come to know of the fact that kings like Janaka were able to spend many thousands, of cows for getting assurance of immortality from renowned teachers like Yājñavalkya and others. This shows the fantastic extent of social wealth that was accumulated in the hands of a few. This accumulation of surplus could be caused only in two ways, either by forcible exploitation of labour or by a revolutionary change in the mode of production. Prof. R.S. Sharma believes that this change was due to the introduction of iron implements in the field of production. So long as the mode of production cannot yield surplus, the integration of tribal society remains intact, but when a revolutionary change in that mode takes place, it also changes the existing social values and relations, giving rise to the growth of a non-productive privileged class. In order to look after the interest of this privileged class, laws are enacted, police and military systems are introduced-in other words, the conception of state becomes materialised. This did not escape the notice of the Buddha as is proved by his discourse on the origin of the state.2
The contemporaries of the Buddha and Mahāvīra were overwhelmed by the stupendous social transformation of the age, the collapse of the tribal institutions, the rise of new values ushered in by the state-power and the new forces of injustice and untruth-and they tried to understand the problems in their own way. Overwhelmed by bloodshed and massacre, Pūraña and Pakudha thought that there was no difference between merit and demerit, between violence and nonviolence. Ajita could not distinguish between the fool and the wise, for both were doomed to death, and Sañjaya preferred to keep him
1DKCV, pp. 63ff. · Digha, III, 27.
Page #82
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 61
self silent since the deeply ingrained faiths behind the ideas were all uprooted. Gośāla, the leader of the Ājivikas, became a fatalist who was forced to believe that human activity could do nothing to change the course of events. Everything appeared to him to have been determined by forces of fate or destiny. He died of despair and madness, pining in his delirium for the last drink (carime pāne), the last song (carime geye), the last dance (carime natte) and the last greetings (carime añjalikamme)-characteristics of simple undifferentiated tribal life. Thus from his death-bed he could only advise to his follower to play on the lute, quite consistent for a man who saw the whole world he stood for falling to pieces before his very eyes.*
It is against this background that the Buddha's sayings concerning human misery should be read. Overwhelmed by the stupendous social transformation and wholesale bloodshed of the times the Buddha said: 'I behold the rich in the world. of the goods which they have acquired. in their folly they give nothing to others; they eagerly heap riches together and further they go in their pursuit of enjoyment. The king, although he may have conquered the kingdoms of the earth, although he may be ruler of all land this side the sea, up to the ocean's shore. would still insatiate, covet that which is beyond the sea. The princes, who rule kingdoms, rich in treasure and wealth, turn their greed against one another pondering insatiably to their desires. If these acts thus restlessly swimming in the stream of impermanence carried along by greed and carnal desire, who then can walk on earth in peace"?2
We have already occasion to refer to the economic significance of the doctrine of Ahimsā. But why the Buddha and Mahāvīra laid so much emphasis upon the complete acceptance of the doctrine of nonviolence as a distinct way of life can be perfectly understood if the aforesaid facts of their age be taken into account. Although Mahāvira differed from Gośāla and the Buddha in many respects, the ruthless form of exploitation and misery of his age roused in him the same feeling shared by his illustrious contemporaries. Like the Buddha, Mahăvīra also established the Samgha or community of the brethren' which was evidently modelled on the pattern of tribal democracies and meant to be the ideal substitute for a vanished way of life. How thoroughly the tribal model was imitated can be understood if we take into account the Jain rules relating to the procedure of entry into the Order, the
Chattopadhyaya, L, 523; Bhattacharyya, HSR, pp. 40-41. Oldenberg, B, p. 64.
Page #83
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
62 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline internal administration of the Order, and the personal or private property within the Order. The head of the Jain Samgha was known as Ganadhara, 'he who holds the tribes.' In building up his own Samgha on the model of pre-class society Mahāvīra, like the Buddha, took great care to see that the members therein would live a perfectly detached life, i.e., detached from the great historic transformation going on in the society at large, whose course was obviously beyond their power to change. This explains why Mahāvīra believed in action but the purpose of which was to get rid of all actions, Every action, according to him, produces karma, and thus entails on the doer the continuance of worldly existence. To get rid of all karma being the highest goal, what is therefore required is to annihilate the existing karma and to prevent the formation of new karma, technically speaking to stop the influx (āsrava) of karma, which is called samvara or the covering of the channels through which karma finds entrance into the soul. The true significance of this complex idea is not now difficult to understand. According to Mahāvīra, when a man is free from passions and acts in strict compliance with the rules of right conduct, the actions thus produced lasts but for a moment, and is then annihilated. As regards the Jain rules of right conduct, Mahāvīra followed his predecessor Pārsva who spoke of four Vratas--not to kill, not to lie, not to steal and not to be interested in worldly things like property-to which he added a fifth, viz. not to be indulged in sensual pleasure. The four rules of right conduct, prescribed by Pārśva, were simply the moral values of tribal society which were ruthlessly undermined in the age of the Buddha and Mahāvira.
The Conflicts in the History of Indian Thought
In view of what we have said above it has become quite clear that the origin of Buddhism and Jainism cannot be ascribed to any single cause, though the material milieu of their growth can be understood. The real cause of their rise evidently lay in the conflicts-political, economic, social, religious and intellectual—which had characterised the pre-Buddhist and pre-Jain history of India.
What was the nature of such conflicts, the ultimate culmination of which was manifested in Jainism and Buddhism in the form of a great qualitative change? As we have hinted above, in our known history of India, the first conflict was between the Vedic and non-Vedic elements, the former representing a predominantly pastoral culture, and the latter, a predominantly agricultural. These two streams had also
Page #84
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 63
their own inner conflicts. We have seen that in Vedic society there was a conflict between the pre-pastoral and the advanced pastoral ideas. The Nature-gods of the pastoral religion were propitiated with prepastoral rituals of their hunting stage which demanded senseless destruction of cattle wealth. But within the tribal set up the protestants were not successful. The results of the conflict with the non-Vedic elements have been mentioned above.
In the second stage, the conflict was between tribal disintegration and the rise of state power. The inherent tendency of pastoral economy is to establish the basis of state-power, since accumulation of wealth and surplus in the hands of few become quickened by cattle-raids and wars. The conquered non-Vedic tribes, though some of their cultural features were adopted by the conquerers, formed the exploited working class and were called Dāsas, and later Sūdras, which led to a quick rise of class division. The principles of the newly evolved state powers had to come in a greater conflict with the
-existing ones. The primitive magicians on whose ritual performances rested the welfare of the tribe were organised into a solid priestly class and became a parallel institution in power and prestige. In many cases their power surpassed even that of the state. The simple rituals performed in the days of yore became complex, sophisticated and highly expensive with the growth of this organised priesthood. Thus, conflict between the priestly and royal power became inevitable.
At first the kings had to submit before the demands of the priestly class, but with the growth and consolidation of state power, for practical reasons, the ruling class thought it prudent to depend more on the wealth produced socially than on the magical powers of the Brāhmaṇas. The Upanişads contain evidence of this conflict. Here we find on the one hand the flattering glorification of the sacrificial cults, the supremacy of the Brāhmaṇas, and on the other, a consistent attempt, made mainly by the ruling class, to uphold the doctrine of one state, one god, one king. The brahman as the universal soul and its identification with atman, the individual soul, paved the way for the idea of a Supreme Being, the personal deity in the devotional religions. In fact, monotheism was the fulfilment of a process that began as early as the days of tribal disintegration. The idea of a supreme god ruling over the universe was based solely upon the newfangled principle of absolute monarchy. In pre-class societies men had control over the gods; they believed that they could bring the
Page #85
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
64 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
forces of nature under their control by collective rituals and other performance. In class society this belief was shattered to pieces; the gods represented the ruling class, to be pleased only by propitiation and devotion; and monotheism was the logical consequence of this process. Side by side, the king was conceived as the human prototype of the Supreme Being of monotheism. This is frankly stated in the Gītā.
The impact of all these evidently fell on the doctrines of Buddhism and Jainism. We have said that at a critical stage of Indian history, when the free tribes were being ruthlessly exterminated by the expanding state powers the Buddha and Mahāvīra modelled their Samghas on the basic principles of tribal society in order to provide the peoples of their times with the illusion of a lost reality, of the dying tribal collective. But at the same time both of these great teachers had to face the dual requirements of their age, and this alone explains way a considerable number of the contemporary aristocrats and princes formed their front rank associates. That is why Buddhism and Jainism had given moral support to the interests of the trading class and accepted the new social requirements in which debtors and slaves could not run away from their obligations, animals could no longer be killed indiscriminately and private property could not be appropriated. In early Buddhism and Jainism, it should be remembered, celebacy is stressed. The prohibitions on sexual relations outside of marriage were due to the overwhelming demand of private property, to make sure of the ancestry of the child. In Brāhmaṇical religion the trading class was assigned the third place in society, but the Buddha's and Mahāvīra's attitude towards caste system raised their social status. Likewise their emphasis on the barrenness of the sacrificial religion saved the new economic classes from unnecessary expenditure.
Contemporary Philosophical Schools
The aforesaid material conditions undoubtedly gave birth to a large mass of 'heretic' or 'heterodox' philosophy outside the pale of Brahmanism in the days of the Buddha and Mahāvira. Besides the Buddhist and Jain sources, we have to mention the Upanişads! themselves and also the later Mandukya-Kārikās2 and the Pāñcarātra texts
1 Svetāśvatara, I. 2; VI, Iff.; Maitrāyaṇī, VI, 14ff,; VI, 20; VII, pp. 8ff. 'I, 7-9; II, 30-28.
Page #86
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 65
like the Ahirbudhnya Samhitāl as the available materials which refer to, besides the atheists, Pseudo-asceties, Kāpālikas and followers of Brhaspati, those doctrinaires who proclaim Kāla of Time, Svabhāva or Nature, Niyati or Fate, Yadịcchā or Chance, Bhūtas or Elements as also Prāņa or Life-force, Guņas or Qualities, Diśaḥ or Space, Manas or Mind, Buddhi or Intellect, and so forth as their First Principles. To some extent these doctrines correspond to what the rest of our sources, namely Buddhist and Jain, have to give us as the picture of the philosophical outlook of the age represented by the rise of Buddhism and Jainism.
Of other available sources for the period, the Buddhist texts refer to two major classes of intellectual movements: (1) those that speculate on the first beginnings of things (Pubbanta-Kappika) and (2) those that speculate about the future goal of creation (Aparā.ita-Kappika). The former was divided into 18 groups and latter into 44. Various scattered passages in the Jain canonical works like the Sūyagada, Thāņa, Āyāra, Bhagavati, Nandi, etc., refer to four principal philosophical schools--Kriyāvāda (subdivided into 180 groups), Akriyāvāda (84 groups), Ajñānavāda (67 groups) and Vinayavāda (32 groups),-as being known to Mahāvīra, and therefore presumably, as being current in his day.
In the first discourse in the Digha Nikāya, i.e., in the Brahmajälasutta, occurs the classified list of the philosophical schools current in the days of the Buddha. The Pubbanta-Kappika consisted of four kinds of Sassatavāda (Eternalists), four kinds of Ekacca Sassatavāda (Partial Eternalists), four kinds of Antānantika (Limitists and Unlimitists), four kinds of Amarāvikkhepikas (Evasive Disputants) and two kinds of Adhiccasamuppanikas (Fortuitous Originists), while the Aparānta-Kappika consisted of sixteen kinds of Saññivāda (Upholders of conscious soul after Death), eight kinds of Asaññivāda (Upholders of unconscious soul after Death), eight kinds of Nevasaññināsaññivāda (Upholders of neither conscious nor unconscious soul after Death), seven kinds of Ucchedavāda (Annihilationists) and five kinds of Ditthadhammanibbānavāda (Believers in the attainment of Nibbāna in one Life).? From the Buddhist point of view these doctrines are mentioned as wrong and misleading (micchādițjhi) and they are refuted by Buddhaghoṣa in his Sumangala-Vilāsini and by Nāgārjuna
1 Ed. F.0. Schrader, Adyar 1916, cf ZDMG, LXVIII, pp. 101ff. "See Dutt, EMB, pp. 35ff.
Page #87
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
66
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
and Candrakirti in the Mādhyamikavýtti.
Four kinds of Sassatavāda i.e., those who hold that the soul and the world exist eternally, are mentioned in the Buddhist texts. The attā (õtman) or soul continues for ever without any change. It is the speaker, feeler and enjoyer of the fruits of good and evil actions (Kamma), is permanent (nicca), fixed (dhruva) and unchangeable (avipariņāmadhamma). This doctrine had some bearing on the Sārņkhya, since the latter also contains the idea of puruşa as soul. The Buddhists were opposed to this doctrine because of their faith in momentariness and the denial of a permanent entity. The Ekaccasassatavāda or Partial Eternalism, which was also divided into four groups, holds that the body and the sense organ are impermanent while the mind or consciousness is permanent. It recalls the contents of the Maitri Upanişad according to which the soul is pure (śuddha), tranquil (śānta) and eternal (śāśvata) and the body is possessed of the reverse qualities. The speculations of the Antānantikas, also subdivided into four groups, are mainly cosmological in character, according to which (1) the world is limited in extent and circular in shape (2) unlimited in extent and without any end (3) limited upwards and downwards but unlimited breadthwise and (4) neither limited nor unlimited. The Buddhist texts mention four kinds of Amarāvikkepikas or evasive disputants who declined to give any categorical answer to the questions relating to life and universe. This school corresponds to the Ajñānavāda of the Jain texts. Sañjaya Belatthiputta, of whom mention will be made later, belonged to this line of thinking. The Adhicca-samuppanikas or Fortuitous Orignists were divided into two groups. They believed that the world originated accidentally without any cause. They probably belonged to a group which was later characterised by the epithets Lokāyatika, Bārhaspatya, Cārvāka, etc. The doctrine of Ajita Kesakambalin has some bearing on this school, as we shall see later. These five schools, subdivided into eighteen groups, formed the Pubbanta-kappika.
Sixteen kinds of Saññivādins are mentioned the Buddhist texts. According to this school, (1) the soul is material (rūpī), (2) non-material (arupi), (3) both material and non-material, (4) neither material nor non-material, (5) limited, (6) unlimited, (7) both limited and unlimited (8) neither limited nor unlimited, (9) conscious, (10) unconscious
1cf. Majjhima I, p. 8; Papañcasudani, I, p. 71. 211. 34.
Page #88
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 67 (11) conscious of one object (ekatta), (12) conscious of many objects (nānátta), (13) limited in matter (paritta), (14) unlimited in matter, (16) limited in consciousness and, (16) unlimited in consciousness. According to the Asaññivādins, subdivided into eight groups, the soul remains unconscious after death, and it can be material, non-material, both material and non-material, neither material nor non-material and so forth. The Nevasaññināsaññivādins were also divided into eight groups and their views were based upon the combination of those upheld by the Saññivādins and Asaññivādins. The Ucchedavādins and Ditthadhammanibbānavādins belonged to a different category. The former was divided into seven subsects and latter into five. According to the former, there is no separate existence of soul which is same as the body itself and it becomes extinct after the extinction of the body. According to the latter, the soul attains perfection when it enjoys fully the pleasures of five senses, and hence the summum bonum of life is enjoyment of worldly pleasure. These five schools, subdivided into forty-four groups, formed the Aparânta Kappika.
The Jain texts mention 363 philosophical views which were current in the days of Mahāvira. These views were grouped into four principal schools-Kriyāvāda, Akriyāvāda, Ajñānavāda and Vinayavādā. 180 forms of the Kriyāvādins are mentioned in the Jain texts. Kriyāvāda is the doctrine according to which the soul acts and is acted upon. The term Kiriyam or Kriyāvāda, with some reservations, also applies to the Jain doctrines. According to the Suyagada! the followers of this doctrine maintain that misery is caused by oneself and not by any external agent. Liberation may be attained by knowledge and good conduct (vijjā-caraṇam pāmokkham). Fools are unable to stop the influx of evil actions, but the wise can do so by abstaining from wrongdoing (Na kammaņā kamma khavemti bālā, akammaņā kamma khavemti dhiro). The Buddha was not, however, ready to accept the view of the Kriyāvādins in general and of the Jains in particular that human suffering is not conditioned by or dependent upon external conditions. 2
The Jain accounts elaborate Akriyāvāda into 84 varieties. Akriyavāda is the doctrine of non-action which is virtually opposed to Kriyāvāda. As Sudharman, the chief disciple of Mahāvīra, expounds his master's view, the Akriyāvādins teach the annihilation of good
11. 12.11-22. 'cf. Arguttara, III, p. 440, *Sūya, I. 12.4.
Page #89
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
68 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
actions by denying the potentialities or Karma in future existence. They believe that all human actions and endeavours are fruitless. Most of the philosophical schools mentioned in the Buddhist Brahmajāla Sutta, of which we have already occasion to refer, actively contribute to this doctrine of non-action. In the Thana1 Mahāvīra mentions eight classes of Akriyāvādins: (1) Ekkavādins on Monists, Theists and Monotheists, (2) Anikkavādins or Pluralists (3) Mitavadins or Extentionists, (4) Nimmitavādins or Cosmogonists, (5) Sayavādins or Sensualists, (6) Samucchedavādins or Annihilationists, (7) Niyavādins or Eternalists and (8) Na-Santi-Paralokavādins or Materialists. Šilänka in his Acaranga Tika2 mentions six types of Akriyāvādins: the upholders of the doctrines of Kāla, Isvara, Ātman, Niyati, Svabhāva and Yadṛcchă as the First Principles. The doctrines of Pūraṇa Kassapa, Pakudha Kaccayana and a few other contemporaries of Mahāvīra and the Buddha are in close agreement to the views upheld by the Akriyāvādins.
The Ajñānavādins of the Jain texts were sceptics or agnostics who refused to give categorical answer to the questions put to them. Mahavira's expression Aṇṇāniya or Ajñānika evidently refers to Sanjaya and his school. This school corresponds to the Amarāvikkhepikas or evasive disputants of the Buddhists. According to Mahavira, the Ajñānavādins pretend to be intelligent, but in reality they do not know the truth. As teachers they mislead their pupils, because they are unfamiliar with truth and have not got rid of perplexity and contradictions (Aṇṇāniyā te kusalāvi samtā, asamthnyā no vitigicchatiņņā. Akoviyā āhu akoviyehim, ananuvi-ittu musam vayamti).* 67 kinds of Ajñānavādins are mentioned in the Jain texts.
32 kinds of Vinayavādins are mentioned in the Jain texts. It is very difficult to understand what Vinayavāda really was. Jacobi translated Vinayavāda as idolatry. In the Buddhist texts we find that the Buddha was asked many times whether he was a Vinayavadin. From the Jain definitions" it appears that the followers of this school believed in the practice of certain moral codes, probably, without knowing their real impact. Probably the aim of the Vinayavādins was to gain a better future existence by practising certain moral codes. It was not
IIV. 4.
Ed, Dhanapati, 14.
Suya, I. 6.27; I. 12. 1.2; II. 2.79; Uttara, XVIII. 3.
*Süya, I. 12.2.
Süya, I. 12. 3-4; II. 2.79; Uttara, XVIII, 23.
Page #90
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 69 their aim to exterminate all Karma or to stop the influx of new karma which Jainism taught. Corresponding to Mahavira's Vinayavāda, we have the Buddhist expression Sīlabbata-parāmāsa.
In view of what we have noticed above, we can form a fair idea about the philosophical views current in the days of the Buddha and Mahavira. It is interesting to note that most of the schools mentioned in the Buddhist and Jain texts represent the idea originating from fear, helplessness and frustration. Most of the schools belonging to the Buddhist Pubbanta and Aparanta Kappikas correspond to the different groups of the Akriyāvādins mentioned in the Jain texts. They believed that all human actions and endeavours were fruitless. Others, like the Adiccasamuppannikas, failed to put any trust on the law of causation; the Ajñānavādins or Amarāvikkhepikas declined to give any categorical answer to the questions relating to life and universe. The followers of the various doctrines of non-action mainly speculated on what remained after the extermination of the mortal body. The extremists like the Ucchedevädins or Ditthadhammanibbanavadins of the Buddhist texts or the Sayavadins or Samucchedavādins or Na-santi-paralokavādins of the Jain texts identified body with soul and sought the summum bonum of life in worldly pleasures, while others debated on the question of the existence of soul apart from body, whether it remained conscious or unconscious after death, whether it was material or non-material, and so on. All of these doctrines were directly or indirectly concerned with death and annihilation. This spirit of fear and frustration, by which these philosophical schools were characterised, had evidently a social basis, the origin of which must be sought in the stupendous socio-political transformation which was taking place in that time through immense bloodshed and wholesale massacre.
Purana Kassapa
Indeed the immense bloodshed and wholesale massacre, the senseless, unlawful and irrational activities by which the then public life was characterised compelled Pūraņa Kassapa, a senior contemporary of the Buddha and Mahāvīra, to declare when he was asked about the advantage in the life of a recluse: "To him who acts, O king, or causes another to act, to him who mutilates or causes another to mutilate, to him who punishes or causes another to punish, to him who causes grief or torment, to him who trembles or causes others to tremble, to him who kills a living creature, who takes
Page #91
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
70 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
what is not given, who breaks the houses, who commits dacoity, or robbery, or highway robbery, or adultery, or who speaks lies, to him thus acting there is no guilt. If with a discus with an edge sharp as a razor he should make all the living creatures on the earth one heap, one mass of flesh, then would be no guilt thence resulting, no increase of guilt would ensue. Were he to go along the south bank of the Ganges striking and slaying, mutilating and having men mutilated, oppressing and having men oppressed, there would be no guilt thence resulting, no increase of guilt would ensue. Were he to go along the north bank of the Ganges giving alms, and ordering gifts to be given, offering sacrifices or causing them to be offered, there would be no merit thence resulting, no increase of merit. In generosity, in selfmastery, in control of the senses, in speaking truth, there is neither merit nor increase of merit."
Who was this Pūrana Kassapa? The Buddhist records speak of him as a contemporary of the Buddha, an old experienced and venerable teacher, the head of a religious order, the founder of a school having a large following of disciples. In the Samaññaphala-sutta he is referred to also as a contemporary of king Ajātaśatru of Magadha.? According to Buddhaghoşa, Pūraņa was formerly a slave, the hundredth in the household of his master which accounts for his epithet Pūraņa, who ran away from his master's house. In his flight his garments were stolen by the thieves and hence he used to travel naked. Such irresponsible comments are not worthy of serious consideration.
Other incidents of his life, as we have them in the Buddhist texts, are also coloured by prejudiced outlook. In the Buddhist Mahāvastu5 his meeting with the Buddha is mentioned along with the fact that the people had little regard for him. In the Jain Bhagavati Sūtra6 he has been described as a foolish ascetic. Pūraņa committed suicide. He drowned himself near Srāvasti. The Buddhist texts describe this event contemptuously with a deliberate purpose to blacken his character.
Fragments of the doctrines of Pūraņa which may be gleaned from
IRhys Davids, DB, 1, pp. 69-70. 2 Digha, I. 47.
*In the Milinda-pañho, he has been referred to, in accordance with the subject matter of the text itself, as a contemporary of king Milinda, but it has no historical basis.
Sum. Vil., I, pp. 142ff. Ed. Senart, II, p. 207. III, 141.
Page #92
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 71 different sources point to the fact that they contributed to a great extent to the growth of Ājīvikism. Pūraņa believed in the doctrine of non-causation, and that is why later authorities like Arya Sura wanted to characterise him as a Svabhāvavādin. The Sāmaññaphala Sutta regards him as a follower of the doctrine of non-action which is supported by Buddhaghoșa.In the Jain Sūyagada Pūraņa is mentioned as an Akriyavādin, and Sīlanka, the commentator on the Süyagada, finds in his doctrines some ingredients of the Sāmkhya. From the Buddhist texts we learn that according to Pūraña when one acts or causes others to act, it is not the soul that acts or causes others to act. The soul is nothing but a passive spectator. The social basis of this doctrine we have mentioned above, which also explains why Purana had to welcome an undesirable death.
În a passage of the Anguttara Nikāya,* Ananda ascribes part of Gośāla's doctrine to Pūraņa. This had led Prof. Basham to establish a common origin of the doctrines of these two great teachers and the results of his investigation are indeed significant. In the Samyutta Nikāyaḥ the names of Makkhali Gośāla and Pūraņa Kassapa are significantly combined. In the Anguttara passage mentioned above, Purana is said to have maintained the doctrine of six classes of men which also belonged to Gośäla. Besides, Prof. Basham has drawn our attention to two significant sources, the Jain Tamil poem Nilakeci and Gunaratna's Tarkarahasyadipikā. In the former, Pürama is clearly described as the leader of the Ājīvikas, who received Nilakeci and expounded his doctrines to her stating that Markali (Makkhali Gosala) was the lord of the Ajīvikas. This shows that the Tamil Ājivikas looked upon Pūraņa as a great leader and second only to Markali himself. Gunaratna in his Tarkarahasyadipikā refers to Pūraņa as the upholder of the doctrine of destiny which is characteristic of Ājivika philosophy. Buddhaghoşa, as we have mentioned above, insisted on the nakedness of Pūrana, which is also confirmed by the Divyāvadāna where he is described as a nirgrantha. According to Basham, Pūrana who maintained a fatalistic doctrine with tendencies to anti-nomianism came in contact with Makkhali Gośāla, a younger teacher with
1Jātakamālā Ed. Cowellä, pp. 148-49. * Şum. Vil., 1, p. 162. *Süya, I.I.I. 13. *III, pp. 383ff. "I. 66.
Page #93
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
72 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline doctrines much the same as his own, and recognising his own eclipse, heleft his heritage on Gośāla and ended his own life. I
The story of Pūraņa's suicide occurs in the Dhammapada-commentaryo and the Divyāvadāna. A Tibetan version of the story also exists. According to these accounts, the death of Pūrana took at Srāvastī, after a great miracle contest in which he was worsted the Buddha. His defeat was followed by a violent storm, and he committed suicide by drowning with a pot tied around his neck. According to Basham, Pūraņa thought of committing suicide when he realised that his sun was going to set. He takes Pūraņa's death as a case of ritual suicide and refers in this connection to the Jain custom according to which an ascetic voluntarily ends his own life when his faculties begin to fail.5 But to us it appears that this sad end of Purana's career was inevitable. He committed suicide simply because he could not adjust himself with the social changes which were happening before his very eyes. The great storm which preceded Pūraņa's death reminds us of the Last Great Storm Cloud, one of the eight finalities declared by Gośāla on the eve of his death. In fact, this storm cloud was the symbol of the ruthless extermination of the existing moral values and social relations which swept away all his hopes and aspirations. The Sāmaññaphala Sutta, in which we come across the glimpses of his views, categorically suggests that he found no difference between good or bad deeds. When he says that by slaying, maiming and torturing, and causing others to be slain, maimed and tortured, a man commits no sin, there is no difficulty in understanding that the root of such comments lay in his personal experience of contemporary social life with which he could not adjust himself.
Pakudha Kaccayana
The social experiences by which Pūraņa's soul was constantly tormented and which rather forced him to commit suicide were also shared by his contemporary Pakudha Kaccāyana whose reactions were also similar. According to Pakudha, a being is composed of seven elements which are neither created, nor moulded, are barren and
HDA, pp. 80ff. 'Ed. Norman, III, pp. 199ff. Ed. Cowell and Neil, pp. 143ff. 'Rockhill, LB, p. 80. SHDA, pp. 88-90.
Page #94
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 73
fixed as a rock or a stone-pillar, do not produce anything, do not interact on one another, neither move nor change nor hinder one another so as to cause pain or pleasure. Hence there can be no killer or instigator of killing because, if a sword passes through a body of a being, it does not destroy it but only transforms one element into another. In the Sāmaññaphala Sutta his views are described thus: “The following seven things, O king, are neither made nor commanded to be made, neither created nor caused to be created, they are barren (so that nothing is produced out of them), steadfast as a mountain peak, as a pillar firmly fixed. They move not, neither do they vary they trench not one upon another, nor avail aught as to ease or pain or both. And what are the seven? The four elements-earth, water, fire and air-and ease and pain, and with life (Jīva) as the seventh. So there is neither slayer or causer of slaying, hearer or speaker, knower or explainer. When one with a sharp sword cleaves a head in twain, no one thereby deprives any one of life, a sword has only penetrated into the interval between seven elementary substances."
Nothing about Pakudha's career is known to us. Dr. Barua indentifies him with Kakudha or Kabandhi Kātyāyana of the Praśna Upanişad. The epithet Kakudha or Kabandhi denotes a hump which points to his physical deformity. Buddhaghoșatells us that Pakudha avoided cold water. Even after excretion he did not perform a ritual ablution until he obtained hot water or rice gruel (Kanjiya). He also avoided crossing any stream, and if he had to do so, he atoned this breach of vow by making a mound of sand. Prof. Basham,+ who wants to connect Pakudha with the early history of the Ājivikas, says that the Kanji and the mound of sand suggest practices of the Ājivikas. Some southern Ājīvikas used Kañji as their regular food, while the heap of sand, paralleled by a heap of red powder, was part of the religious paraphernalia of an Ajivika ascetic mentioned in the Jātaka.
Dr. Barua, on the basis of his supposed identification with Kakudha or Kabandhi of the Praśna Upanișad, says that according to Pakudha the roots of all things were matter and soul. In the Sāmaññaphala Sutta, Pakudha's philosophy is described as the doctrine of seven
IRhys Davids, DB, I, p. 74. *PBIP, pp. 281ff. *Sum. Vil., I. p. 141. *HDA, p. 92. PBIP, pp. 282-86.
Page #95
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
74 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
categories (Satta-Kāyavāda) while in the Jain Suyagaḍa' as the doctrine of soul as a sixth (ātma-ṣaṣtha-vāda) which Silanka identifies with the doctrine of Bhagavadgītā as well as with the Samkhya and some aspects of the Saiva system. Dr. Barua thinks that in Pakudha's six or seven categories, considered as the permanent elements of thought and existence, one may trace a background of the Vaiśeşika categories, and that, as regards the broad outlines of his philosophy, Pakudha may be described as the Empedocles of India. How far this claim is justified is difficult to say. However, according to Barua, Pakudha, like Empedocles, maintained that the elements of being are so distinct from one another that there can be no transition from the one into the other and that the four roots of all things are the four elementsearth, water, fire and air-which are in their nature permanent, devoid of any qualitative change. Over and above these four elements, Barua observes, Pakudha regards, just as the Greek philosopher has regarded the forces of love and hatred, pleasure and pain as two principles of change. How he has arrived at such a conclusion is difficult to understand since the Samaññaphala Sutta categorically states that according to Pakudha the seven categories -earth, water, fire, air, pleasure, pain and life are eternal and immutable elements.
Dr. Basham has shown that the Majjhima Nikaya3 incorporates with Pakudha's doctrine part of Gośāla's fatalist creed and one of the Chinese versions of the Samaññaphala Sutta1 makes of Pakudha a determinist. The Southern Ajīvikas held a theory of elements very similar to that of Pakudha. "The three chief Tamil sources, Manimekalai, Nilakeci and Civañāṇacittiyār, all declare that, according to Ajivika doctrine, there are five immutable atomic elements (anu or porul), earth, air, water, fire and life (uyir or cīvam). Meṇimekalai, however, the oldest of these sources, adds 'but joy and sorrow, these two are atoms.' Nilakeci leaves the total of the elements at five, but Civañāṇa-cittiyar states, 'Our lord has declared to us the seven which we must consider, including these two which are joined with them, namely good and evil.' This is surely the seven-element theory of Pakudha Kaccayana, with the more moral categories punna and păpa substituted for the hedonistic sukha and dukkha."5
11. 1.1. 15-16.
'HDA, pp. 91-92.
'I, pp. 513ff.
'Rockhill, LB, pp. 255ff.
HDA, p. 91.
Page #96
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The incipient Stage 75
Makkhali Gośāla
There is evidently a substantial similarity between the views of Pūraña and Pakudha, as we have seen above. Indeed, the brutal rise of state power and class society, the ruthless annihilation of the existing moral values and social relations, made them quite upset. That is why the former did not hesitate to say that by killing and plundering a man would commit no sin, and the latter frankly admitted that the act of killing was nothing but transforming one element into another. The same feeling of disappointment was also shared by Makkhali Gośāla who was an influential contemporary of the Buddha and Mahāvīra. He was the founder of a sect which was distinguished as that of the Ajivikas. This sect had a long and eventful career in the religious history of India. Thanks to the efforts of Hoernle, Barua and Basham, we are now in a position to have some positive knowledge about the history and doctrine of the Ājivikas.
The main sources of information regarding Makkhali Gośāla and his doctrine are the Jain Süyagada, Bhagavati Sūtra’ and Aupapātika Sūtra, the Buddhist Sāmaññaphala Sutta, 4 Samyutta Nikāyas (which ascribes the first portion of the Sāmaññaphala account of Gośāla's views Natthi hetu, natthi paccayo, etc., to Pūraņa), Anguttara Nikāya (which confounds Makkhali Gośāla apparently with Ajita Kesakambalin), Mahasaccaka Sutta’, the Chinese and Tibetan versions of the Sāmaññaphala Suttas (where the doctrines of the six teachers are hopelessly mixed up), Milinda Pañho,9 Mahābodhi Jataka, 10 etc. 11
Gośāla in the Pali canon is mentioned as Makkhali Gośāla, but in the Jain scriptures his name is given as Gośāla Mankhaliputta. He was born of a poor family. His father was probably a mankha, i.e., an exhibitor of religious pictures and a bard. According to Jain tradi. tion he was born in a cowshed, which accounts for his name Gośāla,
11. 1.2.1-14; I. 1.4.7-9; II. 1.29; II. 6, with Silārka's commentary, 2XV.1. with Abhayadeva's commentary. *Section 118, 120. *Digha, I, pp. 53-54. with Buddhaghoşa's commentary. SIII. 69. $1. 286. *Majjhima, I-231; cf, I. 36. &Tr. in Rockhill, LB. 'Trenckner's ed. 5. 1°No. 528. 11cf. Barua, PIBP, p. 315.
Page #97
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
76
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
in a village called Saravana. Before his meeting with Mahāvīra, he maintained himself by the profession of a markha. According to Buddhaghoșa, he was a runaway slave.
It is not known why and how this bard resorted to asceticism. In the third year of the ascetic life of Mahāvīra, Gośāla joined him and they lived together for six years. But then arose ideological differences and the mental gulf between the two could not be bridged. Gośāla left Mahāvīra and declared himself to be a Tirthamkara. He had made his headquarters at Srāvastī in the workshop of a potter-woman called Hālāhālā. Like the Buddha and Mahāvíra he travelled from place to place, in towns and villages, preaching and gathering converts.
Sixteen years thereafter, the two teachers met once again and had hot exchange of words. Mahāvīra charged Gośāla for his treacherous behaviour as a disciple, and the same charge was labelled against Mahāvīra by Gośāla also. According to the Jain texts, Gośāla was a renegade disciple of Mahāvīra, although circumstantial eviderce, for the lack of the Ājivika scriptures, suggests otherwise. Mahāvīra in the third year of his ascetic life was still a novice and it was natural for him to stay with a teacher. Gośāla who was going to declare himself a Tīrthamkara, and who was senior to Mahāvīra in age could stay for a long period of six years only with his disciple. There are also grounds to show that some of the ideas and practices of the Jains were due to Ājīvika influence. It appears that the main cause of the difference between Gośāla and Mahāvīra was the former's insistence upon the doctrines of Niyati or Fate and Akriyā or non-action to which Mahāvīra was not ready to contribute.
In fact Gośāla became a pure fatalist. The conclusions at which he arrived regarding life and universe are summed up as follows, though in a distorted way, in the Buddhist Sāmaññaphala Sutta. “There is neither cause nor basis for the sins of living beings; they become sinful without cause or basis. Neither is there cause or basis for the purity of living beings; they become pure without cause or basis. There is no deed performed either by oneself or by others (which can affect one's future births), no human action, no strength, no courage, no human endurance or human prowess (which can affect one's destiny in this life). All beings, all that have breath, all that are
all that have life, are without power, strength, or virtue, but are developed by destiny, chance, and nature, and experienc sorrow in the six classes (of existence)...There is no question of bringing unripe Karma to fruition, nor of exhausting Karma already
Page #98
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 77
ripened by virtuous conduct, by vows, by penance, or by charity. That cannot be done. Samsāra is measured as with a bushel, with its joy and sorrow at its appointed end. It can neither be lessened nor increased, nor is there any excess or deficiency of it. Just as a ball of thread will, when thrown, unwind to its full length, so fool and wise, alike will take their course and make an end of sorrow."
From the combined testimony of the Buddhist and Jain sources we learn that, according to Gośāla, all beings are subject to a fixed and unchangeable series of existence, each of which has its own unalterable characteristic. He denies the effects of action and energy, since he holds that every being is helpless, unable neither to help himself nor to others. This doctrine is described in the Majjhima Nikāyao as Aheteuka (denying cause) and Akiriya (denying the effects of action), while in the Anguttara Nikāya: it is said to be a doctrine which denies the effect of deeds (Kamma), activity (Kiriya) and energy (Viriya).
This extreme type of fatalism upheld by Gośāla was entirely due to his frustration, which was evidently caused by his contemporary social experience. Probably he could not understand the significance of the gigantic historic transformation of his age—the collapse of tribal institutions and the rise of new values ushered in by the rise of state power. In vain he hoped that the good old tribal days would return again. In the destruction of the Vajjians, the last of the important free tribes, he saw the doom of every thing. Ajātaśatru's invasion against the Vajjians, and its probable effects, have significantly found expression in the list of eight finalities proclaimed by a Gośāla in his delirium. It was the last great storm cloud (carime pokkhaļasamvatte mahāmehe) that swept away all the traditional values and social relations. This great storm cloud also occurs in connection with Purana Kassapa's unfortunate suicide. In this great battle the Vajjians were annihilated, and their leader Cetaka, the maternal uncle of Mahāvīra, being defeated, committed suicide by drowning. - From this great storm cloud even the Buddha could not keep himself aloof. He said repeatedly that so long as the Vajjians would strictly maintain their tribal characteristics and strictly adhere to the tribal values they could not be annihilated. In fact Ajātasatru made desperate attempt
Basham, HDA, pp. 13-14. I. 409; II. 121. 'I. 287. * Āvasyaka Curni, II, pp. 172ff.; cf. Abhidhānarăjendra s.v. Külavālaya.
Page #99
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
78 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline to exterminate the Vajjians. Not only did he sow seeds of dissension among the Vajjians through his minister Vassakāra, he did not even hesitate to use the two most terrible weapons of his age, the Mahāśilākaņțaka and the Rathamuşala. In the list of the eight finalities of Gośāla we have surprising references to the cause of the war, the last sprinkling scent-elephant' (carime seyanae gandhahatthi) and to the great weapon used, the last Battle with Mahāśilākantaka (carime mahāsilākanțae sangamē). According to the Jain tradition the cause of the battle was a 'scent-sprinkling-elephant' of which king Bimbisāra made a gift to his younger son Vehella. It was demanded by Ajātaśatru, but Vehalla refused and fled with this elephant, and took shelter under Cetaka. In any case, Gośāla understood what would be the ultimate consequence of the war, which would mean the end of everything, and that is why he pined in his delirium for the Last Drink (carime pāne) the Last Song (carime geye), the Last Dance (carime națțe), the Last Greeting (carime añjalikamme)—the characteristics of simple undifferentiated tribal life, by which the rituals of his own religion were also marked.
Sañiava Belatthiputta
“The fundamental principle of the Ājīvika philosophy," writes Basham, “was Fate, usually called Niyati. Buddhist and Jain sources agree that Gośāla was a rigid determinist, who exalted N to the status of the motive factor of the universe and the sole agent of all phenomenal change... For him belief in free will was a vulgar error. The strong, the forceful, and the courageous, like the weakling, the idle and the coward, were all completely subject to the one principle which determined all things."
A similar feeling, though expressed in a different way, had characterised the philosophy of Sañjaya Belatthiputta whose views are summed up thus in the Sämaññaphala Sutta: “If you ask me whether there is another world--well, if I thought there were, I would say so. But I do not say so. And I do not think it is thus or thus. And I do not think it is otherwise. And I do not deny it. And I do not say there neither is, nor is not, another world. And if you ask me about the beings produced by chance; or whether there is any fruit, any result of good or bad actions; or whether a man who has won the
1HDA, pp. 224-25.
Page #100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 79 truth continues, or not, after death--to each or any of these questions, do I give the same reply."'1
Sañjaya is generally described as an agnostic (ajñānavādin), a sceptic unwilling to give any definite answer to the ultimate problems which were, according to him, indeterminable. In the Sūyagada2 the Ajñānavādins are criticised as blind persons, who, having no vision of their own, misguide others. In the Buddhist texts Sañjaya has been criticised as an Amarā-vikkhepika (eel-wriggler).# It appears that he is same as Sañjaya the wanderer who was the previous teacher of Sāriputta.From the Buddhist accounts it is known that when Sāriputta, accompanied by Moggallāna and two hundred and fifty other disciples, left the school of Sañjaya and joined the order of the Buddha, Sanjaya became so angry that he began to vomit blood which caused his sudden death. Buddhaghoṣa informs us that a certain wanderer named Supriya was a disciple of Sañjaya Paribbājaka, i.e.. Sañjaya the wanderer. 5
Although in the Buddhist and Jain texts the views of the Amarāvikkhepikas and Ajñānavādins, those who declined to give categorical answers to the questions put to them, are severely criticised, it can be said with certainty that the method of Sañjaya's arguments was partly accepted by the Buddha and Mahāvīra. Both of them were unanimous in declaring that there are some mooted questions on which any opinion should not be given. But side by side it must be admitted that what we get from the Sāmaññaphalasutta as the philosophy of Sañjaya, was a philosophy of total mental chaos. It was an expression of futility, a typical product of the age he represented.
Ajita Kesakambalin
Although regarded by the scholars as one of the ancient founders of materialism, Ajita Kesakambalin, like most of his contemporaries, was really a believer in the doctrine of non-action. "Like the other contemporaries of the Buddha and Mahāvīra, Ajita too, was taking a desperately gloomy view of human existence. He was no less a philosopher of futility and moral collapse than Pūraņa Kassapa and
Rhys Davids, DB, I, p. 75. 21. 12; cf 1. 6.27; II. 2.79; Uttara, XVIII, 22-23. *Digha, I, pp. 24-28; 1, p. 58, Sum. Vil., 1, p. 168. *cf. Mahāvagga, 1, 23-24. *Sum. Vil., I, p. 35.
Page #101
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
80 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Pakudha Kaccāyana. Perfection in wisdom and conduct, claimed by certain recluses and Brāhmaṇas of his times, appeared to him only stupid self-deceptions. 'It is a doctrine of fools, this talks of gifts. It is an empty lie, mere idle talk, when men say there is profit therein.' For everything led to death, and beyond death there was nothing. Again, if modern parallels are at all permissible, what Ajita propounded was only a philosophy of graveyard. Even in the fragmentary passage attributed to him by the Sāmaññaphala Sutta, Ajita was obsessed with the image of death".
Dr. Barua regards Ajita as the Indian Epicurus.” But how much baseless this claim should be may be proved if the following passage of the Sāmaññaphala Sutta, dealing with the philosophy of Ajita, can be taken into consideration. “There is no such thing, O King, as alms or sacrifice or offering. There is neither fruit nor result of good or evil deeds. There is no such things as this world or the next. There is neither father, nor mother, nor beings springing into life without them. There are in the world no recluses or Brāhmaṇas who have reached the highest point, who walk perfectly and who having understood and realised by themselves alone, both this world and the next, make their wisdom known to others. A human being is made of four elements. When he dies, the earthly in him returns and relapses to the earth, the fluid to the water, the heat to the fire, the wind to the air, and his faculties pass into space. The four bearers, on their bier as a fifth, take his dead body away; till they reach the burning ground men utter forth eulogies, but there his bones are bleached, and his offerings end in ashes. It is a doctrine of fools, this talk of gifts. It is an empty lie, mere idle talk, when men say there is profit therein. Fools and wise alike, on the dissolution of the body, are cut off, annihilated, and after death they are not."
Social Experiences of Mahāvīra
The views attributed by the Sāmaññaphala Sutta to Püraņa, Pakudha, Ajita and Sañjaya were expressions of a deep sense of frustration. Although their views were expressed in different ways with differences in metaphysical basis, the total implication was rather that of a cluster of amorphous philosophies shared indiscriminately by these
1 Chattopadhyaya, L, p. 518.
PIBP, p. 289. 'Rhys Davids, DB, I, pp. 73-74.
Page #102
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 81 philosophers, the dominant tone of which was a deep sense of frustration and human ineffectuality. This was the outcome of their social experiences, the stimuli of which these philosophers responded in their own ways.
One may be naturally tempted to ask, is there anything in the canonical writings of the Jains which throws light on the social experiences of Mahāvīra or on the social basis of the doctrines he preached? It is interesting to note that although volumes after volumes have been written on the spiritual contents of the Buddhist and Jain doctrines, practically nothing has been written on their social basis. Great scholars have overlooked the simplest things, things which lie under their noses. It is due to the fact that their vision has remained circumscribed by the dominant class outlook of their own age and that of the age they have studied.
Even a casual glance over the pages of the Jain sútras will sufficiently demonstrate to what a great extent Mahāvīra's mind was tormented by the experiences of social injustice of his times. The Āyara begins with the statement that "the (living) world is afflicted, miserable, difficult to instruct, and without discrimination. In this world full of pain, suffering by their different acts, see the benighted ones cause great pain." Regarding the cravings for wealth and power, by which the class-societies are characterised, the Master says: “He who longs for the qualities (by this term greed and carnal desire is meant), is overcome by great pain, and he is careless. (For he thinks) I have to provide for a mother, for a father, for a sister, for a wife, for sons, for daughters, for a daughter-in-law, for my friends, for near and remote relations, for my acquaintances, for different kinds of property, profit, meals and clothes. Longing for these objects, people are careless, suffer day and night, work in the right and the wrong time, desire wealth and treasures, commit injuries and violent acts, direct the mind again and again, upon these injurious doings."2 This was the actual condition of the social life in the age of Mahāvīra.
The consequences of this accumulation of wealth, of the growth of private property, have not been overlooked by the great Master who says: “Having acquired the wealth, employing bipeds and quadrupeds, gathering riches in the three ways, whatever his portion will be, small or great, he will desire to enjoy it. Then at one time, his manifold
11. 1.2.1; SBE, XXII, p. 3. *I. 2.1.1; SBE, XXII, p. 15,
Page #103
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
82 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
savings are a large treasure. Then at another time his heirs divide it, or those who are without a living steal it, or the king takes it away, or it is ruined in some way or other, or it is consumed by the conflagration of the house." This reveals how thoroughly the characteristics of class society had been observed by the Master who said: "Then, after a time, he falls in sickness: those with whom he lives together, first grumble at him, and he afterwards grumbles at them. But they cannot help thee or protect thee, nor canst thou help them or protect them." In the Suyagada, the problem is stated more explicitly. "He who owns even a small property in living or lifeless things, or consent to others holding it, will not be delivered from misery."3
There is no need of multiplying such examples by which the pages of the Jain sutras are filled Those who are in the top of the class society, the ruling class often justify their craving of power in the name of public welfare, national prestige, etc. In the dialogue between Sakra and Nami, as we find it in the Uttaradhyayana Sutra, we have a nice expression of the conflict between the ideals of class society and state power on the one hand and those of the simple undifferentiated life. The dialogue runs as follows.
Sakra: Erect a wall, gates and battlements; dig a mote; construct Sataghnis (an instrument for defending a town); then you will be a Kṣatriya.
Nami: Making Faith his fortress, Penance and Self-control the bolt it (of its gate), Patience its strong wall, so that guarded in three ways is impregnable; making Zeal his bow, its string Carefulness in walking (iriva), and its top (where the string is fastened) Content, he should bind (this bow) with Truth, piercing with the arrow, Penance (the foe's) mail, Karman-(in this way) a sage will be the victor in battle and get rid of the Samsara.
Sakra: Build palaces, excellent houses, and turrets; thus you will be a Ksatriya.
Nami: He who builds his house on the road, will certainly get into trouble; whenever he wants to go, there he may take up his lodgings.
Sakra: Punishing thieves and robbers, cut-purses and burglers, you should establish public safety; thus you will be a Ksatriya.
'I. 2.3.5; SBE, XXII, pp. 19-20.
21. 2.4.1; SBE, XXII, p. 21. "I. 1.2; SBE, XLV, p. 235. "IX: 18-62.
Page #104
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 83
Nami: Men frequently apply punishment wrongly, the innocent are put in prison, and the perpetrator of the crime is set at liberty.
Sakra: O king, bring into subjection all princes who do not acknowledge you, thus you will be a true Ksatriya.
Nami: Though a man should conquer thousands and thousands of valiant (foes) greater will be his victory if he conquers nobody but himself.
Sakra: Offer great sacrifices, feed śramaņas and Brāhmaṇas, give alms, enjoy yourself, and offer sacrifices; thus you will be a true Kşatriya.
Nami: Though a man should give, every month, thousands and thousands of cows, better will be he who controls himself, though he gives no alms............
Sakra: Multiply your gold and silver, your jewels and pearls, your copper, fine robes and carriages, and your treasury; then you will be a true Ksatriya.
Nami: If there were numberless mountains of gold and silver, as big as Kailāsa, they would not satisfy a greedy man; for his avidity is boundless like space............
In the aforesaid dialogue the ideals of the ruling and privileged class are beautifully stated. They wanted multiplication of their gold and silver for leading a life of pleasure and sensuality; they wanted to bring into subjection the neighbouring territories to give a show of their power; they wanted to erect walls, gates and battlements to prove that they should be in the helm of power for protecting their people; the wanted to build palaces and excellent houses in order to create a feeling of respect and admiration towards them among the peoples; and they wanted to punish thieves and robbers, cut-purses and burglars so that they might be considered as custodian of public safety. Side by side they were also interested in earning religious merit. They believed, as their modern counterparts do even today, that it could be earned by spending a fragmentary portion of their wealth in offering sacrifices, in feeding the Sramaņas and the Brāhmaņas and in giving alms. The rise of class society and state power on the ruins of tribal equality in the days of the Buddha and Mahāvira gave rise to this new set of social values.
ISBE, XLV, pp. 37-40.
Page #105
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
84 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
The Social Basis of Jain Ethics
We have elsewhere argued that the material cause of the disintegration of tribal society and the rise of the new social forces and econo. mic classes did not escape the notice of the Buddha and Mahāvīra. They had to face the dual requirement of their age. That is why, on the one hand, they had to offer to the oppressed peoples of their times a suitable illusion of ancient tribal communism which was getting trampled and undermined in reality and, on the other hand to boost up some of the progressive features of the already established class society in public life and rescue some of the beneficial aspects of tribal life in a class society. Both of these great teachers established the Samgha or 'community of brethren' which was evidently modelled on the pattern of tribal democracies and meant to be the ideal substitute for a vanished way of life. They took great care to see that the members of the order, the monks or nuns, would live a perfectly detached life, i.e., detached from the great historic transformation going on in the society at large, whose course was obviously beyond their power to change.
How thoroughly the pre-class tribal model was initated by Mahāvīra in building up the 'community of brethren' can be understood if we take into account the Jain rules relating to the procedure of entry into the order, the internal administration of the order and the role of personal or private property within the order. In fact, the Jain texts are burdened with the rules relating to life of the monks. From these rules, which are by nature very rigid, there is no difficulty in understanding that there was perfect communism among the members of the Jain order. Everything was managed democratically by the monks and there was no such thing as private property within the order. The Jain monks were forbidden (and even to this day they are) to have anything which they could call their own. This is the vow of aparigraha originally enunciated by Pārsva. According to Mahāvira, this should include not only the non-attachment to all sorts of property but also the non-attachment to all connected with the five organs of senses. Even those things which the Jain monk always carried about himself as clothes, alms-bowl, broom, etc. were not regarded as his property, but as things necessary for the exercise of religious duties (dharmopakarana).
“ 'I shall become a Sramaņa who owns no house, no property, no
1 Āyara, II. 15.5; SBE, XXII, pp. 208-10.
Page #106
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 85
sons, no cattle, who eats what others give him. I shall commit no sinful action; Master, I renounce to accept anything that has not been given.' Having taken such vows (a mendicant) should not, on entering a village or scot-free town, etc., take himself or induce others to take, or allow others to take, what has not been given. A mendicant should not take or appropriate any property viz. an umbrella or vessel or stick, etc. of those monks together with whom he stays, without getting their permission." What is got from the alms is to be distributed among others with necessary permission. "A single mendicant, having collected alms for many, might, without consulting his fellow ascetics, give them to those whom he list; as this would be sinful, he should not do so. Taking the food, he should go there (where his teacher etc. are) and speak thus; 'O long lived Śramaņa: there are near or remote (spiritual) relations of mine: a teacher, a subteacher, a religious guide, a sthavira, a head of a Gaṇa, a Gaṇadhara, a founder of a Gana; forsooth, I shall give it them.' The other may answer him:' 'Well now, indeed, O long-lived one; give such a portion!' As much as the other commands, thus much he should give; if the other commands the whole, he should give the whole.""
Thus within the order the great Master could establish a rigid system which reminds one of the primitive communism of tribal society. The conception that the attainment of Mokşa, the supreme goal of life, cannot be accomplished without eschewing selfishness completely certainly reflects the ideals of pre-class society which were ruthlessly trampled and undermined in the age of Mahavira. Complete selflessness is possible only by observing five great vows or Mahāvratas which are laid down thus: (1) non-violence (Ahimsā), (2) truth, (Satya) (3) non-stealing (Asteya), (4) celebacy (Brahmacarya) and (5) nonpossession (Aparigraha). These were for the monks who had resolved to give up worldly pleasure for the cause of the uplifting of humanity. But what could be done within the order, among the community of the monks, could not be done outside, i.e., among the greater section of the people. It was impossible to change the course of historical transformation, to check the growth of class society and state power, and to bring back the good old undifferentiated life of the past once again. Class society, despite all its ugliness was a historical necessity, and what could Mahāvīra do under such a condition was to lay
1II. 7.1.1; SBE, XXII, p. 171. II. 1.10.1; SBE, XXII, p. 113.
Page #107
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
86
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
emphasis on some of its progressive aspects and on the moral values cherished throughout the ages. That is why for the householders he laid down the Anuvratas or lesser vows which were not so strict as the greater vows to be observed by the monks. But the vows are the same, differing only in extent and rigidity.
The first vow of the monks runs thus: “I renounce all killing of living beings, whether subtle or gross, whether movable or immovable. Nor shall I myself kill living beings (nor cause others to do it, nor consent to it). As long as I live, I confess and blame, repent and exempt myself of these sins in the thrice threefold way (i.e., acting, commanding consenting, either in the past or in the present or in the future) in mind, body and speech. The second vow: "I renounce all vices of lying speech (arising) from anger or greed or fear or mirth. I shall neither myself speak lies, nor cause others to speak lies, nor consent to the speaking of lies, by others. I confess and blame, repent and exempt myself from these sins in the thrice threefold way in mind, speech and body.” The third vow: “I renounce all taking of anything not given, either in a village, or a town or a wood, either of little or much, of small and great, of living or lifeless things. I shall neither take myself what is not given, nor cause others to take it, nor consent to their taking it.” The fourth vow: “I renounce all sexual pleasures, either with gods or men or animals. I shall not give way to sensuality, etc." (all as in the foregoing clauses). The fifth vow: “I renounce all attachments, whether little or much, small or great, living or lifeless, neither shall I myself form such attachments, nor cause others to do so." (etc. as in the foregoing clauses).
It is not expected that such rigidity as regards the vows, this complete abstinence from violence, worldly things, sensuality and attachment in speech, thought, behaviour and action can be followed by common persons, the householders. That is why, they are tutored to accept these five vows in theory, but so far as the practices are concerned the great vows are reduced for laymen to their abstaining (1) from gross offences against living beings, (2) from gross untruthfulness, (3) from gross appropriation, (4) from adultery and (5) from greed. These have been specified in the Uvāsagadasāo in which the restrictions are mainly taken from agricultural and commercial activities. Gross offence against living beings is understood by fettering, beating, wounding, overloading, and cruelty, especially with reference to domestic
1 Ayara, II. 15. 1-5; SBE, XXII, pp. 202-10.
Page #108
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Incipient Stage 87
animals used in agriculture and trade. Likewise gross untruthfulness is understood by falsely accusing a person, by passing worng judgements, by forgery, etc. Gross appropriation consists in receiving of, or dealing in, stolen goods, in theft and other illegal economic transactions, in using false weights and measures, in the adulteration of goods, etc. Gross sensuality consists in offences against matrimonial faith, adultery, harlotism, incest, etc. Gross greed, the abstinence of which is demanded in the fifth vow, is understood in terms of attachment to gold, cattle, estate, cart, carriages, jewellery etc. Surprisingly enough the restrictions to be followed by the householders, exceed in number to those to be followed by the monks, which is because of the larger diversity in civil life.
These restrictions are really instructive which clearly demonstrate the social basis of Jain ethics. The ingredients of class society, as were observed by the great Master, are Himsā (violence), Asatya (untruthfulness), Adattadāna (stealing), Abrahmacarya (sensualism), Parigraha (attachment), Krodha (anger), Māna (egoisim), Māyā (hypocricy) Lobha (greed), Rāga (personal attachment), Devesa (hatred), Kleša (quarrelsomeness), Abhyākhyana (scandals), Paisunya (gossiping), Paraparivāda (telling ill of others), Rati-Arati (sexuality), Maya-Mrşa (sinful acts under the pretext of goodness) and Mithya Darśanaśalya (ascribing reality to unreal) and these are included in the category of Pāpa (Vice). Thus, the problem to which Mahāvīra was confronted directly was basically ethical, which arose out of the conflict of his own age. The doctrine of Karman, by which the Jain philosophy is characterised, is the natural outcome of his urge to restore the undermined and trampled moral values in public life.
1 Uvås, 13ff., 45ff.; Thaņa 290, Samav, 10. Besides the lesser vows (Anuvratas), there are the additional vows (Gunavratas) and the strengthening vows (Sikşāvratas) for the laymen.
Page #109
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
PART THREE
THE SOPHISTICATED STAGE
Jainism and Indian Philosophical Tradition TN the Sūyagada the Jain attitude towards different non-Jain philosoIphical systems is amply reflected. We have already occasion to refer to the four principal philosophical schools-Kriyāvāda, Akriyavāda, Ajñānavāda and Vinayavāda- which were current in the days of Mahāvīra. Of these schools the following is said: “The (Kriyāvādins) Śramaņas and Brāhmaṇas understanding the world (according to their lights) speak thus: misery is produced by one's own works, not by those of somebody else (viz. fate, creator, etc.). But right knowledge and conduct lead to liberation. He who knows the tortures of beings below (i.e. in hell); who knows the influx of sin and its stoppage; who knows misery and its annihilation-he is entitled to expound the Kriyāvāda ... The Akriyāvādins: who deny Karma do not admit that the action (of the soul is transmitted to) the future moments. They become involved in contradiction in their own assertions; they falter in their speech and are unable to respect what is said to them. This (their opinion) has a valiant counter opinion, this (our opinion) has no valiant counter-opinion; and karma has six sources. The Akriyāvādins do not understand the truth, being forward various opinions; many men believing in them will whirl round in the endless circles of birth"... The speculations of the agnostics (Ajñānavādins)5 cannot lead to knowledge; they cannot reach the truth by themselves, still less teach it to other men. The agnostics, though they (pretend to be clever, reason incoherently, and do not get beyond the confusion of their ideas. Ignorant (teachers) speak to
11, 12. 11-21; cf. I. 2.24. *SBE, XLV, pp. 317-19. '1. 12.4-10. *SBE, XLV, pp. 316-17. "I. 2.17; I. 12.2.
Page #110
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 89
ignorant (pupils) and without reflection they speak untruth. .. Believing truth to be untruth and calling a bad man good, the various upholders of Vinaya,” asked about it, explain their tenet (viz. that Moksa is arrived at through Vinaya, discipline). Without perceiving the truth they speak thus, this object (viz. Mokşa) is realised by us thus (viz. by Vinaya).''3 Although these schools are repudiated by the Jain thinkers and commentators, it is a fact that in shaping the Jain views and ideas the contribution of these schools were by no means insignificant. Frequently the earlier Jains styled themselves as Kriyāvādins. The Jain conception of evaquating the stored action and of evading its further influx from outside might have owed its inspiration to certain tenets of Akriyāvāda. Likewise the Ajñānavādins and the Vinayavādins contributed something respectively to the growth of the Jain logical system and to the formation of their disciplinary codes.
The materialists are also criticised in the Sūyagadat whose views are summarised thus: “Some profess (the exclusive belief in) the five gross elements: earth, water, fire, wind and air. These five gross elements (the original causes of things), from them arises another (thing, viz. Ātman); for on the dissolution of the (five elements) living beings
ease to exist. Everybody, fool or sage, has an individual soul. These souls exist (as long as the body), but after death they are no more; there are no souls which are born again. There is neither virtue nor vice, there is no world beyond; on the dissolution of the body the individual ceases to be... Upwards from the soles of the feet, downwards from the tip of the hair on the head, within the skin's surface is (what is called) soul, or what is the same, the Ātman. The whole soul lives; when this (body) is dead it does not live. It lasts as long as the body lasts, it does not outlast the destruction (of the body). With it (viz. the body) ends life. Other men carry it (viz. the corpse) away to burn it. When it has been consumed by fire, only dove-coloured bones remain, and the four bearers return with the hearse to their village. Therefore there is and exists no (soul different from the body). Those who believe that there is and exists no (such soul) speak the truth. Those who maintain that the soul is something different from the body, cannot tell whether the soul (as separated from the body) is
ISBE, XLV, pp. 241, 315-16. 2 I. 12. 3-4; I. 3.14. *SBE, XLV, p. 316. "1. 1. 7-8, 11.12. II. 1. 15-17.
Page #111
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
90 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
long or small, whether globular or circular or triangular or square or hexagonal or octagonal or long, whether black or blue or red or yellow or white, whether of sweet smell or of bad smell, whether bitter or pungent or astringent or sour or sweet, whether hard or soft or heavy or light or cold or hot or smooth or rough. Those, therefore, who believe that there is and exists no soul, speak the truth. Those who maintain that the soul is something different from the body do not see the following (objections): "As a man draws a sword from the scabbard and shows it (you, saying); Friend, this is the sword and that is the scabbard," so nobody can draw (the soul from the body) and show it (you, saying): "Friend, this is the soul and that is the body." These (Nästika) cannot inform you on the following points: whether an action is good or bad, meritorious or not, well done or not well done, whether one reaches perfection or not, whether one goes to hell or not. Thus undertaking various works they engage in various pleasures and amusements for their own enjoyment."1 Thus, the argument of the materialists that consciousness or Atman is produced from matter by the combination of different material elements constituting the body, and after the death of the body nothing can remain as consciousness is clearly stated in the Jain Sūtras. Although the pure form of materialism is not accepted in Jainism, it is also a fact that Jainism has an inherent materialistic approach. The world of experience has not been regarded by the Jain philosophers as having only an illusory appearence. The Jain conception of atoms in evidently due to a pure materialistic understanding of the world. In fact, the growth of Indian science owes much to Jainism.
The philosophy of fate which characterised the doctrines of Gośāla has been severely criticised in the Jain texts. In the Suyagaḍa2 the following is said about them: "Again some say: 'It is proved that there are individual souls; they experience pleasure and pain; and (on dying) they lose their state of life. But misery (and pleasure) is not caused by (the souls) themselves; how could it be caused by other (agents, as time etc.)? Pleasure and misery, final beautitude and temporal (pleasure and pain) are not caused by (the souls) themselves, not by others; but the individual souls experience them; it is the lot assigned them by destiny. This is what they (i.e. the fatalists) say. There are two (kinds of) men. One man admits action, another man
'SBE, XLV, pp. 236-37, 339-41. I. 2.13; I. 3. 11-12; II. 1. 30-34.
Page #112
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 91
does not admit action. Both men, he who admits action, and he who does not admit action, are alike, their case is the same, because they are actuated by the same force. An ignorant man thinks about the cause as follows: 'When I suffer, grieve, blame myself, grow feeble, am afflicted, or undergo great pain, I have caused it; or when another man suffers, etc., (as before) he has caused it.' Thus an ignorant man thinks himself or another man to be the cause of what he or the other man experiences. A wise man think about the cause as follows: 'When I suffer, etc., I did not cause it; and when another man suffers etc., he did not cause it. A wise man thinks thus about the cause of what he himself or another man experiences. I say this: “Movable or immovable beings in all the four quarters thus (i.e. by the will of fate) comes to have a body, to undergo the vicissitudes of life, to lose their body, to arrive at some state of existence, to experience pleasure and pain."! Regarding the Buddhists we have also some information in the Süyagada.” “Some fools say that there are five Skandhas of momentary existence. They do not admit that (the soul) is not different from, nor identical with (the elements), that it is produced from a cause (i.e. the elements), nor that it is without a cause (i.e. it is eternal)."3 The Buddhist views, especially those on Ahimsā, are vehemently criticised in the Jain texts.
So far as the Brāhmaṇical systems are concerned, it appears that the compilers of the Sūyagada were acquainted with the cosmogonical speculations of the Brāhmaṇa and Purāņic literature, with the basic features of the Sāmkhya and also with the incipient forms of the Vedānta and the Vaišeşika: “We hear also of another error of some (philosophers): some say that the world has been created (or is governed) by the gods, others, by Brahman. Some say that it has been created by the Iśvara, others that it was produced from chaos, etc., this world with living beings and lifeless things, with its variety of pleasure and pain. The great Rși said, that the world has been created by Svayambhū; Māra orginated Māyā, therefore the world (appears to be) uneternal. Some Brāhmaṇas and Sramaņas say that the universe was produced from the (primeval) egg, and He (Brahman) created the things. These ignorant men speak untruth. Those who on arguments of their own maintain that the world has been created, do
ISBE, XLV, pp. 239-40, 345-47. *I. 1.17; I. 2. 25-28; II. 6. 26-29. 'SBE, XLV, p. 238. "I. 3. 5-9.
Page #113
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
92 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
not know the truth. Nor will (the world) ever perish." On the Samkhya, the following is said: "When a man acts or causes another to act, it is not his soul (Atman) which acts or causes to act. Thus they (viz. the adherents of the Samkhya philosophy) boldly proclaim." Regarding the Vedanta1 it is stated: "And as the earth, though it is but one pile, presents many forms, so the Intelligent (principle, viz. the Atman) appears under various forms as the universe... Here all things have the Self for their cause and their object, they are produced by the Self, they are manifested by the Self, they are intimately connected with the Self, they are bound up by the Self... As for instance, a water bubble is produced in water, grows in water, is not separate from water, but is bound up in water, so all things have the Self for their cause."'5
It was against the Vaiśeşikas, especially against the Nyaya Vaiśeşika conception of God, that the later Jain logicians directed their polemics. The rudimentary form of the Vaiseṣika philosophy, as we come across in the earlier Jain texts like the Suyagaḍa, is very significant. Indeed the Jain Sutras help us to find out the original character of the Nyaya-Vaiśeşika doctrines which was essentially materialistic. "Some say that there are five elements and that the soul as a sixth (substance), but they contend that the soul and the world (i.e. the five elements) are eternal. These (six substances) do not perish neither (without nor with a cause); the non-existent does not come into existence, but all things are eternal by their very nature... And one should know the intermixture of the elements by an enumeration of them. Earth is the first element, water the second, fire the third, wind the fourth and air the fifth. These five elements are not created, directly or indirectly, nor made; they are not effects, nor products; they are without beginning and end; they always produce effects, are independent of a directing cause or everything else; they are eternal. Some however say that there is a self besides the five elements. What is, does not perish; from nothing, nothing comes. All living beings, all things, the whole world consists of nothing but these (five elements). They are the primary cause of the world, even down
1SBE, XLV, pp. 244-45.
'I. 1.13.
'SBE, XLV, p. 237.
"I. 1.9; II. 1. 15-28.
'SBE, XLV, pp. 237, 343-45. I. 1. 15-16; II. 1. 20-24.
Page #114
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 93 to a blade of grass."'l Thus the earlier form of the Vaiseșika philosophy which was known to the earlier Jain thinkers was materialistic. In fact, the original purpose of the Vaiseșika (and also of the Nyāya which accepts the doctrines of the Vaiseșika) was to offer a scientific explanation regarding the origin and nature of the world as a composite of eternal, unalterable, causeless atoms. The early philosophers of these schools confined themselves to a classification and discussion of the worldly things excluding God from their systems, while the later commentators, considering this to be a defect, supplied the omission. The fundamental textbooks of the two schools, Vaiseșika and Nyāyā Sūtras, originally did not accept the existence of God; it was not still a subsequent period that the two systems changed to theism. Although the later Nyāya-Vaiseșika conception of the Supreme Being has been strongly refuted by the Jain logicians, the scientific formulations of Jainism derived some of their main impulses from the Nyāya-Vaiseșikas.
It is to be remembered in this connection that in the earlier Jain texts the philosophical doctrines of the non-Jains are represnted as Pūrvapakşa, i.e., views of the opponents, and as such they are reproduced with sufficient distortion in their contents. Later Jain writers, however, treat the views of their opponents with greater skill and competence and also with a purely academic approach. It is due to the fact that, historically speaking, Jainism has the great fortune of being eventually represented by a galaxy of great logicians who in philosophical sophistication could easily compete with the most sophisticated of their rivals.
Jain Atheism
The Jains admit the existence of numerous gods. But none of these gods are eternal. Their lives must come to an end as soon as their merit is exhausted. The Jain gods are embodied souls, just like men or animals, differing from them in degree, not in kind. Accordingly, the functions of a Supreme God, as Lord or Ruler of the world, cannot be attributed to them. Following up their theoretical views on this point, the Jains have strenously combated, and denounced the fallacies by which the Nyāya-Vaiseșikas tried to prove the existence of an eternal and omniscient God as the Creator and Ruler of all things. The essence of the Nyāya-Vaiseșika argument, which will be elaborated
ISBE, XLV, pp. 237-38, 342-43.
Page #115
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
94 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline later in this section, is that all things, being products, presuppose a maker who has an intimate knowledge of their material cause. The refutation of this argument is found in the Syādvādamajñarī, in the commentary on the Saddarśanasamuccaya and other similar works. The Jains also controvert the views of the Vedāntins and of the followers of the Yoga philosophy regarding Brahman or Isvara as the Supreme Being and cause of the universe. But the Nyāya Vaiseșikas seem to have been their most formidable opponents in this controversy over the existence of God.
Before dealing with Jain atheism it is necessary to have a fair idea about the historical development of Indian atheistic ideas in general. It is generally held that Indian philosophy is essentially spiritual, moving round the idea of God as the basic fact of life. But this is only a fiction. It is only in the Yoga and the Vedānta, besides the Nyāya-Vaiseșika, that God is formally acknowledged. All other systems of Indian philosophy are basically atheistic. The ancient materialists of India held that the world is a spontaneous growth promoted by the chance combination of material elements, and no intervention of God is needed for creation. The early Mimāmsakas are silent about God and the later ones reject the proofs of God. According to the Mimāmsakas, perception, inference and scriptures do not prove God. God cannot act as the supervisor of dharma and adharma since he cannot have any knowledge of them. The universe having neither any beginning nor end does not require any creator. According to the the Sāmkhya, the assumption of God is ontologically irrelevant and logically repulsive. Buddhism in its original form does not concern itself with the problem of God. The Buddha's anti-theistic arguments are summarised by Aśvaghoșa. If the world has been made by Isvara, there should be no change or destruction, no such things as sorrow and calamity, right or wrong; if he is perfect, the world should be perfect; if he is the maker, the world should obey him; if he acts with a purpose he should not be called perfect; and if he acts without a purpose, he should be called either a lunatic or a bady. According to the later Vaibhāșikas, God is unreal. If things were his creation they would come into being at once. But in reality the effect comes into being following an evolutionary process. From the seed grows the sprout, from the sprout the leaves, after the leaves grow the stem and branches, then a pears the flower and then fruit. Again,
Buddhacarita, XVI, 18ff.
Page #116
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 95
God cannot be described as creator since the effect is conditioned by space and time. Coming to the Mahāyāna, we find that Nāgārjuna denies the possibility of the world being created by God. Şantideva in his Bodhicaryāvatāral refuses to admit any omniscient and omnipotent God as creator, and his polemics are directed against the theism of the later Nyāya-Vaišeşikas. The same holds good in the case of Sāntarakṣita in whose Tattvasmgraha we come across pointed answers to the logical grounds on which the theists, evidentally the Nyāya-Vaišesikas wanted to prove the existence of God. The Jains also launched a vigorous logical compaign against theism and the most sophisticated arguments and hair-spelitting analysis are met with in the polemic of Gunaratna which was directed against the NyāyaVaiseșika probans for the inference of God.
It should be remembered in this connection that although the NyāyaVaiseșika arguments in support of theism had been the main target of attack of the atheists, God had originally no place in the Nyāyasūtra of Gautama and in the Vaiseșika-sutra of Kaņāda. The Nyāya and Vaiseșika were independent in their origin, but in the course of history the two systems were amalgamated. Nyāya was the science of argumentation, predominantly intellectualistic and analytical. The fact is borne out by other designations like hetu-vidyā or the science of causes which are sometimes applied to it. Special attention is paid in this system to the questions of formal logic. The word Vaiseșika is derived from Viseșa, which means difference, and the doctrine is so designated because, according to it, diversity is at the root of the universe. The purpose of the original Vaišeșika was purely scientific, and hence materialistic, to find out the basis of substance which is the substratum of qualities and actions and the material cause of composite things. In order to understand the basis of substance the Vaiseșikas developed the atomic theory. The inference by which they sought to prove the existence of atoms is like this: Whatever is produced must be made up of parts. Therefore if the parts of a composite thing be separated, we shall pass from larger to smaller, from smaller to still smaller, and from there to the smallest parts which cannot be further divided in any way. This indivisibe and minutest parts are called paramānus or atoms. An atom cannot be produced, because it has no parts, and to produce means to combine parts. Nor can it be destroyed for to destory a thing is to break it up into its
IX, 119ff.
Page #117
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
96
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
parts, whereas the atom has no parts. Thus being neither produced nor destructible the atoms of a thing are eternal.
This is a pure scientific approach, which was originally held by the Vaiseșika school, and that is why the corresponding development of the science of logic by the exponents of the earlier Nyāya school, came to its close. Science and logic should go side by side. This also explains why the supposed founders of these two schools, Gaūtama and Kaņāda, were indifferent to the question of God. It was their commentators-Vatsyāyana and Prasastapāda? — who were mainly responsible for introducing the concept of God. The cause of the admittance of God into a basically scientific and materialistic system requires some explanation. At least one of the reasons for the admission of God in the later version of the Nyāya-Vaišeșika was the purely technical need of defending an essentially scientific hypothesis, namely atomism. It is a fact that this atomic theory was formulated in the background of an underdeveloped science and technology. Its main weakness was the want of a satisfactory explanation of the process of atomic combination, by which the shaping of matter and consequently that of the physical world was believed to have been possible. How could the atoms being by definition partless, combine with each other? The Nyāya-Vaišeșikas had to face this question from the challenging Buddhists, Vedāntists and Mīmāmsakas. The real explanation of the fact of atomic combination presupposes a great deal of development in science and technology which was much beyond the scope of the knowledge of the ancient and medieval Indian philosophers. In default of such knowledge, the Nyāya-Vaiseşikas wanted to solve this problem evidently in terms of the technology known to them, the primitive technology of manual operation, of the potter producing the jar or weaver producing the cloth. In the Nyāya-Vaiseșika terminology, the potter or the weaver is the intelligent agent without whose operation there can be no production at all. In the image of this potter or craftsman, the Nyāya-Vaiseşikas conceived an intelligent agent, the God, to effect the first atomic combination. They argued that just as the potter produced the jar by combining two Kapālas, i.e. pre-fabricated parts of the jar, so did God produced the first dyad by combining two atoms. Thus was introduced God, the grand macrocosmic potter, into the atomic philosophy.
INSB, IV, 1.21. 2 VSB, pp. 48-49.
Page #118
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 97 The result was the growth of a mass of theology that tended to overshadow the scientific hypothesis, which it was designed to fortify.1
This according to the later Nyaya Vaiseṣikas, the world has the atoms for its material cause and God for its efficient. The atoms can act only when, prior to the beginning of creation, they are con trolled by an intelligent being. God creates the world for the sake of making the beings experience the fruits of the actions of their past lives. The creation and destruction of the world follow one another in regular order. The periodic dissolution is brought about by God's desire to reabsorb the whole creation within himself. These are the natural overgrowths rising from the momentum which the conception of God acquired when admitted into the system. But the basic weakness ofthis conception of God is that, he does not create the world out of nothing, but out of eternal atoms. In spite of his alleged omnipotence, God is in fact helplessly obliged to work with the materials already existing. Here the actual function of God is extremely circumscribed. This basic weakness in the Nyaya-Vaiśeṣika conception of God has rightly been challenged by the Mimāmsakas. According to Kumārila, the idea of a concrete creator cannot be established because such a conception cannot describe the condition prior to creation. Kumārila has raised the important question how God could come into existence if such was the condition that there was no world before the creation of the world. Creation cannot be possible without any material and it is impossible to conceive that there were materials of creation prior to creation. Who was the creator of these materials of creation or whence did these materials come into existence? For this we are to postulate another creator, and another, and so on ad infinitum, but the problem will remain all the same. The same argument may be put forward also in the case of the formulation that God created the materials out of his own body. If God is viewed as being without a body, he cannot have the desire to create, and if he is viewed as having body, assuredly this body would not have been created by himself."
The Nyaya Vaiśeşikas, in order defend the existence of God, depend on the following arguments. All composite objects of the world, formed by the combination of atoms, must have a cause because they are of the nature of effects like a pot, being made up of parts and
1Chattopadhyaya, IA, pp. 254-57. *See my HICI, pp. 66ff,
Page #119
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
98
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
possessed of limited dimensions. Hence there must be an intelligent cause or agent (Kartā) without whose guidence these objects cannot be what they are, cannot attain just that order, direction and coordination which should enable them to be produced as definite effects. This intelligent cause must have a direct knowledge of the material causes, i.e. the atoms, desire to combine and reproduce them in different forms and also the power to accomplish the task. So he requires to be omniscient (sarvajña), because only an omniscient being can have direct knowledge of all these. Secondly, the differences in the lot of human beings require an explanation which must be in terms of Karma, i.e. of good or bad deeds. This stock of merit and demerit accruing from good and bad actions is called adrsta in Nyāya-Vaiseșika terminology. This adrsța manages to produce different consequences in the case of the individuals, but since it is an unintelligent principle, by itself incapable of leading to just that kind or degree of joy and sorrow which are due to the past actions of the individuals, it requires to be guided by some intelligent agent to produce the proper consequence. It is only such an intelligent agent, the omnipotent and omniscient God, who can control the adrsta of the human beings and dispense all the joys and sorrows of human life, in strict accordance with it.
Against these arguments the Mimāmsakas hold that, if it is said that the world is created by an intelligent being, just as the potter makes a pot, this cannot be any argument because, an ordinary agent like a potter can produce something since he possesses a body, has the will to produce and further he puts fourth the specific effort required for the production. None of these, however, is possible in the case of God. The production of things does not immediately follow the desire of the intelligent agent. There is no instance as such. The pot, for example, is not produced immediately after the potter desires to produce it. This being the typical example on which the Nyāya-Vaiseşikas rely, they cannot argue that the bodies, etc. are produced immediately after God desires to produce these. Moreover, when it is said that the atoms perform the work of creation, being guided by the will of God, the inference is clearly illegitimate, because the atoms are devoid of intelligence and it is impossible on their part to follow, even to understand the will of God. To this argument the Mīmāmsakas further add: God cannot create out of pity because there was no being on whom compassion could be shown. If the creation is said to be for the amusement of God, then it contradicts to his per
Page #120
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 99
fection. If the will of God is responsible for the world, then there is no room for the doctrine of Karma. Also, the idea of the utter dissolution of the world (pralaya), which is a corollary of the NyayaVaiśeşika argument, cannot be admitted, because this is not supported by experience. Like creation we shall have then to think of the destruction of the world in terms of the will of the Supreme Being. It is simply fantastic.1
The Nyaya-Vaiśeșika conception of God has also been refuted by the Buddhists. We have already occasion to refer to the Bodhicaryavatāra of Santideva, the polemics of which were directed against the Nyaya-Vaiseṣika theism. In Santarakṣita's Tattvasamgraha, and also in its commentary by Kamalaśila we come across the refutation of the doctrine of God. Here the case of the theist as it is presented by the Nyaya-Vaiseṣikas is given as Pūrvapakṣa, i.e. the view of the opponent. After stating the theistic arguments in a general way Santarakṣita quotes certain arguments for the existence of God as actually formulated by the renowned Naiyayikas like Aviddhakarṇa, Uddyotakara and others. Then he goes on to refute the views one after another. According to Aviddhakarṇa, things perceptible by two senses like earth, water and fire, and also the imperceptible substance, namely air, must be produced by an intelligent cause in the form of God, because they are characterised by a peculiar arrangement of their own parts. Secondly, the material causes of the body and other things are controlled by an intelligent agent, because they are endowed with colour and other qualities, like the yarn etc., that are observed to bring about their effects only when controlled by the intelligent weaver. As regards the first argument, Santarakṣita says that the probans of the inference that "because these are characterised by a peculiar arrangement of their own parts" consists in using a probans which takes for granted something that is really yet to be proved. Hence it reveals the fallacy of the unproved which is technically known in Indian logic as asiddha or sadhyasama. The fallacy of the asiddha occurs when the middle term is wrongly assumed in any of the premises, and so cannot be taken to prove the truth of the conclusion. Thus when one argues, "The sky-lotus is fragrant because it has lotusness in it like the natural lotus, the middle has no locus standi, since the sky-lotus is non-existent, and is, therefore, asiddha or a
1SLV, 43-113, Jha's tr., pp. 355-68.
246-93; also Kamalaśila's Pañjikā on these,
Page #121
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
100
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
merely assumed but not proved fact. The same also holds good in Aviddhakarna's argument. The expression “being characterised by a peculiar arrangement of their own parts” means that there exists a form of conjunction (samyoga) among their different parts and that as a result of this conjunction they become a "sumtotal of the component parts" a "whole” (avayavi). Thus the probans takes for granted the validity of the concepts of conjunction and the whole. But both of these concepts, on which stands the probans, are basically unproved, and with the help of this unproved probans the existence of God is sought to prove. This is logically fallacious. When a certain thing is definitely recognised, through affirmative and negative concomitance, as being the effect of a certain cause, the perception of that effect must prove that cause. The peculiar arrangements of parts in such diverse things as body, mountain and the like, however, is not an effect of this kind. In these cases no such peculiar arrangement of parts distinctly indicative of an intelligent maker is actually perceived. Hence an intelligent cause of all these cannot be inferred in the way in which an intelligent builder of the temple, pot, etc. is inferred. Aviddhakarna's second argument is also refuted on the same ground. The connection between the probans of this inference “being endowed with colour and other qualities" and the probandum "being controlled by an intelligent agent” is irregular, because in the cases of the yarn etc., such a connection is although present, in those of trees etc., it is clearly absent. Mere presence of colour by itself is not invariably concomitant with the probandum. Sāntarakṣita has also refuted the argument of Uddyotakara that 'the causes of the world, like the atoms etc. need a controller with superior intelligence, because their activity is intermittent' and that of Praśastamati that 'at the beginning of creation the behaviour of men must have been due to the teaching of some person and such a person could only be God,' and his final conclusions is that, things that are born consecutively cannot have God for their cause. It is impossible to prove logically that the creator of une particular thing is the same as that of another thing and hence it is not possible to establish that there is only one creator for all things. Šāntarakṣita's arguments which are by nature very technical have been elaborated, explained and illustrated by his commentator Kamalaśīla.
It is against this background that we are to understand the historical significance of Jain atheism. Besides the Syādvādamañjarī mentioned above, the Tarkarahasyadipikā of Gunaratna, which is actually
Page #122
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 101
a commentary on Haribhadra's Saddarśanasamuccaya, in famous for its polemic against the doctrine of God, especially against the NyāyaVaiseșika arguments. Gunaratna himself was a very sophisticated logician of the fifteenth century who was aware of the ways and means in which the Nyāya-Vaišeşikas themselves had wanted to defend their inference of God from the typical charges brought against it. Before proceeding to refute the Nyāya-Vaišeșika inference of God, Gunaratna showed how these philosophers would have themselves answered the common criticisms with which they were confronted. Guņaratna's own philosophical style is terse and technical. My esteemed friend Prof. Debiprasad Chattopadhyaya has given a nice exposition of his arguments which is also difficult to follow by the general readers who have not sufficient training in the methods of Indian logic. Hence I prefer to give below his discussion in a somewhat explanatory form.
Against the claim of the atheists that God is unreal, the NyāyaVaiśeşikas argue that the existence of God can definitely be proved by an instrument of valid knowledge, viz. inference. The inference is as follows. Earth, etc., are caused by an intellegent agent, because these are of the nature of being effects, as for instance the jar. They claim that the probans with which an intelligent cause of the world is sought is free from all the fallacies recognised in Indian logic. (i) This probans can not be an unproved one (asiddha). It is not like 'the sky-lotus is fragrant because it has lotusness in it like natural lotus. Here the middle has a locus standi. It can be proved that the earth etc. are actually of the nature of being effects because they are found to be composed in parts, not like the non-existent sky-lotus. The second inference, composed in parts, proves the validity of the main inference, earth etc., are of the nature of being effects, and there is a universal concomitance between the two, which may be exem fied by the jar. (ii) The probans for the inference of an intelligent cause of earth etc., is also free from the Viruddha or the fallacy of co dictory middle. This fallacy occurs when the middle term, ins proving the existence of the major in the minor, proves its non-existence therein; in other words, when it disproves the very proposition which it is meant to prove. If one argues, 'sound is eternal because it is produced,' we have this fallacy, because the middle term produced
ITRD, 115ff. 'IA ,pp. 167-201.
Page #123
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
102 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline does not prove the eternality of sound, but just the reverse. But this fallacy cannot occur when it is said that in the case of jar, etc., it is seen that something which is of the nature of being effect is indicative of having an intelligent cause. Here the effect is indicative of having an intelligent cause. Here the middle term is not disproving the very proposition which it goes to prove. (iii) Likewise, the probans for the inference of an intelligent cause of earth, etc., is free from the savyabhicāra or anaikāntika or the fallacy of irregular middle. This fallacy occurs when the ostensible middle term becomes an inconstant concomitant of the major term. If one argues, 'all knowable objects are fiery; the hill is knowable; therefore the hill his fiery'; in this case the middle term knowable is indifferently related to both fiery objects like kitchen and fireless objects like the lake. All knowable objects being thus not fiery, we cannot argue that a hill is fiery because it is knowable. The middle term should be uniformly concomitant and universally related to the major term. It should be related both to the existence and the non-existence of the major term, that is to say, the relation between the probans and the probandum should be established both by positive and negative concomitance. Thus in the case of the Nyāya-Vaiseșika example of the jar, etc., the presence of the nature of being an effect is definitely connected with the presence of having an intelligent cause while in the case of vacuum (ākāśa), etc., the absence of the nature of being an effect is definitely connected with the absence of presupposing intelligent cause. (iv) Finally, the probans under consideration is also free from the Kālātīta or Vädhita or the fallacy of non-inferentially contradicted middle. A typical instance of this fallacy is such a proposition as 'fire is cold because it is a substance' or 'sugar is sour, because it produces acidity,' In the first example, coldness is the sādhya or major term, and substance is the middle term. Here the non-existence of the major term, i.e. coldness is flatly negated by a stronger instrument of valid knowledge, namely perception, which already proves fire to be hot instead of being cold. This fallacy cannot be detected in the inference of an intelligent cause of the world.
The Nyāya-Vaišeşikas were also aware of other objections which could be raised against their inference of God. One such objection is that their inference can at best establish only a finite intelligent cause of the world, which is contradictory (viruddha) to the infinite intelligent cause, i.e., God. In the instance of the potter making the jar, who is a finite agent, the intelligent cause that is actually inferred
Page #124
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 103
is non-omniscient and non-omnipotent, and this cannot lead to the conclusion of the intelligent cause's omniscience. Quite aware of this the Nyāya-Vaiseșikas held that such a mode of argument would lead to the denial of any possibility of inference at all. If the concomitances are all understood in the specific senses, as the opponents like to do in the case of the jar, there remains no scope for inferential knowledge. Thus, for example, in the typical inference of fire from smoke, the corroborative instance usually cited is that of the kitchen oven, where the concomitance between smoke and fire is actually observed, but it should be understood in the wider sense of the concomitance between smoke-in-general and fire-in-general, otherwise the inference of fire in the hill from the presence of smoke therein can have no justification. The concomitance between the probans and the probandum, which serves as the basis of a legitimate inference, should therefore be viewed as a concomitance between two objects understood in their general senses and not in their specific senses. From this point of view the Nyāya-Vaiseșikas argue that what their inference establishes is simply that earth etc., have an intelligent cause in the general sense and not that these have an intelligent cause in the specific sense in which it is observed in the case of the potter. In the case of the jar, the intelligent cause presupposed, possesses a body no doubt, but such specific peculiarities do not inevitably qualify the intelligent cause. The essential factors that make the intelligent cause really effective in producing a jar are the potter's knowledge, will and effort. In spite of possessing a body, a person cannot produce the jar in the absence of any of these factors. Thus, the body cannot be considered as the cause because of its co-existence with these essential factors. Something which is merely co-existing with the real cause can never be given the status of the cause proper, just as the yellowish colour of the fire cannot be regarded, despite its co-existence, as the cause of the smoke.
Having thus established their first inference that earth, trees, etc. presuppose an intelligent cause, the Nyāya Vaišeşikas go on to establish their second inference that this intelligent cause of earth, etc. must be omniscient. They argue that just as the maker of something should have complete knowledge of the materials required for its production, so also God as the maker of every effect in the universe must possess the full knowledge of everything. Since such knowledge is evidently without any limit, God must be omniscient and one, the Supreme Agent. The variety and occasionality of the
Page #125
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
104
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
effects cannot be evidences against this oneness and eternality of God. Again, if any one argues that the proof of God is not valid because nobody ever had actually observed the production of earth, etc. by an intelligent agent as their cause, the Nyāya-Vaišeșika answer is that, it is definitely established by an instrument of valid knowledge; namely inference. Non-apprehension does not prove non-existence.
Thus having laid down and explaining the Nyāya-Vaiseșika proofs of the existence of God as pūrvapakṣa or the views of the opponent, Gunaratna goes on to refute them one after another. The NyāyaVaiseșika inference, as we have seen above, is based upon the universal concomitance between 'being effect' and 'having an intelligent cause.' Gunaratna begins with the question: What is exactly meant by the term 'being effect' by which earth, etc. have been characterised? If ‘being effect' means 'being composed of parts' and is understood in the sense of (i) the presence of the effect in the component parts, there results, according to Gunaratna, the fallacy of the irregular (savyabhicāra), because here the relation between the probans, 'being effect and the probandum 'having an intelligent cause' has not been established, the former being present in spite of the absence of the latter. The presence of the component parts also implies the presence of universal partness (jätitva, avayavitva). Gunaratna argues that in the Nyāya-Vaiseșika view, the partness presupposes the jāti in the form of jātitva or partness (indicating of generic attribute common to all class, just as manușyatva or humanity is common to all mankind and hence eternal) and, as a jāti, this partness must be admitted by the Nyāya-Vaiśeșikas themselves or something eternal and therefore uncaused. If being composed of parts is understood in the sense of (ii) being produced by the component parts, there results the fallacy of the unproved (asiddha), because here the probans which rests on the view that earth etc., are produced by the component parts in the forms of the atoms remains yet to be proved. If being composed of parts is understood in the sense of (iii) having portions, there results the fallacy of the irregular, because here the relation between the probans and the probandum has not been established. In the case of the vacuum (ākāśa), the probans, namely, 'having portions' is present, but the probandum, namely, 'having an intelligent cause' is absent because according to the Nyāya-Vaišeşikas the vacuum is eternal and hence without any cause. If being composed of parts is understood in the sense of (iv) being the object of the knowledge in the form: 'It is composed of parts,' there also results the same fallacy of the irregular.
Page #126
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 105
The second possible interpretation of being effects,' according to Guņaratna is 'the inherence (samavāya) of the being (sattā) of the previously non-existing effects like the earth, etc. in their required causes'. The Nyāya-Vaiseșikas conceive samavāya or inherence as an eternal relation which belongs to the inseparables. If so, how can it characterise the effect? When the Nyāya-Vaišeşikas themselves view the relation of inherence as eternal, 'the inherence of the being' is also eternal, and hence uncaused. The third possible interpretation of 'being effects' as being the object of the knowledge in the form: It is produced' clearly suffers from the fallacy of the irregular because here the probans 'being the object of the knowledge in the form: It is produced' coexists along with the absence of the probandum, namely, 'having an intelligent cause. The fourth possible meaning of 'being effect' as 'being characterised by transformation is also fallacious because, in the Nyāya-Vaišeşika view itself God himself shares the nature of being an effect and is being characterised by transformation.
Thus showing the fallacies of all the possible interpretations of the Nyāya-Vaišeșika probans for the inference of God, Gunaratna proceeds to show that the doctrine of God is unsatisfactory. According to him, when God is conceived as the cause of the world, the latter is viewed as his effect. An effect is something which sometimes exists and sometimes does not exist. The world does not satisfy this condition of being an effect, because it is ever existing (The Jains hold that the universe is without any beginning or any end). The world exists because nobody has any experience to the contrary. Hence, if the world is everlasting, it cannot be considered as an effect. If it is not an effect, it is idle to conjecture that it has a cause in the form of God. If it is argued that the trees, grass, etc. belonging to the world, being only occasionally existing, are to be viewed as effects, Guņaratna replies that this line of argument will lead to the absurd position that even God and the atoms are to be viewed as effects and as such will require an ancestry of intelligent causes. Even for the sake of argument, admitting that the world is an effect, it is not possible to prove that the world presupposes an intelligent cause or God. If the world is viewed as an effect in the general sense of the term, it presupposes a cause, but not specifically an intelligent cause or God, because there is no universal concomitance between “being a bare effect” and “having an intelligent cause.” On the other hand if the world is viewed as an effect in some specific sense, it is not also possible to prove the existence of God as an intelligent cause. Even admit
Page #127
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
106 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline ting the world to be an effect in the special sense in which the jar is an effect, we cannot infer any disembodied intelligent cause thereof. According to Gunaratna, the Nyāya-Vaiseșikas overlook the basic difference between the two types of their supposed effects. Effects like the jar presuppose an intelligent cause but effects like the wild trees do not presuppose any such intelligent cause. Neglecting this difference between the two types of effects, the Nyāya-Vaišeșikas want us to look at all effects as belonging to the first type. This viewpoint is fallacious.
According to Gunaratna, the very logic of the Nyāya Vaiseșikas inevitably lead us to the theory that the knowledge, will, etc., of God are also to be considered as effects. But are they prepared to admit that these qualities of God, being effects, presuppose an intelligent cause in the sense in which a jar does? To suggest that God himself is the intelligent cause of his knowledge etc., it virtually amounts to the surrender of the Nyāya-Vaiseșika position itself. This means that the probans of the inference of God is 'irregular.' In order to avoid this fallacy if it is argued that the knowledge, etc. of God presuppose an intelligent cause other than God himself, such an assumption would require infinite intelligent causes of God's knowledge, will, etc. Again, what will be in the cases of such things as wild trees, plants, etc., which, inspite of being effects, are devoid of any intelligent cause, as is proved by perception? Against this if it is argued that God being intrinsically imperceptible there is no question of perceiving him as causing the wild trees etc., Gunaratna says that in order to stick of this defence it is necessary to establish the alleged imperceptibility of God, which is not possible. The same inference which seeks to establish the existence of God cannot prove also his imperceptibility. The possibility of using the same inference for this dual purpose results in the fallacy of arguing in a circle (cakrakadosa). On the other hand if it is required to be proved by another inference, it is not possible, because any proof of his imperceptibility presupposes the proof of his existence. Even admitting for the sake of argument that God is actually imperceptible, the following questions may be raised: Why does God remain imperceptible? Is it because of the absence of his body? Or, is it because of the influence of some supernatural power? Or, is it because of the universal 'imperceptibleness' possessed by him? Gunaratna claims that these are only possible explanations of the alleged imperceptibility of God, but none of these can be logically satisfactory.
Gunaratna says that for the sake of argument the controversy con
Page #128
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 107 cerning the perceptibility of God can even be given up, but still it will be impossible for the theist to prove that God causes the world. There is no conceivable explanation of how actually God can cause it. If it is said that God causes the world by virtue of his mere being or existence, this logic is clearly untenable, because if existence is the only criterion, there is nothing to prevent the conception of the potter also causing the world. If it is said that God causes the world by virtue of his possession of knowledge, the Yogins also may be viewed as causing the world, because they are supposed to possess great knowledge. If it is said that God causes the world by virtue of his being characterised by knowledge, will and effort, it is quite illogical because without a body he cannot be the substratum of knowledge etc. If it is said that God causes the world by virtue of the 'functional intermediacy' (Vyāpāra) of knowledge, etc., like the third alternative here also the vexed question regarding God's body will arise. If it is said that God causes the world by virtue of his divinity, it is also fallacious because the implication of the term divinity is not at all clear. Then again we are confronted to another question regarding the motive that leads God to create the world. If God creates the world out of purely personal whim, it leads to the possibility of creation being at least occasionally imperceptible, because something done to satisfy a purely personal whim is not necessarily meant for public exhibition. If God creates the world under the guidance of the destiny of the individual souls, he loses his independence. If he creates the world out of compassion, everything of the world then would have been pleasant. If God creates the world for sport, and for rewarding and punishing, he is characterised by attachment and hatred. If God creates the world because of inherent nature (Svabhava), the unconscious world then may as well be conceived as coming to being because of inherent nature, and not because of his action.
According to Gunaratna any probans that may be cited to prove God as the cause of the world must necessarily be contradictory, because the corroborative instance will always indicate an embodied and non-omniscient cause. Any probans used to infer God as the cause of the world must also suffer from the fallacy of the 'counteracted' (prakaraṇa-sama or satpratipaksa), i.e. the fallacy of allowing scope for a counter-inference to prove the opposite of the desired thesis. God cannot be eternal, because only by virtue of some transformation of his own nature can God be conceived as the cause of the world. His knowledge also cannot be eternal, for this is contra
Page #129
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
dicted by both perception and inference. God cannot be omniscient because there is no concomitance between the varieties of worldly objects and omniscience.
The Jain attitude towards the conception of God thus finds a nice expression in the polemical but hair-splitting analysis of Gunaratna. If by God is understood a supreme personality responsible for the creation of the world, Jainism must be declared to be atheistic, since it deliberately rejects such a conception of divinity as self-discrepant. If God needs to create the world, it means that he feels a want which is inconsistent with his necessary perfection as the Supreme. So there is no God, and the world was never created. The Universe has neither any beginning nor any end, and hence any conception of God as creator is absolutely unnecessary.
108
Jain Logic
We have already referred to the fact that Jainism has the great fortune of being eventually represented by a galaxy of great logicians who in philosophical and argumental sophistication could easily compete with the most sophisticated of their rivals. The early Jain thinkers did not set themselves to analyse knowledge with the object of evolving a system of logic. Their object was to illustrate the truth of certain principles of their religion. But with the progress of time they had to confront with various types of arguments directed against their views by eminent logicians belonging to rival creeds. Hence for the purpose of defending their own views against the onslaught of their opponents, and also for counter-attack, the Jain thinkers developed a logical system of their own which in the history of the science of reasoning could indeed make a spectacular effect. We have already the occasion to notice the quality of their argumental sophistication and hair-split analysis while dealing with Gunaratna's polemic against the theism of the Nyaya-Vaiseṣikas.
The early Jain writers who discussed definite problems of logic were Bhadrabahu and Umāsvāti or Umāsvami. In his commentaries on the Dasaveyāliya1 and the Suyagaḍa,2 Bhadrabāhu3 elaborated a syllogism consisting ten parts (daśāvayava-vākya) and also a principle
1Ed. Leumann, p. 649; NSP. ed. p. 74.
*I. 12; NSP. ed. p. 448.
For the Bhadrabāhu problem cf. supra: also Klatt in IA, XI, p. 247; Peterson's Fourth Rep. LXXXIV; Jacobi's KSB, introduction, pp. 11-15; Bhandarkar, Rep., p. 138.
Page #130
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 109 called 'the assertion of possibilities' (syād-vāda) or 'the sevenfold paralogism' (saptabhangi-naya). Umāsvāti or Umāsvami, the celebrated author of the Tattvārthādhigama-sūtra,' dealt with the doctrine of Pramana or right knowledge and also with the different kinds of Naya or the 'mood of statements. The first Jain writer on systematic logic was, however, Siddhasena Divākara of the sixth century in whose Nyāyāvatāra' we come across a comprehensive treatment of the valid sources of knowledge, terms of syllogism, various types of logical fallacies and the methods of judgements. Of the logicians, Siddhasena Gani and Samantabhadra commented on the Tattvārthādhigama. The former's work is known as Tattvärthațīka in which the logical principles of the sources of knowledge and the method of comprehending things from particular standpoints are fully discussed. The latter's work, known as Āptamīmāmsā, consists of 115 st Sanskrit in which a full exposition of the seven parts of the Syādvāda has been given. The great savant Akalanka of the eighth century wrote a commentary on the Āptamīmāmsā mentioned above under the title Aşpasati. His independent work on logic is known as Nyāyaviniscaya which was the source of Māņikya Nandi's celebrated Pariksāmukha-sūtra in which we come across exhaustive analysis of the characteristics of valid knowledge (Pramāņa-svarūpa), direct apprehension (Pratakşa), indirect apprehension (Parokşa), object of valid knowledge (Visaya), result of valid knowledge (Phala) and semblances or vallacies (Ābhāsa). Māņikya Nandı has also mentioned in his work the Lokāyatas, Saugatas, Sāmkhyas, Yogas, Prābhākaras, Jaiminiyas and others. He flourished about the ninth century AD and his illustrious contemporaries were Vidyānanda and Prabhācandra. Vidyānanda wrote a commentary on Samantabhadra's Aptamimāmsā which is known as Astasähasri and in which the doctrines of the Sāmkhya Yoga, Vaišeșika, Vedānta, Mīmāmsā and Buddhism are severely criticised. Another logical treatise called Pramānaparikșă is attributed to him. Prabhācandra's Prameyakamalamārtanda is a commentary on Māņikya Nandi's work. He was also
e author of Nyāyakumuda-candrodaya which is the commentary on the Laghiyastraya of Akalanka.
Of other Jain ligicians of the ninth and tenth centuries reference should be made to Rabhasa Nandi who wrote a commentary entitled
Eng. tr. J.L. Jaini; cf, Hoernle in IA, XX, pp. 341ff. 'Ed. and tr. S.C. Vidyabhusana.
Page #131
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
110 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Sambandhoddyota on the Buddhist logician Dharmakirti's Sambandhaparikṣā, Mallavadin who was the author of a commentary on the Buddhist logical treatise Nyāya-vinduṭīkā called Dharmottara-tippanaka, Amṛta Candra Suri who was the author of Tattvärthasara and Devasena Bhaṭṭaraka who was the author of Nayacakra. Abhayadeva Suri who flourished about the beginning of the eleventh century was the author of Vadamahārņava, a treatise on logic and of a commentary on the Sammati-tarkasūtra called Tattvärtha-bodha-vidhāyinī. His contemporaries were Laghusamantabhadra, author of a commentary on the Aṣṭasahasri of Vidyananda called Aṣṭasahasrī-Visamapada tātparya-țīkā, Kalyāṇacandra, author of Pramāṇa-vārtika-tikā, and Anantavirya, author of a commentary on the Parikṣāmukha of Manikya Nandi called Parikṣāmukhapañjikā or Prameyaratnamālā as also a commentary on Akalanka's Nyayaviniscaya called Nyāyaviniscaya-vṛtti. Deva Suri who flourished in the twelfth century was the author of the well known treatise on logic called Pramāṇa-naya-tattvā lokālankära on which he himself wrote an elaborated commentary named Syadvādaratnākara. The former consists of eight chapters dealing with the determination of the nature of valid knowledge, determination of the nature of perception, determination of the nature of recollection, recognition, argumentation and inference, determination of the nature of valid knowledge derived from verbal testimony or scripture, determination of the nature of objects of knowledge, determination of the consequences and fallacies of knowledge, determination of the nature of one-sided knowledge and determination of the right procedure of a disputant and his opponent.
Deva Suri's contemporary was the great Hemacandra who was also a keen logician. He was the author of a most important work on logic called Pramāṇamīmāmsā on which he himself wrote a commentary. Of other logicians of the twelfth century mention should be made of Candraprabha Sūri, author of Darśanaśuddhi, Prameyaratnakoşa and Nyāyāvatāravivṛti, Haribhadra Suri (there were more than one Jain scholar of the name), the celebrated author of the Saddarsana-samuccaya, Dasavaikālika-niryukti-tikā, Nyāyapraveśaka-sūtra and Nyayavatara-vṛtti, Pārśvadeva Gaņi, author of a commentary on Nyayapravesa called Nyayapraveśapañjikā, Śrīcandra, author of Nyayaprave sa-tippana which is a super-commentary on the Nyāyapravesavṛtti of Haribhadra, Devabhadra, author of Nyāyāvatāra-țippana, Candrasena Süri, author of Utpada-siddhi-prakaraṇa, and Ratnaprabha Sūri, author of Syadvada-ratnākarāvatārikā. Of the Jain logicians
Page #132
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 111
flourishing between the thirteenth and seventeenth centuries, the following deserve special mention. Tilakācārya, author of Avašyakalaghuvstti; Mallisena Sūri, author of Syādvādamañjarī which is a commentary on Hemacandra's Vitarăga-stuti or Dvātrimśika; Rajaśekhara Sūri, author of Ratnávatārikā-pañjika; Jñāna Candra, author of Ratnā-karāvatārikā-țippana; Gunaratna, the celebrated author of Tarkarahasyadipikā which is a commentary on Haribhadra's Şaļdarsanasamuccaya; Śrutasāgara Gaņi, author of Tattvārthadīpikā; Dharmabhūşana, author of Nyāya-dipikā; Vinayavijaya, author of Nayakarņikā; and Yaśovijaya Gaņi, author of Nyāyapradipa, Tarkabhāṣā, Nyāyarahasya, Nyāyāmstatarangiņi and Nyāyakhandakhādya.'
Jain logic begins with the dictum that every judgement expresses one aspect of reality and is therefore relative and subject to some condition. It is due to the fact that every object has innumerable characters.2 Thus, a thing should be comprehended from different standpoints, and the method of such comprehension is called Naya. In the Bhagavatī-sūtra and Prajñāpanā-sūtra, this Naya, which is also interpreted as partial knowledge about any of the innumerable aspect of an object or judgement based on such partial knowledge, is divided into seven kinds: naigama, samgraha, vyavahāra, rju-sütra, sabda, samabhirūdha, and evambhūta. Umāsvāti, who explains these terms, instead of dividing Naya into seven kinds, first divides it into five kinds, and then subdivides one of the five, viz. śabda, into three kinds. Naigama is the non-analytical method by which an object is regarded as possessing both general and specific properties. Thus we may conceive rose either as a flower possessing the attributes common to all flowers or as a thing possessing attributes which are peculiar to the rose as distinguished from other flowers. Samgraha is the collective method which takes into consideration generic properties only and ignores particular properties. Vyavahāra is quite its opposite which takes into account the particular only ignoring the general. Rju-sūtra is the method which considers only the momentary entity without any reference to time and space. Sabda is the method of
1See Peterson's Fourth and Fifth Rep. A good number of the manuscripts of these texts were collected and edited by S.C. Vidyabhusana and a few of them were published in the Bibliotheca Iodica series, Calcutta. For details see Vidyabhusana HIL, pp. 172-220.
SDSC, 55. 'NVT, 29; NVT-vivrti, 29. TTDS (BI), pp. 32ff.
Page #133
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
112 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
correct nomenclature. It is of three kinds, viz. Samprāta, the suitable, Samabhirūdha, the subtle, and Evambhūta, the such-like.1 In Siddhsena's Nyāyāvatāra this classification is maintained while in Deva Sūri's Pramāņa-nayatattvalokālankāra’ the fallacies (ābhāsas) arising out of the misapplication of each of these several kinds of Naya are elaborately discussed with the help of examples. The basis of the Jain conception of Naya is the fact that whatever judgement we pass in daily life about any object is true only in reference to the standpoint occupied and the aspect of the object considered, and in view of this the Jains insist that every Naya should be qualified by some words like 'somehow' (syäd), expressing conditionality.
Next comes the question of knowledge (Jñāna, Nāna). In the Sthānanga Sūtra, 3 knowledge is divided into Pratyakșa (direct) and Parokşa (indirect). Pratyakșa again is subdivided into Kevala-jñāna (entire knowledge) and Akevala-jñāna (defective knowledge). The Akevala-jñāna is subdivided into avadhi and manaḥ-paryāya. The Parokşa-jñāna is subdivided into abhinibodha (mati) and śruti. This classification is also found in the Nandi-sūtra. In Umāsvāti's Tattvārthādhigama-sūtra Parokşa or indirect knowledge is defined as that which is acquired by the soul through external agencies, while Pratyakşa or direct knowledge as that which is acquired without the intervention of external agencies. Parokșa includes mati,5 or of existing things acquired through the senses and the mind, and śruti, 6 or knowledge of things, of past, present and future, acquired through reasoning and study. Pratyakṣa includes avadhi, i.e. knowledge of things beyond the range of perception, manaḥparyāya, i.e. knowledge derived from reading the thoughts of others and Kevala,? i.e. knowledge which is unobstructed, unconditional and absolute, which is to be attained by Yoga or concentration. These are called Pratyakṣa or direct because these are acquired not through the medium of senses. Early Jain writers like Umāsvāti confined Pratyakṣa only to the soul's immediate knowledge without any medium. Later writers like Hemacandra extended it to ordinary sense perception as well, as most other Indian
1 For illustrations see Vidyabhusana, HIL, pp. 170-71. *YVS.
Chapter 6. "Vidyabhusana HIL, p. 161. STTDS, I, 13-14. Sibid, I, 20. 'ibid, 1,9,12, 21-29.
Page #134
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 113 logicians did. In Māņikya Nandi's Parikṣāmukha-sūtra, objects of valid knowledge have been classified into general (sāmānya) and particular (viseṣa). The general is of two kinds, homogeneous (tiryak) and heterogeneous (ūrdhvatā). Likewise the particular is of two kinds, relating to things and relating to action. Siddhasena divides direct knowledge (Pratyakṣa) into two categories: practical (vyavahārika) which is the knowledge acquired by the soul through five senses and the mind and transcendental (paramārthika) which is the infinite knowledge that comes from the perfect enlightenment of soul. According to Deva Sūri, this knowledge should come exclusively from the illumination of soul and should be opposed to the three kinds of superimposition (samāropa)-inversion (viparyaya), doubt (samsaya) and uncertainty (anadhyavasaya). So long as this knowledge remains in the stage of avadhi and manaḥparyaya it is defective (vikala), but when it is free from all faults and obstructions it becomes perfect (sakala). In Jain logic the terms Pratyakṣa and Parokṣa are also applied to the understanding of Pramana or the means of valid knowledge, as we shall see below.
The term Pramāņa is generally understood as the means of valid knowledge which is also classified under the two traditional categories Pratyakṣa (direct) and Parokşa (indirect). The latter includes, according to Umasvati, inference (anumana), comparison (upamāna), verbal testimony (agama), presumption (arthapatti), probability (sambhava) and non-existence (abhāva). It is interesting to note that in the earlier stages of the development of Jain logic, the terms Pratyakṣa and Parokṣa were used in senses quite opposite to those in which they were used in Brahmanical, Buddhist and later Jain logic. Siddhasena Divakara divides the sources of indirect valid knowledge (parokṣa) into inference (anumāna) and verbal testimony (śabda). We have seen that the earlier Jain conception of Pratyakṣa had practically no bearing on its traditional sense which is suggestive of direct perception. An incipient conception of Pratyakṣa as direct perception is found in Manikya Nandi's work in which Pramāņa or means of valid knowledge is classified into direct which rises through senses, etc. and indirect consisting of recollection (smrti), recognition (pratyabhijñā), argumentation (tarka or uha) inference (anumāna) and scripture (agama). Deva Suri also maintains this calssification so far as
Jcf. Gunaratna's commentary on SDSC, 55. 2TTDS, I, 12.
Page #135
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
114 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline the sources of indirect knowledge are concerned. Regarding the Pratyakşa he goes another step further to invite perception. The division of direct knowledge into Paramärthika and Vyavahārika was probably the first attempt to shift the area of perception from the category of Parokșa to that of Pratyakşa. Regarding perception in the field of practical (vyavahärika) direct knowledge, Deva Sūri makes a two fold classification: Knowledge that arises through sense-organs (indriya-nibandhana) and that arises through the mind (anindriyanibandhana). Each of these passes through four stages--avagraha or distinction, ihā or enquiry, avāya or identification and dhāraņā or conception.
Anumăna or knowledge derived from inference is the most important aspect of logic. In the earlier Jain texts like the Sthānanga, the word hetu is used in the sense of anumāna, but in later works both of the terms have received their distinctive significance. Umāsvāti was the first important writer to use the term anumăna to denote logical inference. According to Siddhasena Divākara, inference or anumāna is the correct knowledge of the major term (sādhya) derived through the middle term (hetu or linga) which is inseparably connected with it. Inference is of two kinds, Svärtha and Parārtha. The first is deduced in one's own mind after having made repeated observations (cf. the concomitance of fire and smoke observed in kitchen extended to that of fire-in-general and smoke-in-general) while the second is its communication to others through words. Without inseparable connection or invariable concomitance (vyāpti), the constant accompaniment of the middle term by the major term, inference is impossible. This has been maintained by Māņikya Nandi, Deva Sūri and all other Jain logicians.
Hetu or reason, which serves the most important purpose as the middle term in the formation of syllogism, as we have remarked above, did not acquire a definite significance in the earlier stages of the development of Jain thought. In the Dasavaikālika-Niryukti, attributed to Bhadrabāhu, has been elaborated a syllogism, consisting of ten parts (daśāvayava-vākya), in which the term hetu has been used exclusively in the sense of reason. The ten parts are as follows: pratijñā (proposition), pratijñā-vibhakti (limitation of the proposition), hetu (reason), hetu-vibhakti (limitation of the reason), vipakşa (counterproposition), vipakşa-pratiședha (opposition to the counter proposi
1TTDS, I, 12.
Page #136
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 115
tion), drsțānta (example), aśankā (validity of the example), ăsarkāpratiședha (meeting of the question) and nigamana (conclusion). Later Jain logicians, however, consider hetu exclusively as the middle term. In a proposition the subject is the minor term (paksa) and the predicate, the major term (sadhya). The middle term or hetu is defined as that which cannot occur otherwise than in connection with the major term. Thus in the proposition, 'the hill (minor term) is full of fire (major term), because it is full of smoke,' smoke is the middle term which cannot arise from any other thing than fire which is the major term. This middle term or reason (hetu) is divided by the Jain logicians as perceptible (upalabdhi) and imperceptible (anupalabdhi). Each of these again may occur in the form of affirmation (vidhi) or negation (pratişedha). The semblance of reason or fallacy of this hetu or middle term (hetvābhāsa) arises from doubt, misconception or nonconception about it. It is of three kinds: (1) The unproved (asiddha): “This is fragrant, because it is a sky-lotus,' Here the middle-term, the sky-lotus, is unreal. (2) The contradictory (viruddha): 'This is fiery, because it is a body of water,' Here the reason alleged is opposed to what is to be established. (3) The uncertain (anaikāntika): 'Sound is eternal, because it is always audible.' Here the middle term is uncertain because audibility may or may not be a proof of eternity.
Ve have said that without an inseperable connection or invariable concomitance (vyāpti) between the major and the middle term the formation of any syllogism is impossible. If the middle term and the major term exist simultaneously, the former is called vyäpya, pervaded or contained, and the latter, vyāpaka, pervader or container. But if the middle term follows the major term, the former is called (kārya) and the latter cause (kārana). The major term is called sādhya or that which is to be proved, and the middle is called sādhana or that by which it is to be proved. Sometimes the major term is called dharma or predicate and the middle (linga) or sign. The minor term is called pakşa, the place in which the major term abides. In an inference the minor term must be explicitly set forth, otherwise the reasoning may be misunderstood. The fallacy of the minor term (pakşābhāsa) arises when one attributes to it as a proved fact what is yet to be proved. The middle term and the major term are the parts of an inference, but an example (drșțānta or udāharana) is not. Nevertheless, for the sake of explaning matters, the example (drşțānta) and even the application (upanaya) and conclusion (nigamana), are admitted as features of inference. The hill (minor) is full of fire
Page #137
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
116 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
(major), because it is full of smoke (middle), as a kitchen (example). The fallacies of example (dṛṣṭāntābhāsa) may arise in the homogeneous and heterogeneous forms, from a defect in the major or middle term or both, or from doubt about them.1
In view of what we have said above it is quite evident that later Jain logicians did not dissociate themselves from the general trend of Indian logical studies. They had adopted most of the terms and methods popularised especially by the Nyaya school. According to the Naiyayikas, an inference must be stated in the form of five propositions, called its avayavas or members. These are pratijñā, hetu, udaharaṇa, upanaya and nigamana.2 This five-membered syllogism may thus be illustrated: Devadatta is mortal (pratijñā); because he is a man (hetu); all men are mortal, e.g. Rama, etc. (udāharaṇa); Devadatta is also a man (upanaya); therefore he is mortal (nigamana). One should not fail to recall in this connection the syllogism put forward by Deva Sūri3: The hill is fiery (pakṣa-prayoga); because it is smoky (hetu-prayoga); whatever is firey is smoky, as a kitchen (drştanta); this hill is smoky (upanaya); therefore this hill is fiery. The Jains also accepted the ways and means of the Nyaya school to detect the argumental fallacies. Not only the material fallacies of inference like Asiddha (unproved middle), Viruddha (contradictory middle), Savyabhicāra (irregular middle), Satpratipakṣa (inferentially contradicated middle) and Vadhita (non-inferentially contradicted middle) were accepted, but fallacies of general nature like those of perception (pratyakṣābhāsa), of recollection (smaraṇābhāsa), of recognition (pratyabhijñānābhāsa), of argumentation (tarkābhāsa), of minor term (pakṣābhāsa), of middle term (hetvābhāsa), of example (dṛṣṭāntābhāsa) and of verbal testimony (āgamābhāsa) had as well been taken into account. Needless to say that later Jain logical conceptions derived their main impulses from the corresponding development of the Nyaya school.
But, in spite of all these, we come across an earlier stage of Jain logic which presents a different picture. The terminologies used in this earlier stage of development, although they bear an apparent similarity with the ones accepted in the history of Indian logic in general, have an altogether different significance. We have seen how
1For details see Vidyabhusana, HIL, pp, 157-224.
2TBH, pp. 48-49. PNTL, III.
Page #138
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 117 the terms Pratyakṣa and Parokṣa, used in connection with the theories and sources of knowledge, stood in the earlier Jain writtings for principles quite opposite to those denoted by the said terms in later Jain writings and also in other systems of Indian logic. We have also the occasion to refer to the syllogism of ten parts (daśāvayava-vākya), formulated by Bhadrabahu and others, which was quite different in character from the fivefold syllogism which was later accepted universally. In fact the tradition of this earlier tenfold syllogism was upheld for a long time which is indicated in the writings of Candraprabha Sūri and Ratnaprabha Sūri who had characterised the syllogism of ten parts as the best (uttama), of five parts as the mediocre (madhyama) and of two parts as the worst (jaghanya). In the case of fallacies also the earlier Jain logicians mainly insisted upon those of Naya (nayābhāsa) which were concerned with the Naigama, Samgraha, Vyavahāra. Ṛju-sūtra and Sabda moods of statements. But the most important viewpoint by which the earlier stage of Jain logic was characterised is known as Syadvāda or the doctrine of conditional proposition. The word Syad means may be which signifies that everything of the universe can be looked at from many points of view, and that each viewpoint yields a different conclusion (anekānta). Every proposition is therefore conditional, and there is nothing called absolute affirmation or absolute negation. The Jains illustrate this position by means of the story of a number of blind people examining an elephant and arriving at varying conclusions regarding its form while in truth each observer gets at only a part of it.
In the Sūtrakṛtānga-niryukti,' attributed to Bhadrabahu, it is for the first time that we come across this Syadvāda or Saptabhangi-naya presented in a completely theoretical set up. It is set forth as follows: (1) may be, it is, (2) may be, it is not, (3) may be, it is and it is not, (4) may be, it is indescribable, (5) may be, it is and yet is indescribable, (6) may be, it is not, and it is also indescribable, and (7) may be it is and it is not, and it is also indescribable.2 In defence of this sevenfold paralogism, Siddhasena Divakara says that perfect knowledge of things can be obtained only by taking into consideration all the possible standpoints. Thus a thing may be, may not be, both may or may not be, etc., if we take it from one or other standpoint. Through the employment only of the manysided Nayas may be obtained the
11, 12.
SDS, III; Cowell's tr. p. 55.
Page #139
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
118 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
real knowledge which determines the full meaning of an object. Elaborate discussion of the Syādvāda is found in Samantabhadra's Aptamîmamsă. To illustrate the problem Samantabhadra has taken the first and second parts of the doctrine, viz. Syad-asti (may be, it is) and Syād-nāsti (may be, it is not). The former, he explains, in terms of bhāva or existence, and the latter in that of abhava or non-existence. Both of these conceptions, bhāva and abhāva, existence and non-existence, are relative, e.g., a lump of clay becomes non-existence as soon as a jar is made out of it. Here the jar is an antecedent non-existence (prāgabhāva) with reference to the lump of clay, and the lump of clay is a subsequent non-existence (pradhvamsābhāva) with reference to the jar. Hence, if mere existence is only taken into account, and non-existence denied, or if non-existence is affirmed and existence denied, it becomes impossible to affirm or deny anything. Again, if both the aspects are simultaneously taken into account, i.e. if existence and non-existence are simultaneously ascribed to a thing, it becomes Indescribable. That is why, a thing is existent from a certain point of view, non-existant from another point of view, both existent and non-existent in turn from a third point of view, indescribable, i.e., both existent and non-existent simultaneously, from a fourth point of view, existent and indescribable from a fifth point of view, non-existent and indescribable from a sixth point of view, and both existent and nonexistent and indescribable from a seventh point of view.
The Jain logicians therefore think that it is desirable for the sake of precision to qualify the judgement explicitly by a word like 'may be.' The reason, they say, is that any dogmatic claim of a particular view point (ekāntavāda) amounts to the fallacy of exclusive predication. Reality is so complex in its structure that it baffles all attempts to describe it directly and once for all. Hence the limitation of a particular judgement and the possibility of other alternative judgements from other points of view must always be clearly borne in mind. For example, on perceiving a black earthen jar existing in a room at a particular time, this should not be asserted unconditionally that 'The jar exists,' but should rather be said 'May be the jar exists,' which should remind us that the judgement is true only with regard to the conditions of space, time, quality etc., under which the jar exists and prevent the possibility of the misapprehension that the pot exists at all times or in every place. Again, an object may be described affirmatively by a judgement which predicates of it any of the characters it possesses, or it may be described negatively which denies
Page #140
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 119 of its characters belonging to other objects but absent in this. But the Jain logicians insist on the conditional or relative character of both the affirmative and the negative judgements. If we consider the example an object A, we may say that it is, but it is only in a sense, viz. as A and not also as B. Thus when we say, 'May be, it is a Jar,' it is only in the sense of its existence at a particular place and time and with a particular description. But owing to the indefinite nature of reality, what is now or here A, may become B sometime hence or elsewhere. Thus when we say 'May be, the jar is red,' here A be
being conditioned by colour and other considerations. But
t remember when we posit A, that we are not stating absolutely what the nature is of the reality underlying it. May be, A is B, and not B as well, The redness or blackness of a jar depends on perception which is also conditioned by other factors like light and darkness. May be the jar is red (if observed during the day time) and not-red (when it is observed at night). Thus every object is in one sense and is not in another sense. While the opposition between the predicates is and is not is reconciled, when they are thought of as characterising an object successively, the nature of the object becomes indescribable (avaktavya). A jar is black when raw and red when it is baked. But if one asks, what is the real colour of jar always and under all conditions, the only reply would be that the colour of the jar is indescribable. In this way we come across four forms of judgements: may be, S is P; is not P; is and is not P; is and is not P and also indescribable. Three other forms of judgement can also be obtained by combining successively each of the first three standpoints with the fourth: May be S is P and indescribable; is not P and indescribable; is and is not P and indescribable. From the viewpoints of space, time, colour, shape, ingredients and so on, an indescribable existence of a jar may be affirmed, denied, and also affirmed and denied simultaneously. There may be a jar but it is indescribable, so far as its colour and shape are concerned, owing to its being observed from a distance. It may be said to be non-existing and indescribable when observed in darkness. It may also be said to be existing, non-existing and indescribable by any one whose vision is circumscribed by eyesight, distance, light or darkness. Thus, what is emphasised in Jain logic is the relative and conditional character of the judgements. An object cannot be described at all if no distinction of standpoints and aspects is made. This does not, however, mean that the different judgements about an object are merely subjective ideas of the object. They are
Page #141
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
120 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
meant to reveal the different real aspects of the object, not dependent upon the mood of the judging mind but upon the relational characters of the many sided reality itself.
Scientific Enquiries: Cosmology
According to the Jains the universe has neither any beginning nor any end. The entire cosmos is composed of substances of different kind. These substances are possessed of some unchanging essential characters (guņas) and changing modes (paryāyas). These are broadly classified into two groups--extended (astikāya) and non-extended (anastikāya). Astikāya (Atthikāya) literally means "mass of all that is”. Every substance of this kind exists (asti) like a body (kāya) possessing extension. There is only one substance, namely, time (kāla) which is devoid of extension, and hence falls into the Anastikāya group.
Astikāya substances are again divided into two kindsa-living (Jīva) and non-living (Ajīva). Jiva is of two kinds, emancipated (Mukta) and fettered (Baddha). The latter is also of two kinds, moving (Trasa) and non-moving (sthāvara), e.g. those living in the bodies of earth, etc. The moving Jīvas are again classified into five-sensed, e.g. men, foursensed, e.g. bees, three sensed, e.g. ants, two-sensed, e.g. worms, and one-sensed, e.g. plants. In the same way Ajīva is divided into four categories Akāśā (space), Dharma (conditions of movement), Adharma (conditions of rest) and pudgala (matter). Pudgala is of two kinds—the atoms (Aņu) of earth water, fire, air, etc. and the compounds (Samg. háta).3
Although there is a tendency among the scholars to explain Jiva in term of Ātman or Puruşa of the other schools of Indian thought, etymologically it stands for 'what lives or is animate. The concept bears a clear mark of formulation from observing the characteristics of life and not through the search after a metaphysical principle underlying individual existence. Thus the word in the original sens stood for the vital principle rather than for the soul. Later on, however, the question of consciousness was emphasised, and the Jivas were theoretically arranged in a continuous series according to the
1DS, 24; Uttara, XXVIII, XXXVI, SBE, XLV, pp. 152-57, 206ff.
SDS, III, p. 33; POSMS, 129-132. 'Schübring, DJ, pp. 126ff. * Jacobi in SBE, XXII, 3n. $cf. TTDS, II. 8; Gunaratna on SDSC, 47.
Page #142
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 121
degrees of consciousness. On the top of this series were placed the perfect souls that had overcome all karmas and attained omniscience and at the bottom were placed imperfect souls inhabiting the bodies of earth, water, fire, air or vegetable. But this classification was actually biological, done from a purely empirical point of view on the basis of the sense organs, such as those that have one sense, two senses and so forth.” But with the development of the idealistic bias, which saturated most of the philosophical systems of India, the Jain conception of Jīva also underwent a significant change. The biological and material considerations were gradually thrown aside and the concept of Jiva came to be looked upon as different from body, and its existence was sought to be proved in that of consciousness itself. In the first stage of this idealistic development its eternality and undergoing change of states were maintained. It was conceived as existing permanently, acting and being acted upon, as an experient (bhoktā) and agent (kartā).3 It was supposed to know things, perform activities, enjoy pleasure, suffer pain, illumine itself and other objects. In other words, the existence, function and behaviour of Jiva were conceived in accordance with those of a human being. In the subsequent stage of the development of this process, the intrinsic nature of Jiva was conceived as one of perfection and it was characterised by infinite intelligence, infinite peace, infinite faith and infinite power. Attempts were also made to solve the problem of its relation with the body by postulating that during the period of its union with matter, these features are obscured, though not destroyed. Thus the Jiva is capable of expansion and contraction according to the dimensions of the physical body with which it is associated for the time being. It becomes co-extensive with the body, Though it has no form, it acquires, just, like a lamp which remaining the same illumines the whole of the space enclosed in a small or big room in which it happens to be placed, the size and form of the body wherein it lives. It is in this way that a Jīva though formless, is said to occupy space or possess extension, its non-spatial character thus being affected by its association with matter. Owing to the inclinations generated by its past actions a Jiva comes to inhabit different
1TTDS, 11, 22-23. ? cf. Gunaratna on SD.SC, 49. 3NVT, 31; DS, 2. *SVDM, 8; TTDS, p. 16.
Page #143
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
122 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
bodies successively. Whilst the knowledge possessed by the Jiva may be boundless, that which it actually possesses is fragmentary due to the obscuration caused by Karma. That is why it suffers and enjoys the fruits of its deeds, and then, in consequence of its Karma it has acquired, goes through the succession of rebirths, and finally obtains
beration through the destruction of its Karma. So long as it feels desire, hatred and other attachments, and is fettered by Karma, it undergoes continual reincarnations. This is how the concept of Karma is brought in relation to the normative and ethical aspects of Jainism The classification of Jivas will be dealt with in a subsequent section.
Ajiva consists of the objects responding the sense-organs. It is in all respects the opposite of Jīva. It is classified into rūpa (those with form, as Pudgala or matter) and arūpa (those without from, as Dharma, Adharma, Akakša and Kāla). These five categories constitute the world or loka and beyond is the immeasurable infinite called aloka. Space or Ākāśa is divided into Lokākāśa (part occupied by the world of things) and Alokākāśa (space beyond it which is absolutely void and empty). It is in the Lokākāśa that this universe takes up only a part. Regarding the shape of the universe the Jains have a number of conceptions. Things left together hanging in space would lead to chaos since space by itself is not a condition of motion and rest. Motion and rest are conceived of in terms of Dharma and Adharma, the laws by which things are bound to produce a cosmos. Both are devoid of sense-qualities, non-corporeal and co-extensive with Lokākāśa.? The successive movements of the world are strung on time or Kāla. A distinction is made between eternal time and relative time, the latter being determined by changes or motion in things. Matter or Pudgala are figured objects existing in six different forms of different degrees of fineness and visibility and assimilating the qualities of touch, smell, colour and sound. Everything in the world except Akāśa is produced from matter. The physical objects apprehended by senses consists of atoms or Paramānus. 3 This reminds us of the Nyāya-Vaišeșika theory, but while the NyāyaVaišeșika holds that there are as many kinds of atoms as there are elements, the Jains think that the homogeneous atoms produce different elements by varying combinations. There is no God necessary
IPTSMS, 3. 2 VMP, XVI, 29; PTSMS, 85ff. *PTSMS, 80-85.
Page #144
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 123
for creation or destruction. The substances by their interaction produce new sets of qualities.
Now let us deal with the Ajīva categories one by one. We should begin with Kāla or time which makes possible the continuity, modification, movement, newness and oldness of substances-vartanā-parināma-kriyāḥ paratvāparatve cakālasya. It is the fourth division of Ajīia and falls within the Anastikāya group because it is not extended in space. It is an indivisible substance present everywhere at the same time. In a general sense Kāla however, bears the connotation of time and is divided and subdivided into seconds, minutes, hours, days, years, etc. It is empirical or conventional time (vyavahărika kāla, also called samaya). But in the real sense, Kāla is indivisible, and it is that which is continually making old things new and new things old. For example, a child grows up into a young man, and finally dies in old age, and the Jiva is forced to inhabit afresh in the body of another infant. The Jisa remains the same, but the power that made its covering body at one time old and then young is Kala. Thus the distinction between the old and the new cannot be explained without time. This is a ground on which the existence of time can be inferred. Like space, time is also inferred, though not perceived. Of other grounds of its inference, it may be said that modification or change of states cannot be conceived without time. A mango can be green or ripe at different moments of time. Without postulating timedistinctions we cannot explain this. Similarly, movement also cannot be conceived without the supposition of time. The real time or Paramärthika Kāla is formless and eternal. It cannot have the divisions of skandha, deśa and pradeśa. Some Jain thinkers do not admit time as a separate substance, but regard it as a mode (paryāya) of other substances.
Ākāśa is that which gives space and makes room for the existence of all extended substances. If a lamp is lighted it is the space or Ākāśa that makes room for its beams to shine in. Likewise a wall may be the Ākāśa for nail to be knocked, water may be the Ākāśa for sugar to be melted, and so forth. Ākāśa is divided into Skandha, desa and pradeśa (explained in the next paragraph under Dharma). It is
1TTDS, V, 22. 2 Gunaratna on SDSC, 49 (p. 163). *DS, 21. "SDSC, 49 (p. 162).
Page #145
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
124 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
of two kinds-Lokākāśa or space containing the world where the Jīvas and other substances live and Alokākāśa which is the space beyond it. Though imperceptible, the existence of Akasa is inferred on the ground that without space substances cannot be extended. Since substances are those that occupy and pervade,1 they require space as a necessary condition. It is the nature of space to give room to any amount of atoms, but this applies only to the Lokākāśa, the other part of the space being absolutely void. It is also to be observed that space is definitely singular, while Jivas and matter are of infinite variety.
Dharma and Adharma produce all possible conditions of movability and its opposite.2 Dharma is the principle of motion which helps the Jiva associated with Pudgala (matter) to progress just as water helps on the movement of a fish. Adharma, likewise, is the substance that helps the immobility of objects, just as the shade of a tree helps a traveller to rest. Without any movement on its part, it first attracts and then keeps motionless the one attracted. Both Dharma and Adharma are eternal and formless, both pervadingt he entire worldspace. Both of them are divided into three classes: skandha, deśa and pradeśa. The whole is called skandha; a part of it is called deśa, and a portion of that part pradesa. Dharma, Adharma and Akāśa do not exist in their totalities in the lower, the upper and the higher regions of the world, but only in their parts, whereas in the total world they do not exist in part, but as a whole. As conditions of motion and rest both Dharma and Adharma are passive (Udāsīnakāraṇa).
Matter in Jain philosophy is called Pudgala. Etymologically it means 'that which is liable to integration and disintegration'. It possesses colour, smell, taste and form, and is perceptible to touch. It can be consumed or destroyed and it may decay or alter its form. It is characterised by five colours (black, green or blue, red, white, yellow), two smells (pleasing and unpleasing), five flavours (pungent, bitter, astringent, sour, sweet), five shapes (circular, globular, triangular, square, oblong) and eight touches (light, heavy, hot, cold, rough, smooth, wet, dry). It is divided into four classes-skandha deśa, pradeśa, and paramāņu. The smallest parts of matter which cannot be further divided are called paramāņus or atoms. Two or more such atoms may combine together to form compounds (samghāta).
1Gunaratna on ibid. TTDS, V, 17-18.
Page #146
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 125
Our bodies and the objects of nature are such compounds of material atoms. Mind, speech and breath are also products of matter.1. The masses of matter constituting the world necessarily have to interpenetrate each other, and the units of the one must be touched by those of others. In this process the units of time are included, placed on the same level with the others and considered constant. Contraction and expansion of matter stand for different densities with the same number of its units. We propose to discuss these points more elaborately in the section on atomism.
It is therefore evident that the first and the second items of the nine fundamental categories of truth, namely, Jiva and Ajiva, were originally meant for a basic understanding of the cosmos. Although these two bear stamps of dogmatic assertions, the a priori principles by which they have been characterised can easily be detected. Early Jain thinkers wanted to understand and explain life and universe in terms of certain observed principles. They first made a distinction between animate (jiva) and inanimate (ajiva) objects and then made a thorough classification of all such objects. This was purely a scientific approach. In course of this investigation the concepts of space, time, motion, rest and matter were also taken into account and their character and qualities were analysed. Space was supposed to embrace the perceptible universe and beyond, whereas the remaining four to concern with the expansion of the world.
Scientific Enquiries: Classification of Jiva
We have seen that the early Jain thinkers in order to explain the mysteries of life and universe, first made a distinction between the animate (jiva) and inanimate (ajiva) objects. These two categories were further analysed and classified and there is reason to believe that the original classification was made from a purely scientific point of view. This was made solely on the basis of the number of sense-organs the Jiva was supposed to possess.
Ekendriya or one-sensed Jivas possess only the sense of touch. They are subdivided into earth-bodies, water-bodies, fire-bodies, airbodies and vegetative-bodies. Evidently these are being connected with the aforesaid categories of elements. Early Jain observers saw the emergence of life everywhere from the elements of earth, water, fire, and air. Life manifested in the vegetative forces became a special
1TTDS, V, 19-24.
Page #147
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
126 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline subject of study, for it provided better scope of observation. Next we come across Dvindriya or two-sensed Jivas, possessing the organs of taste and touch. To this category belong the animalculae, worms, things living in shells, leeches, earth-worms, etc. The Trindriya Jivas have three senses. Besides the senses of touch and taste, they have the additional sense of smell. In this are various kinds of ants, moths, etc. The Caturindriya Jīvas are possessed of the four senses of touch, taste, smell and sight. To this class belong the wasps, scorpions, mosquitoes, flies, locusts, butterflies, etc. The Pañcendriya Jīvas have another extra sense, namely, that of hearing. To this category are included mainly the quadrupeds and bipeds.
The animals which possess five organs of sense are of two kinds, those which originate by generatio acquivoca (sammucchanā, coagulation) and those which are born from the womb. Each of these are again of three kindsmaquatic, terrestrial and aerial. Fishes, tortoises, crocodiles, Makaras and Gangetic porpoises are the five kinds of aquatic animals. Quadrupeds and reptiles are the two kinds of terrestrial animals. The former are of four kinds- solidungular animals, as horses, etc., biungular animals like cows, etc.; multiungular animals, as elephants, etc., and animals having toes and nails as lions, etc. The reptiles are of two kinds--those which walk on their arms, as lizards, etc., and those which move on their breast, as snakes, etc. Both are again of many kinds. Winged animals are of four kindsthose with membranous wings, those with feathered wings, those with wings in the shape of a box and those which sit on outspread wings. Men are of two kinds-originating by coagulation (this is a dogmatic imposition; to this category belong the gods and other supernatural beings) and born from the womb. Those who are born from the womb are of three kinds—those living in the Karmabhūmi, those living in the Akarmabhūmi, and those living in the minor continents.1
The aforesaid classification is based upon direct observation and keen scientific approach. Later on, however, owing to dogmatic influence, and specially as a means to explain and justify the theory of Karma, we come across different types of classification, the artificial character of which can easily be detected. At the first stage, the principle of observation, which is the basis of all scientific enquiries, was given up. The five-sensed Jīvas were classified into four divisionshell-beings, lower animals, human beings and demi-gods. Other modes
1Uttara, XXXVI, pp. 171ff; SBE, XLV, pp. 206ff,
Page #148
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 127 of classification led to the following divisions: (1) Siddha and Samsārī (male, female, neuter), (2) Naraki (born in hell), Tiryak (lower animals), Manuşya (human beings) and Devatā (spritis, gods, demons), (3) Hell-beings, male lower animals, female lower animals, male human beings, female human beings, male demigods and female demigods, (4) The five subdivisions of the one-sensed Jivas as well as the two-sensed, three-sensed, four-sensed and five-sensed Jīvas, thus making a total of nine classes, (5) the old aforesaid five divisions of one-sensed, etc., sub divided into two groups, paryāpta and aparyāpta, thus making a total of ten classes, (6) first four orders of the sensed Jīvas, three subdivisions of the five-sensed Jivas (narakī, tiryak, manusya) and four subdivisions of the gods (bhavanapati, vyantara, jyotiska and vaimānika), making a total of eleven classes; and (7) combination of all these in different ways making a total of twelve, thirteen and fourteen classes.
Such divisions reveal a transitional stage in which we find attempts to bridge the gulf between scientific enquiries and the demands of a priori dogmatic principles. The latter, however, became more powerful overshadowing the former, and accordingly the purpose of classification was also changed. In order to substantiate the doctrine of Karma, a new-fangled principle called Leśyā was introduced as the basis of classification. By the term Leśyā is understood the different conditions produced in the Jīva by the influence of different Karma. The Leśyas are six in number, the first three of which are bad and the remaining ones are good. An individual is always a Saleśī because he is swayed by any of the three good or three bad Leśyās. Only the Siddhas are free from the influence of the Leśyās, and so they are called Aleši. In between the two there are six classes of Jivas, each of the classes being swayed respectively by the influence of black. blue, grey, red, yellow and white Leśyās. Of the three bad Lesyås. Krsna or black is worst of all. Its taste is as bitter as a nim tree and it smells like a dead cow. So far as the touch is concerned it is rougher than a saw. Jīvas under the influence of this Leśyā are of bad temper, cruel and violent. Any kind of misdeed can by performed by them. The Nila or blue Leśyā tastes more pungent than pepper. Its odour and roughness are same as those of the former. Jivas under the influence of this Leśyā become envious of others, lazy, gluttonous and wanting in modesty. They think about their own happiness and pre
Uttara, XXXVI. 171ff; SBE, XIV, pp, 206ff.
Page #149
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
128 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline vent others from acquiring merit. The Kapota or grey Lesyā tastes like an unripe mango, bad in odour and touch as its predecessors. A Jiva under its influence becomes a thief, a liar, an intriguing person who delights to expose the bad qualities of others and to conceal his own. Of the good Leśyās, the first is Tejaḥ or red, which is like a fragrant flower to smell, a ripe mango to taste and butter to touch. It removes all evil thoughts from the Jiva, The Padma or yellow Leśyā is sweeter than honey so far as the taste is concerned. Through its influence a Jiva controls anger, pride, deceit and avarice. The Sukla or white Leśyā is the best of all. Its taste is sweeter than sugar. Under its influence a Jiva becomes completely stainless.
This classification according to the Leśyās although applies to the Jivas in general, it was really meant for human beings in particular for the justification of the doctrine of Karma. Here we have a change in the purpose of classification. According to the Jain texts the Leśyās are not dependent on the nature of the Jīva, but on Karma which accompanies it. Thus the classification is based not on that of the nature or inherent qualities of the thing concerned but on an extra substance supposed to infiltrate it from outside. It is said that the alteration produced on the Jiva, just as on a crystal by the presence of the black things, etc., is denoted by the word Leśyā.” Thus, according to above explanation, what produces Leśya is a subtile substance accompanying the Jīva to which are attributed the qualities. The word Leśyā appears to have been derived from Kleśa.
Scientific Enquiries: Biology, Physiology, etc.
In the Uttarādhyayana and the Suyagada we come across the earlier Jain attempts to understand the mysteries of life from a scienific point of view. Although the results of their investigations in some cases have been superficially blended with the a priori principles of the doctrine of Karma, the empiric basis has not been obscured. This basis was evidently due to the classification of living beings and things without life which was a favourite subject of study among the early Jain philosophers. The classification of living beings undoubte. dly presupposed the study of biological, physiological and allied sciences.
"Uttara, XXXIV; SBE, XLV, pp. 196-203.
2 Krşņādidravyasācivyāt pariņāmo ya ātmanaḥ; Sphatikasyeva tatrāyam leśyāśabdaḥ pravartate.
Page #150
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 129
As we have seen above, the early Jain philosophers divided all living beings into immovable and movable ones. The immovable ones are of three kinds---earth-lives, water-lives, and plants. Each of these three categories is again subdivided into subtle and gross from the view-point of appearance and into developed and undeveloped from the
int of condition. This also holds good in the case of movable beings like fire-lives or water-lives. The gross and fully developed plants are of two kinds—those having one body in common and those having their individual bodies. To the former category belong guccha or shrubly plants, i.e. those from the single root or bulb of which come forth many stalks, e.g. irtaka or Solanun Melongena; gulma or shrubs which are similar to the preceding class but which bring forth twigs or stems, instead of stalks, e.g. navamālikā or Jasminum Sambac; latā, i.e. creepers as lotus, pandanus, etc., valli or creeping plants, as gourds, piper betel, etc.; and tļņa i.e. grass. Palms, plants or knotty stems or stalks, mushrooms, water-plants, annual-plants and herbs are called plants possessing severally their own bodies. Those plants of which many have one body in common are of many kinds. A list of them is given in the Uttaradhyayana. Reference has already been made to the classification of beings with organic bodies on the basis of the number of senses they possess. Animals are broadly divided into invertebrate and vertebrate, the latter beings classified into aquatic, terrestrial and aerial. And finally there are men.
As regards the origin of plant life, the Sūyagada: refers to the seed as its material cause. At the same time it is stated that the souls which on account of their Karma are to be born as trees were previously embodied in earth whence they are transferred by their Karma to the seed which brings forth the tree. Here, however, the extraneous graft of the Karma elements does not obscure the empiric knowledge. “According to the seed and place (of growth of these plants some beings-born in earth, originated in earth and grown in earth, having in it their birth, origin and growth, being impelled by their Karma, and coming forth in it on account of their Karma, grow
ing there in particles of earth, the origin of various things-come · forth as trees. These living beings feed on the liquid substance of
1XXXVI, 93-106. 2ibid, 171-202. $II. 3.
Page #151
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
130 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
these particles of earth, the origin of various things; these beings consume earth-bodies, water-bodies, fire-bodies, wind-bodies, bodies of plants; they deprive of life the bodies of manifold movable and immovable beings; the destroyed bodies which have been consumed before, or absorbed by the rind (are), digested and assimilated (by them). And the bodies of these (trees) which bring forth their different parts, are of manifold colours, smells, tastes, touches, forms and arrangement of corporeal particles."]
The Süyagada mentions four different kinds of seeds generated respectively at the top, bottom, knots and stem-as the source of plant life. The trees sprung from shoots, sprouts, aerial roots etc., are considered as a class different from those whose offshoots they are. Just as the trees themselves are originated in earth and sustained by the substances of the earth so also these parasites are born in the trees and nourised by the sap of the trees. In the same way the watery plants like Avaga (a grassy plant growing in marshy land) Panaga, Sevāla (the aquatic plant Vallisneria), Kalambuya (Kadamba), Kaseruya (Scirpus Kysoor), Kacchabhāņiya, Uppala, Pauma, Kumuya, Nalina (four varieties of lotus), Subhagasoniya, Pondariya, Sayavatta, Kalhāra, Kokaņada, Tamarasa (these are all varieties of lotus) etc. are born in water and sustained by the substances of water. The same process also holds good in the cases of creepers, herbs, gran and so on. They are all born from seeds in earth or water and developed by consuming earthly or watery substances.
Most of the animals come into existence by the process of generation (gabbha-vakkanti, garbha-vyutkrānti), but in a few cases we come across the process of manifestation (uvavāya) mentioned above and that of coagulation (sammucchanā). The process of manifestation holds good in the cases of the inanimate, near-animate, animateimmovable, and essentially elementary types of beings. Later on, however, this conception was revised to mean creation brought about with lightning-like suddenness, without any material basis, evidently in other to explain the origin of the gods and the hell-beings. Coagulation or origination by generatio acquivoca pertains to certain beings possessed of one to five senses. They grow by assimilating the materials in their surroundings. Coagulation takes place spontaneously
ISBE, XLV, pp. 388-89, *Sūya, II. 3. 3.20. 'Pannavană, 44ff,
Page #152
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 131 out of existing matter and in open place. The beings produced in this way are generally sexless. There are beings of manifold origin and birth that grow on the animate or inanimate bodies of various movable or immovable creatures. These beings are fed on the humours of different movables and immovables. For example, the vermin are generated in filthy substances and in the skin of living animals. The same holds good in the cases of different earth-bodied, water-bodied, fire-bodied and air-bodied creatures. Most of the fivesensed beings, however, come into existence by the process of generation, i.e. by male-female union. Thus, the acquatic animals of five organs of sense, viz. fishes, tortoises, crocodiles, Makaras and Gangetic porpoises, are born in this way. As long as they are young they feed on the mothers' humours, but when they grow older they eat plants and also movable and immovable beings. In the same way come into existence the quadrupeds, terrestrial animals with five organs of sense, viz. solidungular animals, as horses, etc., biungular animals, as cows, etc., multiungular animals, as elephants, etc., and animals having toes with nails, as lions, etc. As long as they are young they feed on their mother's milk, but when they grow older they eat plants or movable and immovable beings. Reptiles moving on breast are also produced by union. Some of them come out of the eggs thus produced while others come out as living young ones. As long as they are young, they live on wind, but when they grow older, they eat plants or movable and immovable beings. Five-sensed animals, walking on their arms, viz. iguanas, ichneumons, porcupines, frogs, chamaleons, etc., and also the birds with membranous wings, with feathered wings, with box-shaped wings and with outspread wings, are also born and sustained in the same way. As long as the birds are young, they are hatched by their mother's warmth.
Human embryology is discussed in the first part of the Tandulaveyāliya which also deals with human anatomy, structure of human body, the bodily functions and so on. In scattered passages of t we come across the question of age limit in connection with the reproductive power of men and women, the question of miscarriage, the shape and function of the uterus, the six different ways of joining the bones, the six different kinds of the shape of the body and many other allied subjects. In the Viyāhapannatti we come across the description of the embryo as the product as well as the cause, the function
1 Süya, II. 3.22-36.
Page #153
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
132 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline of the sperm in the womb, the relative contributions of the father and mother to the shaping of the body of the offspring, dislocation of embryo and kindred topics. The Paņņavanā is also a valuable treatise in which the structure of human body, bodily functions like breathing etc., sexual life, different senses and their materiality, application of the inner senses like speech, etc. have been dealt with. In the Süyagadat we have significant passage relating to embryology wherein it is stated that the first food an embryo takes in the womb consists in the menstrual blood of the mother together with the sperm of the father. The belief in the efficacy of the menstrual blood in the development of the embryo, has although been proved wrong with the subsequent development of the science of embryology, was once shared universally by the ancient naturalists like Aristotle or Pliny.? In the next stage of its development the embryo absorbs the essence of the food taken by the mother since it is inextricably connected with her by two tubes, one of which is for breathing and the other for consuming substances essential for the building up of the body. This has been elaborated in the scattered passages of the Thāna, Vivāhapannatti and Tandulaveyāliya in which it is stated that the flesh, blood and brain come forth from the mother and the bones, marrow, hair and nails from the father and that the sperm lives in the womb from one to twelve hours. The Süyagada passage in question runs as follows: “A man and a woman combine in a cunnus, which are produced by their karma and there they deposit their humours. Therein are born souls of different men, viz, of those born in Karmabhūmi on in Akarmabhumi, or in the minor continents, of Āryas and barbarians, as women or inen or eunuchs, according to the semenand blood of the mother and the other circumstances (contingent of their coming to existence). These beings at first feed on the menses of the mother and the semen of the father, or both combined into an unclean, foul (substance). And afterwards they absorb with a part (of their bodies) the essence of whatever food the mothers take. Gradually increasing and attaining to the proper dimensions of a foetus they come forth from the womb, some as males, some as females, some as neuters. As long as they are babies, they suck the mother's milk; but when they grow older, they eat boiled rice or gruel or both movable and immovable beings.''3
1I11, 2.21. *Thomson, SAGS, I, p. 209; Bhattacharyya, IPR, pp. 5ff. *SBE, XLV, p. 393,
Page #154
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 133 Walther Schübring on the basis of the Tandulaveyāliya, Paṇṇavanā and other canonical works has been able to reconstruct the following in regards to embryology and anatomy and to the functions of the body and sense organs. We are reproducing below the result of his researches which will appear highly interesting. The margin of fertility is 55 years with the women and 75 years with the man. The fruit remains in the womb for about 277 days. It has four stages of development, each of which has been characterised by the names Kalala, Abbuya, Pesi and Ghana. "Its weight amounts to 3 Karisa (Pala) in the first month, in the second it gets solid, in the third it rouses lust within the mother, in the fourth it makes the limbs swell, in the fifth its extremities and its head develop (pañca piṇḍiyão), in the sixth its gall and its blood, in the seventh its veins, muscles, vessels, nerves, pores, hairs and nails, and in the eighth the child is complete. The sex depends on the preponderance of either sperm or blood, in case neither prevails sexlessness will result. A sexless fruit lies in the centre of the mother, but a male on the right and a female on the left side. Its position and its condition are in accordance with the mother." From the Tandulaveyāliya (35B), we learn that the human being has 700 veins. "Starting from the naval 160 each extend upwards, downwards into the legs, downwards into the abdomen, and horizontally; 25 each contain mucus and gall, 10 contain sperm. Furthermore, there are 900 snews 500 muscles, 900 vessels, 9.9 millions hairpores, not counting the hair of the skull and the beard, and 33 million including the latter. Some figures concerning women and hermaphrodites slightly differ in giving them 670 and 680 veins respectively and 470 and 480 muscles respectively. Moreover, we learn that the male is furnished with 5 and the female with 6 inner organs (kodha) and with the former we find 9 and with the latter 11 apertures." From the same text (27b) we find that there are six different ways of joining the bones (samghayaṇa), but it is only the chevaṭṭha-joint which pertains to human beings. The shape of the body is also of six kinds.
As regards the bodily functions, breathing has been divided as inward and outward (Malayagiri's Prajñāpanāṭīkā 220b). The intervals of breathing vary from animal to animal (Paṇṇavanā 7). "As we
1DJ, pp. 141ff.
"Ibid, 142.
"Ibid, p. 143.
Page #155
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
134 learn from (Viy. 274b) in contrast to Taņd. 3b, the frequency of breathing is the same with the embryo as it is with the fully developed man; and he will retain this frequency for the whole time of his life i.e. 3773 in one muhutta. So then, respiration (ussāsa-nissāsa or pāņu) comes to be a time-measure. While the breathing of beings having two to five senses was accepted as an established fact (jānāmo pāsāmo), it seemed problematic with regard to elemental beings and plants, but it is explicitly stated to apply to them as well (Viy. 109a) and moreover, (Viy. 109b) continues in saying that 'breathing' embraces all possible matter (davvāim)."'1 We have already occasion to refer to beings with different kinds of senses and their classification. The various manifestations of elements, all plants and such beings furnished with more senses than one are also listed in the Paņņavanā in which the materiality of the sense-organs is referred to by the term davvindiya. We have also another conception called bhāvindiya denoting senses in their conditional state, meant for explaning the faculties of speech, etc.
The Jain botanical, zoological and physiological conceptions are not very different from those of other branches of Indian thinking. For the sake of comparison some aspects of these sciences as are found in the non-Jain sources may be referred to in this connection. Caraka and Suśruta have classified all the trees and plants into four groups : Vanaspati, which produces fruits without producing flower, Vānaspatya, which produces flowers as well as fruits, Oşadhi, which dies after producing the fruits, and Virudha, the stems of which scatter all around. To the fourth category also belong Latā (creepers) and Gulma (shrubs) or cartaceous plants. Grass (Trņa) and shrubs (Avatāna) are included in a separate category by Prasastapāda. In Gunaratna's commentary on the Șaddarśanasamuccaya the following aspects of plant life are recorded: infancy, gradual development, sleep and waking, response to external stimulus, catching up wounds and their healing, assimilation of food in accordance with the nature of the soil, diseases and getting out of them. Udayana also saw among the plants the facts of life and death, sleep and waking, disease and effects of drugs. According to the Jains, the generated are born either in the egg (andaya), or with the chorion (jarāyuya) or as living young (poyaya). Caraka likewise mentions four kinds of generated beings-jaräyuja, born from uterus, e.g. men and quadrupeds; andaja,
libid, p. 145.
Page #156
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 135 born from egg, e.g. fish, reptiles and birds; svedaja, born from moisture e.g. worms, flies, mosquitoes, etc.; and udbhijja, born from plant body. The boneless (anasthika) and bloodless beings, the germs, etc. belong to the asexual category. Suśruta and Nāgārjuna who made extensive study of the snakes have referred to six kinds of ants, six kinds of flies, five kinds of gnats, thirty kinds of scorpion and sixteen kinds of spiders. According to Caraka and Suśruta the essence of food produces semen and blood. The circulation of blood within the body is performed by the heart through different types of veins. A human body has seven hundred nerve-channels of which fourteen are most important. The movement of the body is caused by the winds which are of five kinds. The embryo in the womb is caused by the sperm of the semen through a series of chemical actions and reactions. The body begins to take its shape in the third month and it gets more or less complete in the fourth month. The major and connecting bones, veins, nails and hairs grow in the sixth month.
Scientific Enquiries: Diseases and Medicines
The Jain investigations in this field also began with a scientific spirit although, as had happened in the case of other sciences, the doctrine of Karma ultimately came to take the lead. Thus, for instance, we may refer to the legend of Umbaradatta which is found in the Vivāgasūya. This man was afflicted with all kinds of horrible diseases. Explaining the cause of his getting afflicted the text says that he was a doctor in his previous existence and as a doctor he had prescribed meat-diet to a patient, thus causing the killing of numerous living creatures. Hence he would be born again in worse incarnations like dog, etc., but finally he would be born as a merchant. Here the cause of his illness is ascribed to the deeds he performed in his previous lif
Still, the scientific spirit behind the diagnosis of diseases could not completely be stamped out. "As to the causes of diseases Thâņa 446a lists the following nine: a sedentary way of living (accāsaņā), bad food, too much sleep, too little sleep, constipation, anury, marching (addhāna-gamana), sitophobia, and addiction to sensual enjoyments (indiv'attha-vikovanayā). The subdivision (Thāna, 265a) into Vaiya,Pittiya, and Simbhiya-diseases and such in which different factors referred to in this connection takes a share, goes back to the allIndian system.". In Caraka, as we have seen above, five kinds of wind
libid, 151.
Page #157
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
136
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
(vāyu) have been referred to as the cause of all bodily movements. These are prāņa which controls the mechanism of respiration and vocal chord, apāna which controls the digestive faculties, vyāna which controls the muscular actions, samāna which generates heat in the body and udāna which maintains the body in general. The eaten food becomes a pulp in the stomach, and by the action of samāna wind goes to the gall bladder where it is saturated by the acid coming out from the gall bladder, and thus becomes the vital fluid which ultimately transforms into blood circulated by the heart and purified by the lungs. Thus the roots of all diseases are to be sought in the functions of wind, gall bladder and heart (respiration, growth of phlegm, etc.). These views were entertained by the Jains also.
Sixteen different diseases are mentioned in the Āyāra. They are boils, leprosy, consumption, sickness, blindness, stiffness, lameness, humpbackedness, dropsy, dumbness, apoplexy, eye-disease, trembling, crippledness, elephantiasis and diabetes. A similar list in found in Vivāgasūya 40b. “Here we come across physicians trying to practise their profession in many different ways. In this connection we may note that, as Țhāņa 427 has it, the main subjects of therapeutics are the following eight: the science of children's complaints (Kumārabhicca), the science of internal diseases (Käya-tigicchā), surgery, both small and large (Salāi and Salla-hattā), toxicology (Jangoli), psychotherapeutics (Bhūya-vijjā), the science of cautery (Kharatanta) and elexirology (Rasāyaṇa). They are nearly conform with eight parts of the so called Ayurveda.”2
Scientific Enquiries: Astronomy
Jain studies in astronomy and astral physics are recorded mainly in the Süra-pannatti and also in the Jambuddīva-pannatti. The Candapannatti, which is counted as the seventh Uvanga and which deals with the astronomical theories in terms of the moon, is completely identical in all the available manuscripts with the Sūra-pannatti. Though in its present form the former is embodied in the latter, there is reason to believe that originally the Canda-pannatti was a separate text which preceded the other one. The Sura-pannatti deals with the orbits which the sun traverses during the year, with the rising and setting of the sun, with the speed of the course of the sun through
11. 6. I 2Schübring, DJ, p. 149.
Page #158
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 137
each of its 184 circuits, with the measure of the shadow at various seasons, the connection of the moon with the stellar bodies, with the waxing and waning of the moon, with the velocity of different kinds of heavenly bodies, and so on. In the Jambuddiva.pannatti, we have an astronomical section, the contents of which to some extent corresponds with the Süra-pannatti. Besides, this work deals with the visibility, presence and temperature of the sun, circles of the stars and their mutual distances, calculations of year, months and dates, etc.
The Süra-pannatti is divided into 20 pāhuda-s. It begins with the mandalas, i.e. narrower and wider circles formed by the two suns around Mount Meru according to the seasons. Then it goes on to deal with the horizontal way of either sun through the quarters of the compass, their transition from one circle over to the next, the distance covered by one sun in a moment, the range illuminated by the suns and the moons, the figures formed by their light, the atoms of the Mar:dara which are impervious to the light of the sun, the time in which the power of the sun's rays remains constant, the course of sun in relation to day, night and other earthly time measures, process of the earth's temperature effected by the sun, and the length of the shadow depending on the height and the light of the sun. All these have been the subject matter from the first to the ninth pähuda. In the tenth and in most of the following pāhudas the moon and the stars dominate. This portion was probably the original Carda-pannatti which contains the list of 28 stars, the duration of their conjunction with the moon, the moments and portions of day and night when the conjunction starts, the relationship of the stars with the months, the new-moon the full-moon days, the numbers and shapes of individual stars, the stars as guides of the months and as the measures of the shadow casted on them by the sun, the position of the stars in course of the moon, the orbit of the moon, the division of time, the conception of yuga, the kinds of the years, the waxing and waning of the moon, the circles formed by the movement of the moon, the bright and dark halves of the month, the velocity of the moon, sun, stars and planets, the altitude of the stars, the innermost, outermost, topmost and lowest stars relative to Jambudvīpa, the velocity of the stars, their power, their mutual distance, their duration and relative number, the fixed stars beyond the human world and so on,1
It should be remembered in this connection that although the
libid, pp. 100-103.
Page #159
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
138 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
astronomical studies of the Jains included numerous subjects and categories, owing to the material difficulties and lack of technological development, the fantastic growth of the speculative and imaginative aspects could not be checked. As had happened in the case of other sciences, here too the a priori doctrinal principles obscured the limited scope of scientific postulations, as a result of which the suns moons, the stars and planets, become ultimately powerful deities for serving religious purposes. But, in spite of such shortcomings and inadequacies, it can safely be asserted that the Jain thinkers at least tried to explain in their own way the facts relating to the waxing and waning of the moon, the eqninoxes, the relative existence of the suns, moons and the known stars, the points of zodiac and other kindred subjects. They came to the conclusions that the astronomical events take place at fixed and regular intervals of time, that in the beginning of the ages the planets remain in the same line, that the stars and planets have a uniform linear motion but the uneven distances are responsible for the varying rates of their angular motion and that there are more than one sun or moon. It is known to all students of Indian history that as a science astronomy had a specialised growth in India which took into account even the Greek methods of calculation. Although its scope was limited owing to the technological inadequacies of the ancient and medieval period, its role was glorious. Needless to say that the Jain contribution to this branch of knowledge was by no means insignificant.
Scientific Enquiries: Atomism
We have already the occasion to refer to some aspects of the Indian conception of atomism which was enriched mainly by the NyāyaVajśesikas and the Jains. The Jains were probably the earliest thinkers in India to formulate the atomic theory. This theory was formulated in ancient Greece by Demokritos, Empedokles and others. The Sanskrit equivalent of the term atom in aņu. The word is found in the Upanişads without any scientific significance, however. The Jain doctrine of atomism may be summarised as follows: The matter or Pudgala has certain inalienable features, but in spite of this, the transmutation of the elements like earth, water, fire and air is quite possible. Each of these elements has a structure, and they are divisible into atoms. The atoms are all of the same kind, but they can give rise to the infinite variety of things. Matter produced by the combination or compound of the atoms are called skandha to which cate
Page #160
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 139
gory all perceivable objects belong. Our bodies and the objects of nature are such compounds of material atoms. Mind, speech and breath are also products of matter and hence constituted by the atoms.
In the Tattvārthādhigama Sūtra' it is stated that the atom is eternal as is the substance of which it is the ultimate particle. There are two grades of atoms, smooth (snigdha) and rough (rukşa). One smooth atom cannot combine with another of the same grade, but it can be combined with a rough one. This, however, does not hold good in the case of rough atoms, for they can combine with each other belonging to the same grade. The number of the atoms is infinite. Their combination is revealed in the parināma or transformation into the being of an object. Aggregates come about through different processes of amalgamation. The aggregates belong to the categories of geometrical and non-geometrical formations. The atoms are arranged in two or in three dimensional order in the circular, orbicular, triangular and square formations, but in the case of linear formation they are arranged in a one dimensional order. The formation of aggregates result in the substance of a second order, i.e., the material masses called dravja. There are eight kinds of combination through which the substances are shaped. The qualities of touch, smell, taste or colour which characterise a material substance are possessed by the atoms and their compounds. Sound along with light, heat, shadow, darhress, union, disunion, fineness, grossness, shape etc. are produced by accidental modifications of matter and hence constituted by the atoms. Since matier is qualitatively indefinite and quantitatively undetermined, it may increase or decrease in volume without any addition or loss. When it is in subtle state, any number of its particles may occupy the space of one gross atom.
Of other systems of Indian philosophy it is in the Nyāya-Vaišeșika that we come across the theory of atomism in which it is stated that all composite objects of the world are formed by the combination of atoms. There are nine kinds of substances, namely, earth, water, fire, air, ether, time, space, soul and mind. The first five are called physi- . cal elements (pañcabhūta) since each of them possesses a specific quality which can be experienced by an external sense. Of these nine substances only earth, water, fire and air can be reduced to material atoms. These are eternal and partless. They can neither be produced
ITTDS, V, 19. V, 411,
Page #161
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
140 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
nor destroyed. But the compounds made of them are non-eternal. The differences between the Jain and the Nyāya-Veiśeșika viewpoints regarding atomism may be summarised as follows: According to the Jains, the atoms are all of the same kind while the Nyāya-Vaišeşikas hold that they are different in kind. The Atomic theory of the NyāyaVaišeşikas seeks to explain that part of the world which is supposed to be non-eternal. The five substances of ether, time, space, mind and soul do not come within the purview of their atomic theory, but the Jain scheme is more comprehensive which includes many other categories. The Jains also differ from the Nyāya-Vaišeșikas on the point that all composite objects of the world, formed by the combination of atoms, must have an intelligent maker.
Jain Cosmography
Cosmography as a general plan of the cosmos also comes within the purview of philosophy for very practical reasons. The basis of Jain cosmographical speculations was not a generally adopted theory. Widely different ideas about this problem seem to have been current. There are reasons to believe that in this field of study, the Jain ideas were greatly influenced by the contemporary Brahmanical and Buddhist ideas. It should also be pointed out that, apart from what was known about the visible world, the detaild knowledge of the structure of the universe, was generally believed by the Jains to have been reached by contemplation. The main sources of our information on this subject are the cosmographic sections of the Țhāna and Samavāya, the first and second payas of the Pannavanā, the third section of the Jivabhigama with the supposed interpolated text Divasāgarapannatti which opens with a description of the Jambudvípa and deals in particular with the ring continent and oceans, and the Jambuddivapannatti which deals with Jambuddīva in general, its enclosure with the gates therein, the continent of Bharaha and the remaining continents of Jambuddiva and the benches separating them, statistical survey of the geographical detailes of Jambuddīva, visibility, presence and temperature of the suns, circles of the stars, and so on.
As we have seen above, according to Jain conception the universe is situated in the space which is divided into two parts--Lokākāśa and Alokākāśa. The latter is not properly defined in the Jain texts but is described as an absolute void impenetrable to anything, mate
Kirfel, K1, pp. 208-339; Schübring, DJ, pp. 204-46.
Page #162
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 141 rial and spiritual. The Lokākāśa is composed of two entities or essences called dharma and adharma, the substrata of motion and rest (see above), conceived as the conditions for the presence of all existing beings. It is in this Lokākāśa that our visible universe takes up only a part. According to Vinayavijaya's Lokaprakāśa, the universe looks like a human being standing with feet apart and the arms akimbo. In one such conception the said form is figured as a rotating spindle which rests on the half of another bigger spindle, or as they describe it, three cups, of which the lowest is inverted, and the uppermost meets at its circumference the middle one. In another such conception, the said form is divided into three parts, the upper, middle and lower, the lower universe having the shape of a Vetrāsana (trapezion pyramid), the middle one that of the upper part of a standing mrdanga (a kind of tabor) and the upper one that of a mrdanga. This has been explained as follows: "Three pyramids with rectangular base but with tops chopped off are put one above another, the smaller faces of the lower and middle ones and the bigger faces of the upper and middle ones touching together."'5 In the hip or according to another scheme, at the vibratory place of the spindle, the disc of the earth is placed. Below the earth are the hells and above it are the upper regions.
According to the Jain tradition, the length of the universe varies from point to point, but its height and breadth are respectively 14 and 7 rajjus. The rajju is a linear astrophysical measure which denotes the expanse which the gods traverse in six months, their speed being 2,057, 152 yojanas in one movement! The legs of the humanshaped universe are 7 rajjus, the waist 1 rajju, the upper portion 5 rajjus and the head 1 rajju, and all these measure constitute 14 rajjus, the porposed measure of the height. The entire area of the univ 343 cubic rajjus.? The world from the ground level to the hells below rests on a layer of hard water, which again rests on a layer of thick air and so on, 20,000 yojanas thick. The Svetāmbara and Digambara traditions are not, however, same is regarded to the description
XII. 3.4. 2 Kirfel, KI, p. 210. 'Colebrooke, ME, II, p. 198. *Tiloyapannatti, I, 137-38.
Sircar, CGEIL, p. 46. 'Kirfel, KI, p. 211. 'Dugar, ABS, III, pp. 226ff.
Page #163
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
142 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
of the universe, but they are more or less similar.
Below the earth-disc are seven lower regions, containing millions of hells, one below the other. These are Ratnaprabhā, Sarkarāprabhā, Vālukāprabhā, Pankaprabhā, Dhumraprabhā, Tamaḥprabhā and Mahātamaḥprabhā. They are otherwise called Dharmā, Vaņšā, Sailā, Añjanā, Aristā, Mādhavyā and Madhavī. Above these seven regions is the disc of the earth with its numerous continents in concentric circles separated by rings of oceans. Above the earth are situated the heavenly regions styled Vimānas consisting of twelve kalpas, viz. Saudharma, Aiśāna, Sanatkumāra, Mahendra, Brahmaloka, Lantaka, Mahāśukra Sahasrāra, Anata, Pranata, Āraña and Acyuta, the nine graive yakas, i.e., the heavens forming the neck of the human shaped universe, and five anuttaras, viz., Vijaya, Vaijayanta Jayanta, Aparājita and Sarvārthasiddha. Thus there are 26 heavens placed one above the other. Above the highest heaven called Sarvārthasiddha is situated Ișatpragbhāra, the place which is the final resort of all the souls.
Above the seven lower regions containing millions of hells is the disc of the earth consisting of seven continents: Jambudvīpa, Dhātaki, Puşkara, Vāruņivara, Kșīravara, Ghịtavara and Kșudravara. These are surrounded respectively by seven oceans: Lavanoda, Kāloda, Puşkaroda, Varunyoda, Kșīroda, Ghịtoda and Kşaudroda. It appears that originally the Jain authors thought of only seven island cont nents, the number being gradually increased by later writers. The Tiloyapannatti: speaks of 16 inner and 16 outer islands forming the earth and each of them has an ocean beyond it. Besides the seven island continents mentioned above the following inner islands are mentioned in the said work: Nandiśvara, Arunavara, Aruņabhāsa, Kundalavara, Sankhavara, Rucakavara, Bhujagavara, Kuśavara and Krauñcavara. The last two names are borrowed from the Puranic lists. The 16 outer islands are Manaḥšilā, Haritāla, Sindura, śyāma, Añjahavara, Hingula, Rūpya, Kāñcanaka, Vajravara, Vaidurya, Nāgavara, Bhūtavara, Yakşavara, Devavara, Ahindravara, and Svayambhūramaņa. In later Jain works more names were added such as Aruņa, Arunavara, Arunavarāvabhāsa, Kundala, Kundalavara Kundalavarāvabhāsa, Sankha, Sankhavara, Sankhavarāvabhāsa, Rucaka, Rucakavara, Rucakavarāvabhāsa, Hara, Haravara, Haravarāvabhāsa,
1 Jacobi in ZDMG, LX. 2 Uttara, XXXVI, 57-62. SV, 11-16.
Page #164
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 143 Kaņakāvali, Kaņakāvalivara, Kaņakāvalivarāvabhāsa, Ratnāvali, Ratnāvalivara, Ratnavalivarāvabhāsa, Mukutāvali, Mukutāvalivara, Mukutavalivarāvabhāsa, Ajina, Ājinavara, Ājinavarāvabhāsa, Sürya, Śūryavara, Süryavarāvabhāsa, Deva, Naga, Yakșa, Bhūta, Svayambhūramana and so on. Note, how the number of the island continents is arbitrarily increased by suffixing the expressions vara and varāvabhāsa.
The central contient Jambudvipa covers half of the continental ring. Its diameter is 100,000 yojanas and its total area 316,227 yojanas, 3 gavyutas, 128 dhanus and near 14 angulas. It is surrounded by some sort of wall, 8 yojanas in height. At the base it is 12 yojanas wide and at the pinnacle it is four. It is built by stone slabs, each 1 yojana in height, and 506 dhanus in breadth. This pillar is made by precious articles. The base is made of diamond, the supports of Rişța, the beams of gold bars, and the bolts of rubies. Beyond this pillar, is situated the paradise garden, so large and beautiful that only Indra can think of it. The wall has four gates, Vijaya, Vaijayanta, Jayana and Aparājita the first gate being in the east. The gates are all square, 8 yojanas in height, width and length respectively. The eastern gate Vijaya is at the mouth of the river Šītā, while Jayanta, the western, at the mouth of the Sitodā. Each gate is protected by a semi-divine being.
The entire Jambudvipa is divided by six mountains from which are created seven unequal divisions or zones. The mountains are called Varșaparvata or Kulaparvata, the designating terms being surely adopted from the Brahmanical Purāņas. The land divisions, thus created out of the mountains, are called Varşa or Kșetra. The names of the mountains, stretching from south to north, are Himavat, Sikharin, Mahähimavat, Rukmin, Nişadha and Nīla. The Himavat and the Sikharin are made of gold, the Mahāhimayat and the Rukmin of silver, and Nişadha and Nila of beryle. The breadth and height of these mountains are calculated having taken the southernmost zone or Varşa as the measuring unit. The measurements are given in details in the Jambuddivapannatti and in the Trailokyadipikā. The southermost Varşa or zone being the first, the second is its double, the third redouble and so on. The height of the Himavat being 100 Yojanas, that of other mountains should be calculated according to the same process.
1Kirfel, KI, pp. 253-61.
Page #165
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
144 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Each mountain range has a number of peaks. The Himavat and the Sikharin contain eleven and the rest nine peaks each. Every mountain has at its first or eastern summit a temple known as Siddhāyatana or Siddhakūta, and that of the Himavat is 50 Yojanās long, 50 broad and 35 high, and taking this as the unit of measurement the area of other Siddhāyatanas can easily be calculated according to the process mentioned above. Every mountain has in its middle a vast lake and that which lies in the middle of the Himavat is known as Pauma or Padma. Its length is 100 Yojanas breadth 500 and depth 10, the banks made of silver, the surrounding wall, of diamonddecked stone, and the bottom of gold. In the middle of the lake rises up a big lotus, one Yojana in diameter, which is the abode of the goddess Sri. Around it there are several lotus rings.
The Jambudvīpa is watered by 14 big rivers. Of these the Gangā, the the Sindhu and the Rohita flow from the aforesaid Padma lake on mount Himavat, the Rohitāmśā and the Harikrāntā from the Mahāpadma lake on the Mahāhimavat, the Haritā and the Sitodā from the Tingiccha lake on the Nişadha, the Sitä and the Nāri from the Kesarin like on the Nīla, the Narakāntā and the Rūpyakūlā from the Mahapun darika lake on the Rukmin, and the Suvarnakūlā, the Raktā and the Raktodā from the Pundarīka like on the Sikharin. The courses all the rivers are similar. The Jain writers who apparently depended on the Puranic conception of Jambudvipa held that it was divided into seven Varşas which were Bharata (not Bhārata), Airāvata, Haimavata, Hari, Hiranyavata, Ramyaka and Videha. Airavata, the central town of which is Vidyadhara and which is watered by the Raktā and Raktodā, stands next to Bharata, if viewed from the southern corner of the Jambudvipa. Haimavata, watered by the Rohitā and Rohitāmśā, lies to the north of Himavat. Its central mountain is called Sabdāpati. Hairanyavata, the central mountain of which is Malayavat or Mālavanta and which is watered by the Suvarņakūlā and Rūpyakūļā, lies to the south of the śikharin. Harivarsa also contains a mountain called Vikatapati and it is watered by the Haritā and Harikrāntā. Likewise in the centre or the Ramyaka Varsa is situated the mountain called Gandhāpati and it is watered by the Narakāntā and Nāri. The middle most and the biggest Varşa is Videha at the centre of which stands Mount Meru or Mandara, which has 16 names. To the north of Meru, between the Gandhamādana and Malayavat is the Uttarakuru country and to the south, between the Saumanasa and Vidyutprabha is Devakuru. To the east of Meru lies Purvavideha and, to the west, Aparavideha.
Page #166
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 145
These four divisions contain a number of provinces, each having a town, a nunber of mountains and a few rivers. Bhāratavarsa or India proper lies to the south of Himavat.
The Unfounded Speculations and their Ethical Considerations
Thus in the cosmography of the Jains we come across a pronounced departure from the spirit of scientific enquiry. Also in other cases there was infilteration of a priori principles and imaginative speculations, but their scope was limited both in extent and in degree. However, the fact cannot be denied that there was an intellectual conflict among the Jain philosophers themselves regarding the formation of specific principles concerning the problems of life and universe. This conflit was between objective enquiries on the one hand and fanciful imaginative contemplation on the other, and eventually it was the latter that came to dominate the entire field. In fact there was originally no difference between science and metaphysics in Jainism, but the latter ultimately emerged out as a speculative philosophy and set itself to the impossible task of prying into the transcendental beings above and behind the physical universe. It pretended to judge the reality of things by a standard, the very existence of which was not proved.
The departure from the field of objective enquiries to that of pure imagination was facilitated by the introduction of numerous divine and semi-divine beings and the doctrine of Karma. In all probability these two factors were co-existent with Jainism since its very inception, but at the initial stages of its development their scope was limited. The inclusion of a number of divine beings within the framework of a basically a theistic religion like Jainism has been explained in the second chapter. It was due to an unavoidable historical process. Originally they were the suppressed non-Vedic deities whose cults were naturally revived due to the anti-Vedic bias of early Jainism. In course of time they were multiplied, given a variety of names and epithets and also suitable areas in the cosmos to live in. They did not, however, create any serious problem in regard to the question of atheism, because they were no more than idealised human beings, intended to serve some ethical purpose. They were neither omniscient nor omnipotent. A great god was as subject to Karma as an earthworm. Evil deeds would ultimately cause his fall from the world of
Kirfel, KI, pp. 214-42.
Page #167
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
146 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
gods, ultimately to become an animal. The insect could, by good deeds in successive births, be reborn to human and then to divine estate, though even that did not free him from the power of his further Karma.
Thus more significant is the doctrine of Karma which ultimately has become the driving force of Jainism. Every beings of this vast universe is guided by its own Karma. The heavenly bodies, and even the gods, are not exceptions. Owing to the inclinations generated by its past Karma, a Jiva comes to inhabit different bodies successively. Trees, plants and animals come into existence owing to the Karma or actions of their previous lives. The same also holds good in the case of human beings. Every event of the life of an individual is due to the Karma of his previous life. Birth and death, pleasure and pain, disease and suffering, everything is dependent on this peculiar concept of Karma. Because of good or evil Karma a living creature would be reborn into any species, particularly suited to and measured by the action, from the vilest insect to a god. This emphasis on the doctrine of Karma was certainly due to the corresponding emphasis on the ethical values. These values were so strongly upheld by the Jains that Papa (vice) and Punya (virtue) became two important categories of the nine fundamental truths of Jainism (navatattva). The conception of Karma is, however, older than Jainism itself. Its origin may even be traced to the growth of agricultural societies. Its basis lay in the maxim; As you sow, so shall you reap "Karma therefore was a religious extension of an elementary concept of abstract value, independent of the individual, caste, or tribe. It could grow and ripen like a seed planted in the previous season, or mature like a debt, while it never failed to pay in exact proportion. It can be seen how this would appeal to peasants and traders, even to the Sudra who might thus aspire to be a reborn king."
1
The Nine Fundamentals and the Doctrine of Karma
Before dealing with the Jain doctrine of Karma it is necessary to have a fair idea about the nine fundamentals on which the entire Jain philosophy, evidently in its sophisticated form, rests. These fundamentals are closely connected with the Jain conception of Karma. The doctrine of Karma, as we shall see in the concluding
1Kosambi, ISIH, p. 159. "PTSMS, 116; DS, 22ff.
Page #168
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 147
part of this work, is common to most of the philosophical systems of India. This a priori doctrine has been universally accepted in Indian thought. But to the Jains it has a special significance. It is the key to the understanding of all the unexplained facts of life and universe. Ordinarily Karma means human action and is usually conceived by the Indian philosophers as leading to the good or bad results in this
or in another which the performer of the action is to enjoy or suffer. But in Jainism Karma is conceived as something essentially material which gets attached to the soul just as dust gets attached to the cloth. Hence the highest goal of the Jains is to get rid of all old Karma and to stop the influx of any new one.
Jiva and Ajīva: The nine fundamentals of the Jain doctrines are Jiva, Ajiva, Punya, Papa, Asrava, Samvara, Bandha, Nirjarā and Mokşa. We have already occasion to deal with the categories of Jiva and Ajiva. Karma is the link between the Jiva and its empiric outfit, the body. Karma by its association with the Jīva soils its nature and this consequent lapse of the Jiva from its pure state is called bondage. Not to speak of the animals and plants, the Jains think that everything of the world-even the four elements are bodies of the soul and hence can be obscured by the defilement of Karma. The Jains make a distinction between two states of matter or pudgala into subtle and gross. Things perceived consists of gross matter while the subtle matter is super-sensuous. It is this subtle matter that gets transformed into different kinds of Karma. One of the Ajiva categories thus produces Karma which by its influx causes defilement of the Jiva. “The defilement of the souls takes place in the following way. Subtle matter ready to be transformed into Karma pours into the soul (i.e. Jiva); this is called influx (āsrava). In the usual state of things a soul harbours passion (Kaşāya) which acts like a viscous substance and retain the subtle matter coming into contact with the soul; the subtle matter thus caught by the soul enters, as it were, into a chemical combination with it; this is called binding (bandha) of Karma-matter. The subtle matter 'bound' or amalgamated by the soul is transformed into eight kinds of Karma, and form a kind of subtle body (Kārmana-sarīra) which clings to the soul in all its migrations and future births and determines the individual state and lot of that particular soul... Now, when a particular Karma has produced its effect in the way described, it is discharged or purged from the soul. This process of 'purging off' is called nirjarā. When this process goes on without interruption, Karma-matter will, in the end,
Page #169
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
148 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline be discharged from the soul, and the latter now freed from the weight which had kept it down before the time of its liberation (for matter is heavy and Karma is material), goes up in a straight line to the top of the universe where the liberated souls dwell.”'l
Punya and Pāpa: This conception of Karma follows directly from Jain ethics. Meritorious actions are needed for extinguishing the existing Karma and to stop its further influx. Abstinence from sinful acts also helps this process. The two fundamentals of Punya and Pāpa are concerned with these acts. We have already referred to the nine kinds of Punya and eighteen kinds of Pāpa.? There are fortytwo ways in which the reward of Punya can be reaped. Birth as a human being is itself a reward of merit. The higher reward one obtains when he is born of a high family. Beauty, vigour, strength, happiness, etc. are different forms of rewards. More important rewards consist in having birth in different categories of gods, but the highest reward which a man can seek is that which leads him to become a Tirthamkara. Likewise there are eighty-four consequences of sins. It has evil effects on knowledge, intellect, sight, slumber and so on. It effects the beings to be born in the next incarnation in many ways. It also results in personal ugliness of many kinds, in the loss of bodily strength and in various deformities in the human body. Certain sins condemn the soul that commits them to be born in the next life in the class of degraded species. Other sins prevent the soul from acquiring the full number of powers and senses that belong to the class in which it is born.
The actions of mind, speech and body continually produce certain subtle Karma matters which pour themselves into the Jiva and stick there by coming into contact with its passions. These passions are collectively called Kaşāya. They act like viscous substances in retaining the inpouring Karma matter. They consist of four sins-anger, conceit, intrigue and greed (Krodha, Māna, Māyā and Lobha). Each of these four sins is taken into account from four viewpoints--- Anantānubandhi (when the sin is cherished throughout the whole life), Apratyakhyäna (when it is cherished for a year), Pratyākhyāna (when it is cherished only for four months) and Sañjyalana (when it is cherished for a while). Besides these sixteen categories of Kaşāya there are nine others making a total of twenty-five. These are laughter (häsya),
Jocobi in ERE, VII, pp. 168-69. 2see Part Two.
Page #170
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The sophisticated Stage 149 pleasure (rati), disgust (arati), fear (bhaya), grief (soka) and four other minor faults. Such moods as laughing, pleasure, fear, grief and loathing do not, however, count among the chief passions and are called nokaṣāya for that reason. Sexual consciousness as man or woman or neuter has also been referred to in this connection. The Kaṣāyas result in tying men to the cycle of rebirth. They cannot be removed except by a control of the senses. Their motives are said to be space, object and body. They depend on impressions made by all colours, different kinds of taste and smell, and the four sensationswarm, cold, soft and rough-and these they have in common with the central offences and all other sins."
In Hemachandra's Yogaśāstra certain rules of moral behaviour are recorded under the caritra, or cessation from doing all that is evil, in which we have an interpretation of the celebrated five vows. Certain external rules of conduct are also included in this categoryiryyā (precaution while walking to prevent oneself from treading on insects, etc.), bhāsā (to talk pleasantly), işana (to beg alms in proper monastic manner), dānasamiti (inspection of seats to avoid transgressions), utsargasamiti (careful movement of the body), manogupti (to remove all false thoughts), vāggupti (absolute silence), kāyagupti (steadiness of the body), etc. Duties for householders are digvirati (to desist from injuring living beings), bhogapabhogamāna (to desist from drinking liquors, etc.), anarthadanda consisting of apadhyāna, pāpopadeśa, himsopakāridāna (desisting from evil, injurious and violent acts directly and indirectly) pramādācaraņa (desisting from excitement), and sikṣāpadavrata consisting of sāmayikavrata (to treat all beings equally), deśavakāśikavrata, posadhavrata (different kinds of restric
1 atithisamvibhāgayrata (to make gifts to guests). No kind of asceticism (tapas) can be of any good until the mind is purified. When a man learns to look upon all beings with equality (samatva) he can conquer rāga and dveşa. In order to effect this equality he should have to think the transitoriness (anityatā) of all things. He should think that even the gods are subject to death. The world is full of misery and men are differentiated from one another by the Karma they acquire individually. He should think that the practice of
The effects of the Kaşāyas are given in details in Dasav. VIII, 37-39; cf. Sūya, I, 1, 4, 11ff. ; 1, 2, 2, 29; I, 9, 11. They are also recorded in the scattered passages of other Angas.
'Ed. Windisch in ZDMG, 1874. *cf. DS (Vrtri), 35.
Page #171
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
150 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
the ten virtues of self-control (samyama) truthfulness (sunrta), purity (sauca), chastity (brahma), greedlessness (akiñcanatā), asceticism (tapas), forbearance (kṣanti), mildness (mārdava), sincerity (rjutā) and emancipation (mukti) can alone help in the achievement of the highest goal.
Asrava: All kinds of Jivas, as we have seen above, have to suffer the worldly experiences in diverse spheres of life on account of the Karma they acquire individually. We have also seen that Karma is the transformation of subtle matter. It is constituted by certain sorts of infra-atomic particles of matter. The influx of these Karma particles into the soul is called Asrava in Jainism. Just as water flows into a boat through a hole in it, so also the Asravas represent the channels or modes through which the Karmas enter the soul.
Asrava is broadly classified into bhāvāsrava and karmasrava, the former denoting thought-activities through which the Karma particles enter the soul, and the latter, their actual entrance. The bhavasravas are generally of five kinds, namely delusion (mithyatva), want of control (avirati) inadvertence (pramāda), activities of body, mind and speech (yoga) and passions (kaṣāyas). Each of these categories has further been subdivided. Thus mithyatva is of five kinds, viz., ekanta or false belief unknowingly accepted and uncritically followed, viparita or uncertainty in the nature of truth, vinaya or retention of a belief knowing it to be false, samsaya or doubt and ajñāna or ignorance. Avirati also is of five kinds-himsa or violence, anṛta or falsehood, caurya or stealing, abrahma or incontinence and parigrahākankṣā or desire to possess things of other persons. Likewise pramāda is of five kinds-vikatha or bad conversation, kaṣāya or passions, indriya or sensuality, nidra or sleep and raga or attachment. The subdivisions of yoga and kaṣāya we have enumerated above.1
Just as the bhāvāsravas are concerned with the internal aspects, so also the dravyasravas are concerned with the externals. Both of these make room for karmasrava, i.e., actual entrance of the Karma matter into the Jiva. The actual influx of Karma affects the soul in eight ways in accordance with which it is divided into eight kinds, namely jñānāvaraniya, darśanāvaranīya, vedanīya, mohanīya, āyu, nāma, gotra and antaraya. The influxes take place only as a result of the bhāvāsrava or the reprehensible thought activities, or changes (pariņāma) of the Jiva. There are forty-two ways through which the said process
1DS, 29-30 also Vrtti.
Page #172
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 151 works out. Of these, seventeen are major which consist of five indriyas, four kaşāyas, five avratas and three yogas. The easiest way for Karma to enter is through the five senses of sight, hearing, smell, taste and touch. Then come the activities of the four passions or kaşāyas, namely, anger, conceit, deceit and avarice. Again, through not taking the five great vows evil Karma may flow in five ways (pañca-avratas). Lastly, Karma will also flow into any soul which allows mind, speech and body to become entangled with material objects. Besides these seventeen major ways, there are twenty-five minor ways by which Karma is acquired.
Samvara: The way in which the influx of Karma can be checked is called Samvara, “As a large tank, when its supply of water has been stopped, gradually dries up by the consumption of water and by evaporation, so the Karma of a monk, which he acquired in millions of births, is annihilated by austerities, if there is no influx of bad Karma.". The ideal of liberation can thus be realised only by the stoppage and shedding of Karma. Samvara is that which stops. By it the channels through which Karma finds entrance into the soul can be blocked. Corresponding to the two modes of influx of Karmas (bhāvāsrava and dravyäsrava) are two kinds of control, opposing this influx, and they are respectively called bhāvasamvara and dravyasamvara.? To the former category belong (1) the five vows, (2) the samitis consisting of the avoidance of the killing of the insects (iryā), gentle and holy talk (bhāṣā), receiving proper alms (eșaņā) etc., (3) guptis or restraints of body, speech and mind (4) dharmas consisting of the ten virtues, (5) anuprekşā consisting of meditations of various forms, (6) parişahājaya consisting of conquering all kinds of external conditions and (7) caritra or right conduct. The total number of all these restraints is fifty-seven. Besides the three kinds of samiti mentioned above we have two more belonging to this category-ādānanikşepana (careful use of material objects) and partithāpana (careful disposal of the extras). Parisahā is of twenty-two kinds which demand endurance of hunger, thirst, heat, cold, lack of garments, and so on. We have already referred to the ten virtues consisting of self-control, truthfulness, purity, chastity, greedlessness, asceticism, forbearance, mildness, sincerity and spirit of liberation. Caritra is of five kindsto give up evil conduct (sāmāyika), to believe in repentance (chedopas
ISBE, XLV, p. 174. 2DS (Vrtti) 35; VP, XVI, 67-68.
Page #173
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
152 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
thāpana), to practise non-violence and other virtues (parihāraviśuddha) to control passions (sukṣmasamparyāya) and to follow the five rules of conduct (yathākhyāta). The Jain texts are not unanimous in the interpretation of all these. There are twelve kinds of Anuprekşā or Bhāvanā, i.e., meditation--anitya (all things are transient), aśaraņa (there is no shelter for anyone), samsāra (the cycle of rebirth), ekatva (every one is unaccompanied), anyatva (reality of the soul as separate from the body), aśauca (the body should be despised), ásrava (thinking about the evil influence of passions), samvara (reflecting on the way to stop the influx of Karma), nirjarā (thinking about performing austerities), loka (thinking about the universe), bodhi (belief in the possibility of getting better) and dharma (belief in the truth of the creed).
Bandha: The seventh principle of the Jain philosophy deals with the bondage of the soul to Karma. It is what binds the soul to the body. It is caused by the union of the soul with pudgala. There are four ways in which such bondage takes place. These ways have been classified according to their nature (praksti), duration (sthiti), intensity (anubhāga) and mass (pradeśa). The states of thought which condition the accumulation of Karma are called bhāvabandha and the actual bondage of the soul is technically called dravyabandha. It is on account of the former that the actual connection between Karma and the Jiva takes place. The real connection of the Karma with the Jiva is like the sticking of the dust on an oily cloth. If oil is spilled on a cloth, dust will easily adhere. The cloth represents the Jiva, the oil the passions, transgressions and activities (Kaṣāya, Pramāda, Avrata, Yoga), and the dust, the pudgala. Thus bandha is caused by wrong belief (mithyādarśana), non-renunciation (avirati), carelessness (pramada), passions (kaşāya) and vibrations set up in the soul through mind, body and speech (yoga).
Nirjară: It is the purging off of the Karmas, and of two kinds bhāva and dravya, the former meaning the change in the soul by virtue of which the Karma particles are destroyed, and the latter, the actual destruction of the Karma particles either by the reaping of their effects or by penances before their time of fruition, called savipāka and avipaka Nirjarās respectively. One of the chief ways
Icf SBE, XLV, pp. 9ff, 130ff, 186, 276ff.. 330. 2DS (Vrtti), 30ff.; VP, XVI, 44.
TTDS, VII, p. 1. "ibid, IX, 47.
Page #174
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 153
of annihilating the Karma is the practice of austerities which are of two kinds—exterior (bāhya) and interior (abhyantara). There are six exterior austerities-anaśana (to take a vow to fast), unodarī (partial fasting, i.e. to take food a mouthful less every day, thus gradually decreasing the quantity), vrttisarksepa (limiting the food that one eats), rasatyāga (abstinence from taking tasteful food), kāyakleśa (physical suffering) and samlinatā (avoidance of temptation by control). Likewise the interior austerities are prāyaścitta (penance), vinaya (reverence), vaiyāvacca (service to others), svādhyāya (study), dhyāna (meditation) and utsarga (absolute indifference to the body and its needs). These austerities remind us of the Guņasthānas, to be treated in a subsequent section.
Moksa: When the Jīva is freed from the all bondage to Karma and has passed for ever beyond the possibility of rebirth, it is said to have attained Mokṣa or liberation. This is the last of the nine Jain fundamentals. It is the state of pure happiness (anantasukha), pure and infinite knowledge (anantajñāna) and infinite perception (anantadarśana).' It is the state of freedom from action and desire, of utter and absolute quiescence, of rest that knows no change or ending and of peace which is passionless and ineffable. Every Jiva has the potentialities of liberation, but the state is achieved by faith, knowledge and conduct.? “The liberated is not long or small...nor black, nor blue, nor bitter, nor pungent, neither cold nor hot...without body, without rebirth.. he perceives, he knows, but there is no analogy (whereby we can know the nature of the liberated soul); its essence is without form; there is no condition of the unconditioned."Though the Karma of man is constantly determining him in various ways, yet there is in him infinite capacity or power for right action (anantavīrya). It is thus by an exercise of this power that man can overcome all Karma and become finally liberated. Liberation is an eternal upward movement (nityordhvagamanam mukti).
A being who has attained Mokşa is called a Siddha or perfected one, and only a human being can directly be a Siddha. A Siddha is a being without caste, unaffected by smell, without the sense of taste, without feeling, without form, without hunger, without pain, without sorrow, without joy, without birth, without old age, without death, without body, without Karma, enjoying an endless and unbroken calm.
iPTSMS, 28.
DS, 39-40. *SBE, XXII, p. 52.
Page #175
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
154 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
According to the Tattvarthädhigama,' Siddha souls are of five kinds: (1) The Tirthamkaras or the liberated who preached Jainism in the embodied condition; (2) The Arhats or the perfect souls who await the attainment of mokṣa after shedding the Karmaṇaśarīra; the Acaryas, or heads of ascetic groups; (4) the Upadhyayas, or teaching saints; and (5) Sadhus, a class which includes the rest."
Classification of Karma and the Gunasthanas
We have thus seen that the doctrine of Karma was the basic driving force behind the nine or seven fundamentals of Jain teachings. We have already the occasion to deal with the different aspects of the Jain doctrine of Karma. In the present section we like to give a brief summary of what we have been able to derive from the preceding discussions regarding the nature and function of the very important concept of Karma which has characterised the Jain system as a whole.
Karma has four sources, as we have seen above. It springs from (1) Avirati or attachment to worldly pleasures, (2) Kaṣāya or passions in the forms of anger, pride, deceit and greed, (3) Yoga or the employment of body, mind and speech to material and sensual things and (4) Mithyātva or false belief. There are eight kinds Karma which the Jains classify broadly under two groups-Ghatin and Aghatin. Each of the groups are further subdivided into four categories. To the former belong Jñānāvaraniya, Darśanavaraniya, Mohaniya and Anatrāya while to the latter Vedaniya, Ayu, Nama and Gotra. Besides there are three tenses-Satta, Bandha and Udaya-and two types-Nikācita and Sithila-of Karma.
Jñānāvaraniya hides all aspects of knowledge from us. It is concerned with the five well known sources of Jain knowledge—Mati, Śruti, Avadhi Manaḥparyāya and Kevala. That which hinders Mati prevents our making the right use of conscience and intellect. It is subdivided into utpatiki which hinders the power of spontaneous thought, vainayaki which prevents our getting what is known as inherited knowledge, pāriṇāmiki which obstructs our having knowledge from experience, and Kamiki which impedes our obtaining any intellectual stimulus. That which hinders Śruti prevents us from getting any knowledge from scripture. Likewise those hindering Manaḥparyaya, Avadhi and Kevala never allow us to know what is passing in the minds of others, what
1X, 8.
*cf. DS, 50-54.
Page #176
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 155 is happening at a distance and what is the right way of attaining liberation. Apart from these five obstructions which cover up the sources of knowledge, there are Mati-ajñāna and Śruti-ajñāna, occuring from misuse of intellect and misunderstanding of scriptures, and also Vibhanga-jñāna which falsify all spiritual insight. Darśanāvaraniya prevents our beholding the faith, Vedanīya causes us to experience the pleasure of happiness and pains of misery, and Mohanīya generates worldly attachments and passions. Each of these has several subdivisions.
Of the Karmas belonging to the Aghātin group, Āyu determines the length of time which a Jiva must spend in the form with which his Karma has endowed him. It is subdivided into Deva, Manuşya, Tiryak and Naraka, each concerning respectively with gods, human beings, animals and hell-beings. The conditions by which these beings are governed are collectively known as Nāma. Their country, caste etc., determining the specific conditions are likewise known as Gotra. Individual differences are due to antarāya. The Karma accumulated in past life is called Sattā; that which is being accumulated in the present life is named Bandha; and that which will concern the future life is Udaya. The Karma which has already been stored up is known as Nikācita, and that, the influx of which may be evaded, is called Sithila.
There are fourteen steps to liberation from Karma. These steps are known as the Guņasthānas and conceived like a ladder by which a Jiva may mount to Liberation. The first is known as mithyātva on which the Jiva is completely under the influence of Karma, knowing nothing about what is real and what is false. The second step is known as svāśvāsadana clinibing on which a Jiva begins to distinguish a little between what is real and what is false. But this sense of distinction does not produce any standing effect in him. On the third step which is known as misra he is still in the uncertain condition, still tormented by hopes and doubts. This disbalance, however, ceases to continue when he reaches the fourth step which is known as aviratisamyagdrşti. He feels the urge within himself to control anger, pride and greed, but he cannot free himself completely from their influence. From the fifth step, known as deśavirati, a qualitative change takes place. The Jiva now realizes the great importance of conduct and becomes mentally prepared to follow the twelve prescribed vows of right conduct. At this stage, too, anger, deceit, pride and greed are not completely controlled. On the sixth step of the ladder, which is known as pramatta, slight passions are controlled but negligences remain. At the seventh
Page #177
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
156 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
stage, known as apramatta, anger is practically controlled but pride, deceit and greed remain in a slight degree. The process continues at the next higher stage known as apūrvakaraṇa in which pride is controlled and the fetters of Karma tends to become loose. The ninth step is known as aniyatibādra. At this stage deceit disappears while greed persists until the Jīva reaches the tenth step which is known as sukṣmasamparyaya. But complete annihilation of greed requires two more stages-upaśāntamoha and kṣīṇamoha-after which the Jiva becomes entirely free from all Kaṣāyas. The last two stages are known respectively as sayogikevali and ayogikevali through which all karma is purged away.
A Review of the Jain Metaphysics
In view of what we have seen above in the preceding sections it appears that Jainism in its sophisticated stage represents a curious blend of scientific notions and ethico-religious ideals. Rather, we may say that in its earlier stages Jainism wanted to base itself on physical sciences, but its later exponents developed numerous abstractions on the basis of a priori principles. It offers us an empirical classification of things in the universe. Its scheme of the universe is said to be based on logic and experience. In its metaphysics, Jainism reveals a sense of realism. In logic, it takes its stand on the relativity of knowledge. Jainism does not take up the question of origins. It also repudiates the theory of an extra-cosmic God as the creator or intelligent cause of the world.
The Jain metaphysics is practically an inextricable admixture of science and ethico-religious principles. The whole universe of being, as we have seen above, is traced to the two everlasting, uncreated, co-existing but independent categories of Jiva and Ajiva. A Jiva is whatever is living, whatever is not mechanical. It is a concrete unity, a compound substance, a combination of materiality, knowledge and consciousness. The difference between the Jiva and the Ajiva is not like that between spirit and matter or soul and matter or consciousness and matter. Rather, both of these aspects are combined in the Jiva. The Ajiva is that which is devoid of three kinds of consciousness. It is an object which can be touched, tasted, seen and smelt. It consists of motion, rest, space, time and matter. Space, motion and rest are the necessary conditions for the subsistence of all things. Space affords them room to subsist, motion and rest make it possible for them to move or to be moved. The succes
Page #178
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 157
sive movements of the world are strung on time which is a process of persistence, an enduring from the past to the present. It is sometimes regarded as a quasi-substance. Matter is conceived in terms of the four well known elements viz. earth, water, fire and air and their ultimate constituents are said to be atomic. The atoms are conceived as viscous or dry: when one is viscous and the other dry, or when the two have different degrees of viscosity and dryness, combination of them takes place and such compounds combine with others.
Anything which has origin, existence and destruction is a substance. A substance (dravya) is possessed of some unchanging essential characters (gunas) and changing modes (paryāyas). Substance and quality are inseparable. Qualities (existence, enjoyability, substantiveness, knowability, specific characters and capability of possessing forms) adhere in substances and they cannot exist by themselves. Experience shows that in all changes there are three elements: (1) that some collocation of qualities appear to remain unchanged; (2) that some new qualities are generated; and (3) that some old qualities are destroyed. The permanent unit is called dhrūva, the accession of new qualities utpāda and the loss of some old qualities vyaya. The nature of a thing in thus neither the absolutely unchangeable, nor the momentary changing qualities or existences, but involves them both. That is why Jainism holds that nothing can be affirmed absolutely, as all affirmations are true only under certain conditions and limitations.
A dravya, by which we generally understand substance, is that which is capable of becoming this or that. The different senses of the word dravya are but different ways of conveying the aforesaid idea. In Jainism the word dravya is used differently. The Tattvārthasūtral divides the nikṣepas into dravya, nāma bhāva, sthāpana, etc., the nayas into dravyārthika and paryāyārthika, and so on. The Bhagavarisūtra? speaks of aspects like dravya, kşetra, kala, bhāva, etc. In other places we come across such expressions as dravyakarma, dravyācārya, etc. In all the cases, however, notwithstanding their functional significance, the term conveys the idea of its capability to become this or that. In Jain metaphysics the word dravya is normally used in the sense of the basic types of entities found in the universe. For example, Jiva, Pudgala, etc. are six dravyas. In Vaiseșika philosophy: the word 11. 5; V, 31.
III, 19. SVS, 1, 1, 15.
Page #179
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
158 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
dravya stands for the substratum of qualities and actions' Thus earth, etc. are nine dravyas according to this system. In this very sense the old Āgamas like the Uttarādhyana' put forward the Jain thesis on six dravyas. The word dravva is variously interpretated in Patañjali's Mahābhāşya. According to one of these interpretations a dravya is defined as that whose basic character remains unimpared even in the midst of the emergence of newer and newer qualities. This interpretation is particularly suited to the Jain line of thought.
The term paryāya denoting changing modes in Jainism is also very old. But the technical meaning attributed to this word in Jain philosophy is to be found in no other system. The properties, peculiarities and states of a substance which originate and perish, undergo changes, are called paryāyas. Hemacandra has used the word paryāya in the sense of all the properties like qualities, actions, etc. of a substance of dravya. In the Jain texts both the words guna and paryāya are used sometimes in identical and sometimes in different meaning. Kundakunda, Umāsvāti and Pujyapāda believe that the two words have clearly distinct meanings, while Akalanka maintains that there is an identity as well as distinction between the meanings of the words guna and paryāya, a position followed by Amộtacandra as also by Siddhasena in his commentary on the Tattvārthabhāsyu. Haribhadra too accepted the thesis of identity of meaning between the words guņa and paryāya. It appears that in the earlier Jain works the two words were used indiscriminately, but the latter writers wanted to make their positions clear and started a discussion as to whether the two words were identical or different in meaning and defenced their own standpoints on the question.
Likewise the Jain writers debated on the question as to whether guna and paryāya on the one hand and dravya on the other are identical with or different from one another. The systems like NyäyaVaišeşika etc. are of the view that the qualities of a substance are different from the substance itself while systems like the Sāmkhya, Vedānta, etc. are in favour of their identity. The Jains maintain the relation of identity-cum-difference between dravya and paryāya or guņa. They hold that substance and quality are inseparable, and as such the latter cannot exist in itself. Here the relation is of pure identity, but there is also an element of difference in the nature of a substance. in its acquiring new qualities, leaving the old ones and
XXVIII, 6.
Page #180
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 159
maintaining some permanent qualities. There are two kinds of characters found in every substance, essential and accidental. The essential characters of a substance remain in the substance as long as the substance remains, and it is through the accidental characters that a substance undergoes change or modification.
The Jain metaphysics, as we have remarked many times, during the course of its growth, has been inextricably blended with ethicoreligious principles. In accordance with the principles mentioned above, the Jiva is conceived as a substance whose essential chracter is consciousness and accidental characters are desire, volition, pleasure and pain which undergo change and modification. Jain metaphysics eventually came to explain how transcendental bondage and release take place, how the doer of an action enjoys the fruits of his action, how performance of meritorious acts and resort to religious practices lead to transcendental release, and so on. Karma in Jainism is of material nature (paudgalika), matter in a subtle form capable of filling all cosmic space. It is the link of union between Jīva and Ajiva. The cause of the soul's embodiment is the presence in it of Karmic matter. This matter acts in eight different ways, and is accordingly divided into eight classes as we have already noticed. It is this that spoils the natural qualities of the soul, knowledge and intuition. Subtle matter ready to be transformed into Karma pours into the soul. As each particular Karma is caused by some act, good, bad or indifferent, so it in its turn produces certain painful or pleasant consequences. According as good or bad Karma matter sticks to the soul it gets itself coloured. The production, fruition and destruction of Karma together with Jiva and Ajiva are the principles or tattavas in Jainism. The influx of Karma particles into the soul (āsarava) can be checked (samvara), discharged and purged off (nirjară) from the the soul. But while some Karma matter is being purged off, other Karma matter continues to pour in. The simultaneous purging and binding processes force the soul to continue its mundane cycle of existence, transmigration and rebirth. By proper efforts, however, Karma may be prevented from taking effect. When the stored Karma is completely purged off and its further accumulation is strongly checked, the attainment of liberation takes place. If deliverance is to be achieved, certain moral codes are to be followed to bring about the reformation of man's nature and prevent the formation of new Karma. This requires faith in the Jina, knowledge of his doctrine and right conduct.
Page #181
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
160 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Theory of Knowledge
Jainism admits five kinds of knowledge: (1) Mati or ordinary congition obtained by means of sense-perception; (2) Śruti or testimony derived from scriptures, teachings, etc.; (3) Avadhi or knowledge by clairvoyance; (4) Manaḥparyaya or telepathic knowledge of other's minds; and (5) Kevala or perfect knowledge which is independent of senses. Such a classification is evedently due to dogmatic influence. The fourth and fifth kinds are characterised as pratyakṣa or direct knowledge which cannot be wrong, while the first two or three are parokṣa or indirect knowledge and hence liable to error. We have already noticed that the earlier Jain conception of parokṣa and pratyakṣa was just the reverse of the traditional Indian conception. The two manifestations of consciousness are perception (darśana) and intelligence (jñāna). In the former we have simple apprehension, perception of the generalities (sāmānya) of things, while in the latter we have conceptual knowledge. In this case relation between knowledge and object of knowledge is very intimate. The Jains believe that external objects exist and they are knowable. Cognition is a generated phenomenon which is capable of being perceived and inferred. It is self revelatory. Knowledge of a thing as it is in itself is Pramāņa and knowledge of a thing in its relation is naya. In conformity with the logical tradition of India, the Jains treat Pramāņa both as valid cognition and as instrument of valid cognition. It is the right determination of object. The effect of a Pramāņa is partly distinct and partly non-distinct. According to Siddhasena and Samantabhadra, the immediate effect of a Pramāņa is removal of ignorance but the remote effect should possibly be the decision to accept or reject or ignore the object. The doctrine or nayas or standpoints, which is divided into seven categories, is a peculiar feature of Jain logic. The Nayas are also distinguished into dravyārthika from the viewpoint of substance and paryāyārthika from that of modification or condition. The most important use of these standpoints is of course Syādvāda or Saptabhangi, the seven different ways of judgements which hold that we cannot affirm or deny absolutely of any object. Accordingly, reality is viewed not as of a permanent and unalterable nature. Its character can consist only with relative or conditional predication.
In the earlier Jain classification, as we have seen above, knowledge is divided into Mati, Śruti, etc. Although it was said that Matijñāna should come under indriya-pratyakṣa or sense-perception and śrutajñāna under verbal testimony, the Jain authors were constantly faced
Page #182
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 161
with the question as to whether anumāna (inference), upamāna (analogy), arthāpatti (implication), etc. which the other traditions accept as pramāņa should be regarded as valid or not. It was Umāsvāti who for the first time clearly suggested that anumāna etc., which were pramānas according to the other traditions, should fall under the category of Parokya or non-perceptual pramāņa. It was accepted also by Pujyapāda. The author of the Nandisūtra made a two fold classification of knowledge into Pratyakșa and Parokşa, the former being subdivided into two types, one covering the transcendental perception and the other the sense-perception. The author of the Nyāyāvatāra brought the whole problem in close relation to the logical tradition followed by the non-Jain thinkers and made a thorough analysis of inferential knowledge according to the Jain way of looking at things. The final, definite and clear-cut classification is, however, found in the Laghiyastrayaof Akalanka who maintains that parokşa-pramāņa consists of five sub-species--anumāna or inference, pratyabhijñā or recognition, smaraņa or memory, tarka or knowledge of invariable concomitance and āgama or verbal testimony.
There are various views as to the technique of presenting an inference or anumāna. According to the Buddhist logicians, two steps, viz. hetu and dụștānta, are sufficient. The Sāmkhya and Mīmāmsā are for three or four steps while the Naiyāyikas admit the necessity of five steps. The Jains are of the view that the number of steps should not be fixed and that they may be more or less according to their requirements. Some of them may require two steps, viz. pratijñā and hetu, some three, viz. pratijñā, hetu and drstānta, some four, viz. pratijñā, hetu, drsțānta and upanaya, and some five, viz. pratijñā, hetu, drsțānta, upanaya and naigamana. Regarding the aspects of the nature of a probans, the types of a probans, pseudoprobans, nature of the terms, the fallacies and other allied problems of inference, the Jain logicians hold different views from others and they have differences within themselves. The Jains hold that pratyabhijñā or recognition is a subspecies of matijñāna and an independent pramaņa Likewise smarana or memory ought to be treated as pramāņa because it is true of facts. In the section on Psychology we shall have the occasion to deal with all these more elaborately. Akalanka
1 Taltvārthabhåşya, I. 12; Sarvārthasiddhi, I, 12.
Nandi, III. SIII. 1.
Page #183
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
162 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
seems to be the first to determine the nature, object and utility of tarka and he has been followed by all later Jain logicians. The Jain tradition is one with the Mīmāmsaka in treating tarka as a cognition of the nature of pramāṇa. It stands for cognition of a relation of invariable concomitance.
Psychological Ingredients
The importance of sense organs is recognised in Jainism because they can give a correct sketch of external objects in all the diversity of their characteristics. The sense organs are distinguished into dravya-indriyas or physical sense-organs and bhāva-indriyas or their psychical counterparts.1 Sense perception is the result of the contact between the sense organ and the object, but it is simply a mechanical contact. Knowledge of external objects by perception is certainly gained through the senses, but the process of external perception does not involve the exercise of any separate or distinct sense, through the rise of the sense-knowledge in the soul takes place in association with a particular sense-organ, such as the eye. The senses have no existence apart from the Jiva. When the soul is said to occupy the whole body, it means that they are the physical counterparts of one entity. The sense organs are like windows for the soul to look out, but, they cannot modify the sense-knowledge which rises in the soul by inward determination, because it is already existent in it.
Since the sense-organs are the only outwardly instruments of the Jiva, the elements which render the enjoyment of all objects possible exist in the constitution of the Jiva itself. The Tattvärthadhigama employs the term Upayoga to denote the functioning of the senses and their reactions. The quickest to react is vision, followed by hearing, smell, taste and feeling. They are unequally distributed among the beings, and that is why the latter are divided into one to five senses. A good deal of psychological analysis is met with in the divisions of colour into five kinds, sound into seven, smell into two, taste into five and touch into eight. Next to the sense organs, we come across the conception of inward sense,called anindriya by Umāsvāti3 and equated with manas, which is without any organ. Emotions or instincts are sometimes called samjñā and sometimes abhoga which are concerned
1TTDS, II, 19.
2II, 18.
sibid, I, 14; II, 22. 'ibid, II, 25.
Page #184
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 163 with nourishment, fear, sex, splendour, anger, pride, deceit, greed, worldliness and carnal desires. Imagination may depend on the activity of the five outward senses or on that of the inward sense, but it surely poceeds from the primary perception over the will to cognition and ascertainment to the act of imprinting the perception in the mind. The primary perception is technically called avagraha, the will to cognition ihā, the ascertainment avāya, and the act of imprinting dhāraṇa. These are the four stages of perception.
We have seen that the Jain tradition consider memory or smrti to be a pramāņa. It cognizes what has already been cognized. Its function lies in making us apprehend something that was grasped by an earlier piece of non-mnemic cognition. Likewise recognition (pratyabhijñā) has also been regarded as of the nature of pramāna. It is a process of mind. The Jains do not agree with the Buddhists in maintaining that recognition is a combination of two independent pieces of cognition, namely, memory and perception. Nor do they agree with the Nyāya-Vaišeșikas etc. in regarding recognition as but a variety of sense perception. They hold that in the wake of sense perception and memory there arises a mental cognition of a different quality that takes cognizance of two entities as somehow related to each other. It is this mental cognition which may be called pratyabhijñā or recognition. The function of mind by which all these are determined is to produce qualities like desire aversion, pleasure, pain, etc. It has also a part to play in the generation of cognition through an external sense organ, like the cognition of colour etc., as also in the generation of cognition without an external sense organ, like the cognition of desire etc. According to the Jain tradition manas or mind is mediumsized and a produced entity. It is born of extremely subtle physical substance called manovargaņā. Like body it undergoes change every moment. This is what they called paudgalika or material mind. They have also another conception of mind known as bhāva-manas, which is of the nature of cognitive potency and cognition and born of the conscious substance. The Jain conception of mind is not, however, well defined.
The Non-Absolutist Standpoint
The first and foremost of the Jain contributions to Indian thought is the systematic exposition of pramāņa-śāstra or logic. We have
1TTDS, I, p. 15.
Page #185
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
164 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
seen that Jain logic rests on two basic principles-Anekāntavāda or doctrine of non-absolutism and Nayavāda or doctrine of partial truths. We find in the field of Indian philosophical speculations a number of mutually antagonistic views and systems arising out of the fundamental standpoints of particularity and generality. These views and systems made it their prime concern to attack one another without caring for the element of truth that might underlie a rival view or system. Since from all these nothing transpires, the Jain logicians from their non-absolutist standpoint hold that all particular theories based on logic are true to a certain extent and from a certain point of view and that all cognition, be it of identity or of diversity, is valid to a certain extent and from a certain point of view. Thus a cognition is valid in relation to its own object but invalid when it discards its contradictory cognition as unreal. The seemingly contradictory cognitions should reveal in their respective way the nature of reality. This may be exemplified in terms of forest and trees. One may take note of the trees one by one in the form of particular entities while another may take note of the forest in general. Neither of these two cognitions can be regarded as solely true, i.e. true at the cost of the other, but both are partly true within their respective spheres.
From the aforesaid viewpoint the Jains attempt to reconcile the special controversy between eternalism and momentarism which has characterised the history of Indian philosophy by posulating that a thing is eternal insofar as it of the form of a continuous flow and momentary in so far as it undergoes a change or a new modification (paryāya) every moment. This may be exemplified by the total lifeactivity of a tree. Right from the begining uptil the time of its fructification it is in the form of a continuous flow. At the same time, when we grasp, one by one, the successively emerging elements, its lifeactivity is momentary which undergoes changes and modifications every
moment.
This non-absolutist standpoint also eliminates the controversy between the doctrines of definability and of indefinabilty by postualing that the gross entities of medium duration and extension are capable of definition while the innumerable subtle aspects of an entity's nature are not. Again, a thing is never cognized either solely through its positive traits or solely through its negative traits. Thus it is not selfcontradictory to view a thing as positive entity and also as a negative. The opposition between the doctrine of absolute presence of the effect in the cause and that of absolute absence of the effect in the cause
Page #186
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Sophisticated Stage 165
can also be eliminated from the non-absolutist point of view, for it holds that the effect may be present and also may be absent in the material cause. For example in the case of a gold-bangle, the gold itself has the capacity to turn into a bangle, and from this viewpoint the effect can be said to be present even before it is actually produced. But since this effect is not there to be seen, because of the absence of necessary accessories, it is absent before its actual production. In the same way the Jain non-absolutist standpoint bridges the gulf between the Buddhist doctrine of conglomeration of atoms and the Nyāya-Vaišeșika doctrine of an altogether novel composition, .
Thus the Jain standpoint attempts in many cases to bridge the gulf between the two extremities. According to the Jain philosophers, the formulation of thoughts and views concerning the nature of an entity is accomplished from various stands determined by a multiplicity of factors. The Jain texts speak of two types of judgements, dravyarthika and paryāyārthika, the former denoting that line of thought which takes substance into account in terms of what is general, common, non-distinct or unitary about things. The latter is the name of that line of thought which takes modes or paryāyas into account. When the two views are sought to be synthesised and as such judgements are formed to give expression of the positive as well as negative aspects of the subject matter in question the result is the complex sevenfold judgement, of which we have already occasion to refer.1
Sanghvi, ASILM, pp. 15-28.
Page #187
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
PART FOUR
A COMPARATIVE STUDY
Jainism and Vedic Tradition
B
UDDHISM and Jainism, as is known to all, are by nature antiVedic. In the Vedic tradition itself, recorded in the Brahmanical compositions, both these systems are classed as belonging to the Nastika group. Both these systems were originated among peoples living outside the pale of rigid Brahmanical influence. Both these systems are marked by a strong aversion against the taking of animal life, against the doctrine of offering animals at the sacrifices and against the sacrificial cult itself. Both these systems reject the authority of the Vedas and the supremacy of the Brahmaņas. "The main departure of the systems of Jainism and Buddhism from the sacrificial creed consisted in this, that they tried to formulate a theory of the universe, the reality and the position of sentient beings and more particulary of man. The sacrificial creed was busy with individual rituals and sacrifices, and cared for principles or maxims only so far as they were of use for the actual performances of sacrifices."'1
Although Jainism and Buddhism appear to have arisen out of a reaction against the sacrificial disciplines of the Brāhmaṇas, they could not but be influenced by some of the fundamental principles which had already found some sort of expression in the Vedic texts, especially in the earlier Upanisads. The sum and substance of the teaching of the Upanisads is involved in the equation of Atman and Brahman, the individual soul and the universal soul. Brahman is the ultimate essence of the universe while Atman the inmost essence of man. The universe is in Brahman but the Brahman is in Atman. The following passages of the Chandogya Upaniṣad will explain the whole thing. "The self (Atman) which is free from sin, free from old age, from death and grief, from hunger and thirst, whose desires are true, whose cognitions are true, that is to be searched for, that is to
1Dasgupta, HIP, I, p. 210.
Page #188
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 167
be enquired; he gets all his desires and all worlds who knows that self.”?! Again, “this my Ātman in my inmost heart is smaller than a grain of rice, or a barley-corn, or a mustard seed, or a millet grain... This my Ātman in my inmost heart is greater than the earth, greater than the sky, greater than the heavens, greater than all spheres. In him are all actions, all wishes, all smells, all tastes; he holds this All enclosed within himself; he speaks not, he troubles about nothing; this my Aiman in my inmost heart is this Brahman. With him when depart out of this life, shall I be united.'
The problem of the Vedic or early Brahmanical speculations was to define the relation between the Ātman and the external world. A painful world, full of hunger and thirst, sorrow and confusion, old age and death, when eguated with the all-perfect, all-pervading and the all-beautiful Atman would naturally give birth to absolute pessi. mism, the conception of metempsychosis, the endless cycles of births and deaths, and finally the doctrine of Karma as the power predetermining the course of the migration of the soul from one state of being to another. Even the reward of good action is impermanent which arises out of some kind of desire, and hence the doctrine of deliverance gradually came to be based upon the conquest of all desire through the right knowledge. And this is what is taught by the Buddha and Mahāvīra. One should not fail to recall in this connection that the contemporaries of the Buddha and Mahāvīra-Gosāla, Ajita, Sañjaya, Pūraņa and Pakudha-based their doctrines on the same premises, though their conclusions were different.
Karma and its fruits are meant in the Vedas to be the sacrifical acts and their results-not so much for any moral elevation, as for the achievement of objects of practical welfare. Happiness or absolute extinction of sorrow was not the goal. Knowledge to these earlier authorities meant only the knowledge of sacrifice and of the dictates of the Vedas. It was not taken in its widest and most universal sense. These were the points on which Jainism and Buddhism had a significant departure from the Vedic line. An advance in the new line had, however, begun in the Upanişads which had anticipated some of the characteristics upheld by Buddhism and Jainism. In quest of true knowledge Buddhism regarded all production and destruction as being due to the assemblage of conditions and reached at last to the
Chāndogya, VIII, 7.1. 2ibid, III, 14; Winternitz, HIL, I, p. 250.
Page #189
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
168 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
doctrine of absolute momentariness. Jainism also believed that changes were produced by the assemblage of conditions, but instead of carrying this idea to that of absolute momentariness, it accepted the doctrine of permanence in a relative sense. The Jain philosophers held that no ultimate, one sided and absolute view of things could be taken. Thus, according to Jainism, not only the happening of the events is conditional, but even all our judgements are true only in a limited sense. By the assemblage of conditions, old qualities in things disappear, new qualities come in, and a part remains permanent.
The ideas of the Vedic tradition by which certain fundamentals of Jainism and Buddhism are said to be inspired were chiefly concerned with the doctrine of Karma, transmigration of soul and rebirth, and liberation. In the early Vedic ideas Karma denotes sacrifice, but in the later Vedic texts, especially in the Upanişads, it reveals the agricultural maxim, we reap what we sow. Long ago, Jacobi had pointed out that the Karma doctrine in its agricultural sense was evolved among the non-Vedic peoples and it was able to find a place in the Upanişads. There is evidently some truth in this hypothesis. In the Upanişads the doctrine of Karma is presented in two formssimple and sophisticated. The simple form of this doctrine is that just as the good seeds bring a good harvest and bad seeds bad, so also a man becomes good by good deeds and bad by bad deeds. Its ethics is that every deed must produce its natural effect in the world, and as such also leaves an impression on the mind. It is this impression or samskāra that inclines one to repeat the deed one has once done. A man can not escape the deeds but can control them, and by self-discipline can strengthen the good impulses and weaken the bad ones. In the sophisticated level, however, Karma is regarded as a blind unconscious principle, governing the whole universe. It is not a subject to the control even of God.1
It appears that the Jain doctrine of Karma had derived its main impulses from the sophisticated form mentioned above. Karma is conceived in Jainism, unlike other systems, as being material and permeating the Jīvas through and weighing them down to the mundane level. Through the actions of body, speech and mind, Karma is formed as a subtle matter. The passions of a man act like a viscous substance that attracts the Karma matter, which thus pouring
1For the Upanişadic references to Karma see Tsa, II; Chandogya, III. 1.10; III. 14.1; VII. 1.6, etc.; Maitrāyani, III. 2. etc.; Brhadaranyaka, III. 2. 13; IV. 4.5, etc.
Page #190
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 169 into the soul and sticking to it, gradually ripens and exhausts itself in accordance with the suffering and enjoyment of the individual. While some Karma matter is being expanded in this way, other Karma matters are being accumulated at the same time. If through proper self discipline all Karma is worked out, the Jiva becomes free. The Jain conception of Jiva that suffers pain and enjoys pleasure owing to the amount of Karma it acquires appears also to have been influenced by the Upanişadic ideas. The word is derived from the root Jiv, which means 'to continue breathing'. The Upanişads use two other terms for the soul, viz. bhoktā or experient and Kartā or agent.1 Every soul is conditioned by these two principles throughout its empirical existence.
The doctrine of Karma is inextricably blended with that of transmigration of soul and rebirth. Like the generality of Indian systems, Jainism also believes in soul's transmigration, but its conception of Karma, the governing principle of transmigration, is unlike that of any other, as we have seen above. The Karma matter accumulated round the soul during the infinite number of past lives is technically called Karmaśarira, which encircles the soul as it passes from birth to birth. In the Rgvedic eschatology there is no direct reference to the soul's transmigration or to the doctrine of rebirth in any form. In the Brāhmaṇa literature, however, we come across the idea of repeated births and deaths, but this idea has not been established in a theoretical set up. It is only in the Upanişads that we come across a clear development of the theory of the transmigration of soul in three distinct stages. In the first stage the earlier Vedic idea of heaven or the abode of Yama has been replaced by the conception of Yāna or way, of the fathers (pit) or of the gods (deva). In the second stage the doctrine of transmigration is presented without any reference to the idea of Karma or reaping the fruits of deeds. In the final stage. however, we have a complete presentation of the transmigration of soul strictly in the terms of the doctrine of Karma. According to the merits or demerits, a man earns through his actions, he will have to take birth again and again in this world. Good deeds in one life secure a better future for the next life, and this process works out until one achieves the final salvation. Needless to say that Jainism,
Icf. Praśna, IV. 9; Kasha, I. 3.4.
*For Upanişadic theories of transmigrtaion sce Chandogya, V. 10; Brhadāranyaka, IV. 4; Mundaka, III 2. etc.
Page #191
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
170 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline and also Buddhism, drew much from this Upanişadic conception. One thing that deserves special notice in this connection is that the transmigrating souls of the Jains are supposed to have various shapes and sizes. It is of the same size as the Jiva. In the incipient stages, when it enters the Jiva, it is very small, but having entered once it expands itself so as to fill up the Jiva entirely. Again when it is about to leave the body of the Jiva it resorts to a process of contraction and comes out of the body as a minute particle. This conception of the shape and size of the souls bears a stamp of primitive animistic beliefs.
Like the transmigration and Karma theories the Jain and Buddhist conceptions of liberation have something to do with the Upanişadic ideas. The Jains believe that liberation of the soul is possible only when it is free from the bondage of Karma. In the early Vedic texts the idea of liberation is absent. Emancipation or Mukti means in the Upanişads the state of infiniteness that a man attains when he knows his own self and thus becomes Brahman. The world is full of misery and suffering, so birth and rebirth are to be avoided. All sufferings and limitations are true only so long as we do not know ourself. Man holds within himself the fine constituents of the gross body (annamaya-koşa), the vital functions (prānamaya koşa) of life, the will and desire (manomaya) and the thoughts and ideas (Vijñānamaya) and so long as he keeps himself in these spheres and passes through a series of experiences in the present life and in other lives to come, he suffers pleasures and pains, disease and death. But if he retires from these into his true unchangeable being, his true self manifests itself in him which is a state of pure intelligence, pure being and pure blessedness. Evidently such ideas had some bearing on the Jain conception of Mokșa or liberation. Since knowledge has been regarded as constituting the very essence of Jiva, the latter can therefore know everything directly and exactly. But this knowledge remains fragmentary owing to the obscuration caused by Karma which interferes with its power of perception. The culmination of enlightenment is reached when the obstacles are removed. The individual Jiva then becomes omniscient. This is Kevalajñāna or absolute apprehension without media and doubt. When this is achieved the soul enters into a blessedness that has no end.
Jainism and Buddhism
Elsewhere we have argued that Jainism and Buddhism, although
Page #192
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 171 they differ in specific points, have a common basis. In their incipient stages, though not in the sophisticated, they stood for same or similar principles. Both these systems deny the existence of an intelligent first cause, adore deified saints, insist upon moral values, right conduct and self-discipline, oppose the authority of the Vedas and the supremacy of the Brāhmaṇas, and think it sinful to take life of the animals. Both these systems use more or less similar terminology to denote their religious concepts. That is why there was once a tendency among some of the ninteenth century European scholars to treat Jainism as an offshoot of Buddhism or the latter as that of the former.
But inspite of their common basis, Buddhism and Jainism in the religious history of India became rival creeds. In the Buddhist texts there are numerous references to the Jains and their doctrines, just as in the Jain texts we have references to Buddhism. In the Anguttara Nikāya' we come across a reference to Mahāvira as one who knows and sees all things and claim perfect knowledge and faith and also to Jainism which teaches the annihilation by austerities of the old Karma and the prevention by inactivity of new Karma. It is further stated that according to Jainism, when Karma ceases, misery ceases; when misery ceases, perception ceases, when perception ceases all sufferings come to an end and a man is saved by pure annihilation of sin. In the Mahayagga' it is stated that one Siha, a general of the Licchavis, was a lay disciple of Mahāvira, and that he was dissuaded by him when he tried to pay a visit to the Buddha. The story of Upāli's conversion from Jainism to Buddhism is mentioned in the Majjhima Nikāya. The Anguttara records some practices of the Jain laymen. Buddhaghoṣa in his commentary on the Digha Nikāyat mentions the differences between Jainism and Ajīvikism and also treats the famous Sāmaññaphala-sutta passages of the same text which mistakenly ascribes the four vows of Pārsva to Mahāvīra. Likewise in the earlier Jain works like the Süyagada6 the Buddhists are described as fools believing in the doctrine of the five skandhas (rūpa or substances and their qualities, vedanā or feelings as pleasure and pain,
'cf. Barth, RI, pp. 148-50; Colebrooke, ME, II, p. 276. 2III, 74. 'VI, 31.
Sum. Vil., 119, 168. 5ibid, 57. I. 1. 17.
Page #193
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
172 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
vijñāna or perceptions of the qualities of things, samjñā or perception and knowledge, and samskära or merit and demerit-Silänka's interpretation) of momentary existence. It is also stated that the Buddhists do not believe in the doctrine of soul or that it is eternal.
In the later philosophical literature of the Buddhists and of the Jains we come across, instead of mutual slandering, real philosophical debate on special issues. The basic theoretical differences between Buddhism and Jainism was on the question of momentariness. The Buddhists regarded all changes as being due to the assemblage of conditions absolutely momentary (kṣanika) in character, and went so far as to deney the existence of any permanent soul. The Jains also believed that changes were produced by the assemblage of conditions and held that, since no ultimate and absolute view of things could not logically be taken, the reality of the permanence of the world, at least some of the fundamentals must be acknowledged side by side with the question of change. The Buddhists hold that the changing qualities can alone be perceived and that there is no unchanging substance behind them. The common example of clay and jar can be cited here. A thing such as clay is seen to assume various shapes and to undergo diverse changes in the forms of jar, pan, etc. But in spite of these changes the clay itself remains permanent. The changes occur only qualitatively. The Buddhists hold that what we perceive as clay is a specific quality and what we perceive as jar is also another quality. Since we cannot perceive any substance apart from quality, and since all the changes are by nature qualitative, the conception of any permanent and unchangeable substance is a mere fiction of ignorance. The Jains on the other hand hold that it is not true as the Buddhists say that there is no permanent substance, but merely the change of passing qualities. By the assemblage of conditions, old qualities in things disappear, new qualities come in, and something remains permanent. Thus in the case of the jar, the clay has become lost in some form, generated itself in another and remains permanent in another form.
Thus according to Jains, those who hold that there is nothing really permanent in the universe and that everything changes from moment to moment are one-sided because change and permanence are both real. Reality consists of three factors: permanence, origin and decay -utpada-vyaya-drauvyayuktam sat. As against the doctrine of
1TTDS, V., 30.
Page #194
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 173 momentariness the Jains hold that, if every thing is taken to be momentary, it will be impossible to explain memory, recognition, the immediate feeling of personal identity, etc. Accordingly the concept of liberation will not be able to stand in the absence of any permanent soul to be liberated. If everything be momentary no moral life would be possible then, since it is impossible for a momentary person, to make any attempt for attaining any end. The consequences of one's own action will have then no meaning. Momentariness cannot explain the constitution of any individual series, because without something permanent behind the changing modes (paryāyas), the changing states cannot be held together to form a continuity in the individual. The doctrine of momentariness cannot also be proved by perception or inference. These valid sources of knowledge do not reveal the existence of anything in the world in which there is only change and no element of continuity.1
So far as the theory of knowledge is concerned, the Jains do not contribute to the Buddhist view that all knowledge by perception of external objects is in the first instance indefinite and indeterminate. The main difference of the Jains from the Buddhists in the question of perception lies in this that, according to the Jains, perception reveals the external objects just as they are with most of their diverse characteristics of colour, form, etc. Objects are not mere forms of knowledge, as the Vijñānavādin Buddhists think, but are actually existing. Ignorance like a veil covers the self, and this veil is removed by perception which is determinate. The Jains, contrary to the Buddhists, deny the existence of any indeterminate (nirvikalpa) stage preceding to the determinate (svavikalpa) stage of perception. The Buddhists on the other hand regard that the first stage consisting of the presentation of indeterminate sense materials is the only valid part of perception and that the determinate stage is the result of the application of mental categories like imagination, memory, etc., not truly revealing the presentative part.a
The Jains reject the Buddhist view that reality consists in causal efficiency, i.e., an object is real if it is capable of causing any effect. The Jains reject this approach because according to it, even an illusory snake must be called real as it can cause effects like fear, etc. In fact production of effect is with the Buddhists, the only definition
1Gunaratna or SDSC, 52. *PKM, 8-11.
Page #195
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
174 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline of existence. Each unit of effect is different from any other such unit, but a succession of the different units of effect reveals a succession of new substances every moment, and that is why all things are momentary. The Jains refute this view on the following grounds: We can only assert that thing the existence of which is indicated by a corresponding experience. The Buddhist view that each unit of effect produced is not exactly the same at each new point of time and that therefore all things are momentary is fallacious, because experience shows that not all of an object is found to be changing every moment. To take an example, gold in a gold ornament is found to remain permanent while its forms like ear-rings or bangles are seen to undergo change. In the face of such an experience it is impossible to assert that the whole thing vanishes every moment and that new things are being renewed at each succeeding moment. According to the Jains, this baseless analysis has given birth to the curious arthakriyākäritva doctrine of Buddhists leading them to unfounded nihilism. Thus if we go by experience we can neither reject the self nor the external world. The rise of knowledge through experience can be parallel to certain objective collocation of things.
The Buddhists began with a sense of realism, but the two schools of Mahāyāna, viz. Sūnyavāda and Vijñānavāda, shifted themselves to absolute idealism which considered the empirical world as completely unreal, as false as the beauty of the daughter of a barren woman. In course of its philosophical history, Jainism also developed some idealistic tendencies, but the realistic nature of Jain standpoint remained unaltered in essence. It rejects Sunyavāda and Vijñānavāda because they do not accept the competence of the sense organs. The Buddhist theory of dependent origination conceives in its own distinctive manner the series of qualities and attributes that originate or perish, but it posits no permanent atomic substance in the form of the substrata of these qualities and attributes. But Jainism posits over and above the perceptible world an infinite number of two utterly distinct types of subtle elements, one physical and the other conscious. The gross world is according to it only the effect (kārya) or modification (pariņāma) of the subtle physical elements.
Of the problems of knowledge in general, the Jains are in agreement with the Buddhists belonging to the Vijñānavāda school on the point of the self-revelatory character of cognition, but while the Vijñānavādins hold that there exist no objects apart from cognition, and a particular piece of cognition is possessed of a particular form, the
Page #196
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 175
Jains posit the existence of external objects and treat cognition as a generated phenomenon. So far as the question of Pramāņa, meaning both valid cognition and the instrument of valid cognition, is concerned, the Buddhist logicians introduced the idea of self-cognition or self-revelatoriness, which had influenced the earlier Jain logicians like Siddhasena and Samantabhadra. As to the problem whether the validity or invalidity of a piece of cognition is intrinsic or extrinsic, the Buddhist viewpoint, as upheld by Sāntarakṣita, is that both the validity and the invalidity of a piece of cognition can well be intrinsic in one case and extrinsic in another. Thus in the case of repeated acquaintance (abhyāsa-daśā) the validity as well as invalidity of a piece of cognition ought to be treated as intrinsic while in the case of first acquaintance (anabhyāsa-daśā) they both ought to be treated as extrinsic. The Jain position also exactly tallies with the Buddhist case as presented by Santarakṣita. As to the nature of the effects of a pramāna, the Buddhist tradition holds two views :(i) that it consists in cognition of an object and (ii) that it consists in self-cognition. According to the Jain tradition, the immediate effect of pramāņa is the removal of ignorance, but the remote effect can possibly be the decision to accept or reject or ignore the object. The Jains consider memory (smrti) to be a pramāna and class it under non-perceptual knowledge, but the Buddhists do not contribute to this idea.
We shall conclude this section with a brief note on Buddhist atomism, the conception of which is basically different from that Jains. It is only in the Sarvāstivāda school of Buddhism that we come across the doctrine of atomism. According to the Jains the are eternal, but the atoms of Buddhism are not so, because B dogmatically asserts the impermanence of all things. According to the Buddhists. the atoms have only a functional role which may be compared with a focus of energy. The atoms of the four elements, and also their molecules, are related to the five senses. The four elements have distinctive attributes and functions, e.g. solidity and supporting in the case of earth, moisture and cohesion in that of water, heat and ripening in that of fire, motion and expansion in that of air.3 The atoms constitute molecules which must include at least one atom of all four elements, and acquire their characteristics according
1PSM, I, 10; PMV, II, 1; Stcherbatsky, BL, I, p. 12. * Keith, BP, p. 161. *McGovern, MBP, 1, p. 115.
Page #197
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
176
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
to the atoms predominantly composing them. Such conceptions are basically different from the Jain formulations which are closer rather to those of the Nyāya Vaišeşikas.
Jainism and Ājīvikism
It is evident from the Jain tradition that Mahāvira in the beginning of his career as an ascetic came in close touch with Gosāla, the leader of the Ājīvikas. Although the association of Gosāla and Mahāvira was not permanent and although a relation of bitter hostility developed between the two teachers in the subsequent course of their religious career, it is clear from what we get in the Buddhist and Jain texts, in absence of any religious literature of the Ajīvikas, that early Jainism owed something to the doctrines upheld and preached by Gosāla. The frequent confusion of the terms nirgrantha and ājīvika in the Buddhist texts also points in the same direction. The general outcome .of Ajivikism is the doctrine of Niyati or fate which has, however, nothing to do with Jainism. But so far as the particulars are concerned, Jainism and Ajīvikism have many points in common.
For example, the Ājīvika conception of Abhijāti, or six classes of mankind, has evidently some bearing on the Jain classification of beings and the Jain conception of Leśyā. The grouping is made on a supposed attribution of colour to different classes of beings. The highest or milk-white group contains the followers of Gosāla and his two predecessors. Below this is the category of white which contains other groups of the Ajīvikas. Below this is green to which belong the Acelakas. Below this is red consisting of the Niganthas wearing a single garment. Then comes blue in which category belong the bhikkhus who live as thieves and also believers in Karma. The lowest class is marked black which contains thieves, hunters and others who live by violence.
Regarding the relationship between Jainism and Ājīvikism, it is better to begin with the observation of Prof. Jacobi. “The greatest influence on the development of Mahāvīra's doctrines, I believe, must be ascribed to Gosāla, the son of Makkhali. A history of his life, contained in the Bhagavati XV has been briefly translated by Hoernle in the Appendix to his translation of the Uvāsagadasão. It is there recorded that Gosāla lived six years together with Mahāvīra as his disciple, practising asceticism, but afterwards separated from
1 Anguttara, III, p. 383; Sum. Vil., p. 162.
Page #198
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 177 him, started a Law of his own, and set up as a Jina, the leader of the Ājivikas. The Buddhist records, however, speak of him as the successor of Nanda Vacca and Kisa Samkicca and of his sect, the Acelaka paribbājakas, as a long established order of monks. We have no reason to doubt the statement of the Jains, that Mahāvira and Gosāla for some time practised austerities together; but the relation between them probably was different from what the Jains would have believed. I suppose, and shall now bring forward some arguments in favour of my opinion, that Mahāvira and Gosāla associated with the intention of combining their sects and fusing them into one. The fact that these two teachers lived together for a long period, presupposes, it would appear some similarity between their opinions...... The expression sabbe sattā sabbe pānā sabbe bhūtā sabbe jīvā common to both Gosāla and the Jains and from the commentary we learn that the division of animals into ekendriyas, dvīndriyas, etc., which is so common in Jain texts, was also used by Gosāla. The curious and almost paradoxical Jain doctrine of the six Leśyās closely resembles, as Prof. Leumann was the first to perceive, Gosāla's divison of mankind into six classes; but in this particular I am inclined to believe that the Jainas borrowed the idea from the Ajīvikas and altered it so as to bring it into harmony with the rest of their own doctrines. With regard to the rules of conduct the collective evidence obtainable is such as to amount nearly to proof that Mahāvīra borrowed the more rigid rules from Gosāla."
Prof. Basham has found out a number of Ājīvika terms and concepts from the Buddhist and Jain texts and their commentaries bearing on the doctrines of the Ajīvikas.? We shall refer to them in brief which will show the nature of influence which Ājīvikism exerted on Jainism and also the latter on the former. It is impossible to enter into a discussion owing to the fragmentary nature of the data we possess at the the present state of our knowledge. In the Sāmaññaphala-sutta of the Buddhist Dīgha Nikāya and Buddhaghoșa's Sumargala-vilāsini which is a commentary on it, in the Anguttara Nikāya and in the Jain Bhagavati sūtra we come across the Ajivika concepts like Yoni-pamukha, womb or birth; Karma, their number and classification; Pațipadā, paths (Cf. majjhima-pațipadā of the Buddhists); Antara-kappa, ages of the world; Abhijāti or classes of men; Purișa
1SBE, XLV, introduction XXIX-XXX. *HDA, pp. 240 ff.
Page #199
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
178 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
bhūmi, stages of human existence (manda, stupid stage, khidda, pleasure, vīmamsā, investigation, ujjugata, upright walking, sekha, learning, samana, monkhood, jina, enlightenment and pañña, the stage of the highest cognition; cf. Jain Gunasthāna); Ajiva; Paribbājaka; Nāgāvāsa, region of serpents; Indriya, senses, 2000 in number; Niraya purgatories; Rajo-dhatu (cf. Rajas of the Sāmkhya); Saññi-gabbha, the types of sentient births, such as camels, oxen, etc; Asaññi-gabbha, types of unconscious births, such as rice, wheat, barley, etc.; Niganthigabbħa types of birth from knots like sugar-cane, bamboo, reed, etc.; Deva, gods of seven classes; Mānuşa, men (?), souls (?), heavens (?), stages of birth (?); Pesāca, goblins; Sara or lakes; Patuvā; Papāta, precipices; Supina, dream; Mahākappa; great aeons, etc.
A few other Ājivika categories are found in the Jain Bhagvati Sūtra which include the four pāņagāim and the four apāņagāim rules governing the conduct of the ascetic in his last penance, eight cariņāim or finalities and six anaikkamaņijjāim or inevitable (lābha, gain; alābha, loss; suha, joy; dukkha, sorrow; jīviya, life and marana, death). The Ajivikas believed in the existence of seven elemental categories-earth, water, air, fire, joy, sorrow and life (cf. the doctrine of Pakudha mentioned in Part II). The seven elements are described as unmanufactured, barren and firm, neither moving, nor developing, nor affecting one another. The southern Ajīvikas developed a theory of atomism, which is proved by the evidence furnished by the Manimekalai, Nilakeci and Civañana-cittiyar. The atoms move and combine and may come together densely or loosely to form things of different kinds. The combination of atoms occurs in fixed ratios. The soul and also pleasure and pain are conceived in terms of atomic combination. The conception of soul's size and colour which had characterised Ājivikism has something to do with the Jain conception of soul. "The evidence of the Jain commentators shows that the Ājīvikas has their own epistemology and logic which had much in common with that of the Jain sect of Trairāśikas. The distinctive characteristic of the Ajīvika system of epistemology, like that of the Trairāśika Jains, was the division of propositions into three categories, in contrast with the orthodox Jain system, which allowed seven."2
1HDA, pp. 254 ff. 'ibid, pp. 262 ff., 274.
Page #200
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 179
Jainism and Materialism
In the Süyagadal as we have already seen in the second part of this book, two materialistic theories are spoken of. According to the first theory, the body and the soul are regarded as one and the same thing. The second theory is concerned with the doctrine of five eternal elements constituting everything. The philosophical views of Pūraņa, Pakudha and Ajita, who were contemporaries of the Buddha and Mahāvīra, must have contributed to the growth of a purely materialistic philosophy which later came to be known as the Cārvāka system.
In its sophisticated stage, Jainism had to come into conflict with the Cārvāka system. It was due to the fact that in accepting nonperceptual sources of knowledge like inference and testimony, the Jain philosophers felt it necessary to justify their view by refuting the Cārvāka theory that perception is the only source of valid knowledge. 2 Thus, the Jains point out that if the possibility of obtaining correct knowledge through inference and testimony be rejected altogether, the validity of perception then also can be challenged on the ground that in many cases perception proves illusory. The agree with the Cārvākas on the point that perception reveals the reality of material substances, composed of the four kinds of elements. But they add that for the establishment of the concepts of space and time and also of motion and rest inferential knowledge is necessary. They point out that in some cases even the Cārvākas have to depend on inferential knowledge, e.g. when they say that consciousness is due to the combination of material substances. We can perceive the qualities of a fruit like its colour, shape, smell, etc. We can as well perceive internally pleasure, pain and other qualities of the soul. But we cannot perceive how the combination of material substances is generating consciousness. In establishing this absolute the Cārvākas evidently depend on inferential knowledge. Moreover, when the Cārvākas deny the existence of non-perceptible objects like life-afterdeath, they go beyond perception and infer the non-existence of the objects from the fact of their non-perception.
It is however interesting to note that this Jain criticism of the Cārvākas was directed mainly against their theory of knowledge. In other fields the Jain philosophers preferred to keep themselves silent.
111, 1. 15; 11, 1.21 ff. *PRM, II; SVDM, 20.
Page #201
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
180 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
It is probably due to the fact that Jainism itself has a materialistic tendency. As Pandit Sukhlalji Sanghvi has observed quite correctly: "Starting with an analysis (of the real) into different substances (dravya) the system no doubt goes to the length of analysing even the subtlest modes (paryāya), but in spite of its accepting the reality of the modes that are the final resultants in this analytic process the Jaina does not reject the reality of permanent substances as will do the Buddhist. Likewise, starting with the synthesis of the modes and the substances, the Jaina system ultimately arrives at the one principle of reality (sat-tattva), but it does not deny in the manner of Brahmavada reality to the diversity of substances and to the modes that are the resultants in the analytic process. All this was possible because Jainism relatively acknowledge the equal competence (tulya-bala) and equal truth (samāna-satya) of two standpoints, viz. the standpoint of substance (dravyārthika dṛṣṭi) and the standpoint of modes (paryayärthika drṣti). Consequently, we do not find in it either extreme analysis as we do in Buddhism or extreme synthesis as we do in Vedanta. And this, in turn, is why the realistic nature of the Jaina standpoint remained unaltered in essence."1
According to the Carvākas, there is no soul. This conclusion is based upon the following arguments. There is no soul apart from the body. Thus, the soul is nothing but the living body itself with the quality of consciousness. But this consciousness is not the quality of any unperceived non-material or spiritual entity. It exists in the perceptible living body composed of the material elements and hence it must be a quality of the body itself. Just as the quality of intoxication emerges in the wine through the mixing up of certain ingredients, not intoxicant by themselves, required for its production, so also what is called consciousness is nothing but epiphenomenon or by-product of matter, which has no existence independent of the body. But the Jains are not ready to admit that there is no soul apart from the body or that consciousness is the effect of matter, resulting out of the combination of material elements that constitute the body. If that be the case, there will be no absence of consciousness so long as the body exists. Loss of consciousness in sleep, fainting or in a dead body will then be impossible. Moreover, there is no concomitance between the body and consciousness; the development and decay in the former are not
1ASILM, p. 3.
Page #202
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 181
invariably followed by corresponding changes in the latter.
Jain atheism has some common features with that of the Cārvākas. The supposition of God as a creator is unnecessary, according to the Cārvākas, since the world comes into existence by the spontaneous combination of material elements. It is by the natures and laws inherent in the material elements that they combine together to form the world. According to the Jains, neither perception nor inference can prove God. The substances by their interaction produce new set of qualities. The diversities of the world are due to cooperative conditions inherent in the nature of things. If things can function only in obidience to the will of God, there is no reason why they should be endowed with distinct attributes. Such arguments have something in common with the Cārvāka theory which tries to explain the world as a mere mechanical or fortuitous combination of elements,
Jainism and Sāmkhya
It is not unlikely that Jainism and Buddhism borrowed some of their philosophical characteristics from the Samkhya which is probably the oldest of all the philosophical speculations of India. But despite its hoary antiquity, which has been proved by numerous references to the Sāmkhya in ancient literature, we know practically nothing of its original form in the absence of any authoritative early Sāmkhya text. Apart from the medieval and late medieval commentaries, what we are concretely left with are only two treatises - the Sāmkhya Kārika of about 500 AD and the Sāmkhya-sūtra of about 1400 AD. These works and also their commentaries are burdened with Vedantic elements, and hence absolutely undependable for the understanding of the real nature and original contents of the Sāmkhya. Its non-Vedic origin may be substantiated by the fact that (1) the Sāņkbya conception of Prakrti as the material cause of the universe is incompatible with the Vedantic conception of Brahman, that (ii) greatest care is taken in the Brahmasūtra to refute the Sāmkhya philosophy which is looked upon as the most important challenge to the Vedic system and that (iii) there had always been a conscious attempt to revise and fabricate the Sāmkhya in the light of the Vedānta.2
1See Part III, Sec. p. 2. *See my IMG, pp. 109-14.
Page #203
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
182 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Garbe seems to be perfectly right when he says that "the origin of the Samkhya system appears in the proper light only when we understand that in those regions of India which were little influenced by Brahmanism the first attempt had been made to explain the riddles of the world and of our existence merely by means of reason. For the Sāmkhya philosophy is in its essence, not only atheistic but also inimical to Veda. All appeal to Sruti in the Sāņkhya texts lying
efore us are subsequent additions. We may altogether remove the Vedic elements grafted upon the system, and it will not in the least be affected thereby. The Sāņkhya philosophy had been originally, and has remained up to the present day, in its real contents, unVedic and independent of Brahmanical tradition."1
Essentially the non-Vedic Sâmkhya is the doctrine of the Pradhāna or Prakrti (Female Principle), but within it has a place for the Puruşa (Male Principle), and the place is highly anomalous. Praksti is the chief principle and all in all, Puruşa is subordinate, inactive and nothing but a passive spectator. We have already traced the origin of the anomalous position of Puruşa to the anomalous position of the males in the primitive matriarchal societies.? Prakrti is the premordial matter, conceived as the Female Principle from which everything of the world is produced, Praksti is characterised by the equilibrium of the three qualities of sattva, rajas and tamas. The first quality gives rise to happiness and love, tranquility and modesty, health and lightness of body, patience and forgiveness, courage, magnanimity, self restraint and illumination of knowledge; the second to wrath, greed, egotism, worldly activity and boastfulness; and the third to drowsiness, sloth, stupidity, ignorance and carelessness. Puruşa is characterised by passivity and indifference, but somehow comes to be influenced by the three qualities of Praksti. It is only by the cooperation of the “blind Prakrti and lame Purusa" that the creation starts out. The whole of the cosmos exists in a subtle (sukşma) form in Prakrti and becomes manifest in creation. It is impossible for an entity to come into existence out of non-entity.3
When the equilibrium of Prakrti is 'disturbed' through the presence of Puruşa, then from the former is developed Mahân or Buddhi, the thinking substance. Out of Mahān emerges the principle of egoity
1Garbe, ACOPVMCSS, XX-XXI. *See Part II, Sec. p. 2; Bhattacharyya, IMG, pp. 92-94; HICI, pp. 50 ff. "SPS, V, 52 ff.
Page #204
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 183
(Ahamkara), which in its turn produces mind (Manas) the five organs of sense (Buddhindriya), the five organs of action Karmendriya, and the five subtle elements (Tanmatra). The last combining with one another, form the five gross elements (Mahabhūtas): space, fire, wind, water and earth. Mahan or Buddhi, the basis of intelligence of the individual, is the first product of the evolution of Prakṛti. It exists as a seed-force in Prakṛti when its functions are not manifested. It is never failing and contains all Samskāras.1 Ahamkara or the principle of egoity which rises after Buddhi is conceived as the material cause of substances through which the Puruşa identifies itself with the acts of Prakṛti, thus helping in the formation of concepts and decisions. Ahamkara may be dominated by any of the three Gunas. (It is difficult to say how Ahamkära is derived from Mahān or Buddhi). When it is dominated by the Sattva it produces the mind (Manas), the five organs of perception (Buddhindriya), the five of action (Karmendriya) and five subtle elements (Tanmätra). Manas is the organ synthesising the sense-data into precepts.3 The five organs of perception are the functions of sight, hearing, smell, taste and touch produced from Ahamkāra. They are the means of observing the subtle and gross elements. The world as an object of perception has the five Tanmatras or subtle elements, the essence of sound, touch, colour, taste and smell connceived as physical principles, corresponding to five sense organs. The gross elements arise from the compounding of the subtle elements by process of accumulation. These are earth, water, fire, air and space collectively called Mahābhūtas. The stages of evolution from Prakṛti to five gross elements number twenty-four, and Purușa is said to be the twenty-fifth principle of the Samkhya system.
According to Jacobi, in the primitive strata of Jain metaphysics the category of quality had not been clearly and distinctly conceived, and it was just evolving as if out of the category of substance. Things which could be recognised as qualities were constantly mistaken for and mixed up with substances. In the Samkhya we also come across relics of such a stage. "In the Samkhya the nature of Puruşa or soul is similarly defined as being intelligence or light; and the three
1SPB, II, 41-42.
'SPS, I, 63.
'cf. SK, XXXV.
'SPS, II, 20. 'SK, XXIV.
Page #205
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
184 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Gunas are described as goodness, energy and delusion, or light, colour and darkness; yet these Gunas are not qualities in our sense of the word, but as Prof. Garbe adequately calls them, constituents of primitive matter. It is quite in accordance with this way of thinking that the ancient Jain texts usually speak only of substances, dravyas, and their development or modifications, paryāyas; and when they mention Gunas, qualities, besides, which, however, is done but rarely in the Sūtras, and regularly in comparatively modern books only, this seems to be a later innovation due to the influence which the philosophy and terminology of the Nyaya-Vaiśeṣika gradually gained over the scientific thoughts of the Hindus.""1
However, the similarities between the essentials of the Samkhya and those of Jainism can hardly be overlooked. The Samkhya wants to explain the world in terms of two basic categories namely, Puruşa and Prakṛti, just as Jainism wants to explain everything in terms of Jiva and Ajīva. The Samkhya concepts of Puruşa and Prakṛti are very primitive. In the earlier phases of the evolution of the Samkhya thought these concepts evidently stood for the male and female principles of creation. This is also proved by the evidence furnished by the later Samkhya treatises. In the subsequent stages of the development of the Samkhya thought Puruşa or the male principle came to denote living being and finally soul and Prakṛti or the female principle, the primordial substance, the inanimate matter. The same holds good in the case of Jain Jīva and Ajiva, living and non-living, which later came to denote soul and inanimate substances, the latter being further subdivided into Pudgala (matter), Ākāśa (space), Kāla (time), Dharma (motion) and Adharma (rest). As in the Samkhya, so in Jainism the souls are infinite in number.
The evolution of the world has its starting point, in the Samkhya, in the contact (samyoga) between Puruşa or the self and Prakrti or primal matter. This contact does not however mean any kind of ordinary conjunction, but a sort of effective relation through which Prakrti is influenced by the presence of Puruşa, more or less in the same way as the Jīva attracts Pudgala in Jainism. There can be no evolution unless the two become somehow related to each other. The Jain conception, which is under different conditions blended with the doctrine of Karma, regarding the union of soul and matter, is basically the same. A soul acquires the body that it inwardly craves
1SBE, XLV; introduction, XXIV.
Page #206
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 185 for. The Karma or the sum of the past life of a soul generates in it certain blind cravings and passion. These cravings in the soul attract to it particular sorts of matter particles and organize them into the body unconsciously desired.
But there are also some differences between the Jain and Samkhya conceptions of soul. According to the Jains the soul in its pure state is possessed of infinite perception (ananta-darśana), infinite knowledge (ananta-jñāna) and infinite power (ananta-vīrya). It is all perfect. The souls are infinite in number. They are substances and are eternal. According to the Samkhya, although the souls are many, they are without parts and qualities. They do not contract or expand in accordance with their occupation of smaller and larger bodies but are always all-pervasive, and are not contained in the bodies in which they are manifested. Unlike the Jain soul possessing infinite knowledge, power and perception, the Samkhya soul is described as being devoid of such characteristics. In Jainism the soul is veiled by Karma matter, and every act of knowledge means only the partial removal of the veil. But the Samkhya says that the soul is a distinct, transcendent principle, whose real nature as such is behind or beyond the subtle matter of knowledge. Knowledge revelation is not the unveiling or revelation of a particular part of the soul, as the Jains suppose.
The whole course of evolution from Prakṛti to the gross physical elements is distinguished in the Samkhya into two stages, the psychical and the physical, the former including the developments of Prakrti as Buddhi, Ahamkara and the eleven sense-motor organs, and the latter constituting the evolution of five subtle physical essences (Tanmātra), the gross elements (Mahābhūtas) and their products. The Tanmätras or physical essences are devoid of specific perceptible character and hence called aviseșa. The gross elements and their products are possessed of specific characters and so they are designated as Viseșa. The gross body which is composed of five gross elements is the support of the subtle body in so far as the intellect, the ego and the senses cannot function without some physical basis. This metaphysics rests mainly on its theory of causation which is known as Satkāryavāda. This theory has two different forms, namely, Pariṇāmavāda and Vivartavāda. The latter, which is accepted by the Advaita Vedäntins, holds that the change of the cause into the effect is merely apparent, but according to the former, which is especially held by the Samkhya, there is a real transformation (pariņāma) of the
Page #207
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
186 Jain Philosophy in Historical Ởutline cause into the effect, e.g. the production of curd from milk. “Coming to the Jain system, we find that it posits over and above the perceptible world an infinite number of two utterly distinct types of subtle elements, one physical and the other conscious. The gross world is according to it only an effect (Kārya) or modification (pariņāma) of the subtle physical elements. The subtle physical elements of the Jain system are atomic in nature but they are far subtler than the atoms posited in the Arambhavāda. Even though an atomist, the Jaina conceives the atoms as constantly undergoing change (Pariņāmin) precisely in the manner of the Prādhana etc. of Pariņāmavāda; and the gross world is according to him but a transformation (rūpäntara) or modification (parināma) of these very atoms. Really speaking, the Jaina is a Parināma-vàdin. However, there is a difference between the Pariņāmavāda as advocated by the Sāmkhya-Yoga, old Vedānta, etc. and the same as advocated by the Jaina: In the Samkhya-Yoga system Pariņāmavāda has been applied to the physical elements alone while the unconscious elements have been left untouched thereby; on the other hand, in Bhartsprapanca etc. Pariņāmavāda has been applied to the conscious elements alone. As contrasted with these two, in Jainism Pariņāmavāda has been applied to the physical as well as conscious, gross as well as subtle; in one word, the Jaina Pariņāmavāda may be called as all comprehensive (sarva-vyāpaka) Pariņāma-vāda."'1
The Sāņkhya theory of knowledge, in its basic principles, has much in common with that of the Jains, since it accepts all the three independent sources of valid knowledge (Pramāņa), viz. perception, inference and testimony. Jainism also shares with the Sāmkhya the two kinds of perception, namely, nirvikalpa or indeterminate, arising at the first moment of contact between a sense and its object, and svavikalpa or determinate which is the result of the analysis, synthesis and interpretation of sense data. A distinction between empirical and transcendental perception is maintained both in the Sāmkhya and in Jainism. The Sāmkhya also seems to have contributed to the Jain tradition that transcendental perception is of both sorts, indeterminate as well as determinate. According to the Sāmkhya, the material cause of sense-organs is abhimāna which is kind of subtlesubstance (suksma-dravya) born of Prakrti.2 Jainism likewise maintains that the material cause of sense organs is a particular kind of
ISanghvi, ASILM, p. 12. *SK, XXV.
Page #208
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 187 pudgala, i.e. a particular kind of physical substance (iada-dravyavišeşa). Over and above the five usual sense organs, a sixth one of the form of an internal sense-organ has been accepted by all the systems under the name manas. According to the Samkhya, manas is not atomic, but it is quite small in size, born out of the evolution of material Praksti. The Jains also hold that mind is a material entity (pudgalika) originating from an extremely subtle physical substance called manovargaņā. Like body it undergoes change every moment. They also have a conception of bhāva-manas which is of the nature of cognitive potency and cognition, and this comes out of a conscious substance (cetana-dravya-janya). The Jains, however, criticise the Sāņkhya view that just as a mirror reflects the light of a lamp and thereby manifests other things, so the material principle of intellect, being transparent and bright, reflects the consciousness of the self and illuminates or cognises the objects of knowledge. In refuting some of the points of the Sāņkhya theory of perception, to which the Jains do not like to subscribe, they have followed similar arguments laid down by the Nyāya school. With regard to the classification of ipference, the Sāmkhya adopts the Nyāya view, although in a slightly different form. Also as regards the logical forms of inference, the Sāmkhya admit, like the Naiyāyikas, that the five-membered syllogism is the most convincing form of inferential proof. In the Jain tradition, the first mention of the three types of inference found in the Anuyogadārāi and the words by which the three types are here designated are literally the same as in the Nyāya system. We have elsewhere the occasion to deal elaborately with the problems of Jain syllogisms and their bearing on the Nyāya system.
The Jain conception of Mokșa and the Buddhist conception of Nirvāņa appear to have derived their main impulses from the Sāmkhya idea of liberation. World is full of suffering and to get rid of (mukți) all suffering is the summum bonum of our life (apavarga or mukți). These two Sāmkhya ideas must have contributed something to the development of the corresponding Buddhist and Jain ideas. In the Sâmkhya the cause of suffering is attributed to ignorance, and hence freedom from suffering is to be attained through right knowledge of reality, which comes from the knowledge of distinction (vivekajñāna)
1 Anu, p. 212 A. *See Part III, Sec. 3.
Page #209
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
188 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline between the self and the not-self. All pleasures and pains belong to the mind-body complex, which acts or causes to act. The soul is quite different from this complex, a passive spectator, a transcendent subject whose very nature is pure consciousness, freedom, eternity and immortality. The attainment of liberation means the clear recognition of the self as a reality which is beyond time and space, mind and body, and hence essentially free, eternal and immortal.2
Likewise Jain atheism also seems to have been substantiated by Sāmkhya atheism. According to the Sāmkhya, God as an eternal and immutable self cannot be the cause of the world. God cannot guide or control Parkști. To create the world or to control Prakrti cannot be the end of God's own, because a perfect being cannot have any unfulfilled desires and unattained ends. The belief in God is inconsistent with the distinctive reality and immortality of individual selves. Perception and inference do not prove God.3 The Sāmkhya proceeds on the principle that the product is none other than the material cause in a definite stage of evolution and that the preceding stages are to be inferred from that which lies open before us. By this means a first principle is finally reached, which is of the nature of cause only. This is Parkrti, the primordial matter, from which the universe is evolved in a regular course. The primordial matter moved by the laws of motion inherent within it transforms itself into the world. Hence it is redundant to admit the existence of God. The assumption of God is thus ontologically irrelevant and logically repulsive because it is unproved.
Jainism and Yoga
The twenty five principles of the Sāņkhya are accepted by the Yoga. Patañjali systematised the conceptions of the Yoga under the framework of the metaphysics of the Sāmkhya. Excepting for the admission of God, Yoga is practically the same as the later Samkhya. Yoga is thus called “Sāmkhya with God”. The Sāmkhya affirms that the existence of an eternal God cannot be established by proof. The eternal existence of the Purușas is inconsistent with the infinity and creatorship of God. Praksti evolves into the world by coming into relationship with Purușa, but the Samkhya does not clearly and cate
1SSV, III, 23-24; SK and Kaumudi, XLIV, LXIII.
SSV, V, 71-83. 'SPS, I. 92, V, 10.
Page #210
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 189 gorically explain how this relationship is brought about. The Yoga school says that this is brought about by the agency of God. The concept of God is thus an extraneous graft on the Yoga system.
Frankly speaking, although included in the six systems of Indian philosophy, the Yoga has nothing to do with the philosophical speculations. It is logical to look upon Yoga as essentially as certain ancient practices rather than any specific philosophy. The practices are in fact immensely old. These take us back to the primitive times, in the ecstatic rites and magical practices of the prehistoric peoples for acquiring supernatural powers through the most strenuous methods. That these were prevalent as early as the third millennium BC has been proved by the Harappan stone-statues and pictures depicted on the seals. In course of time these practices became the floating possessions, as it were, of all sorts of religious sects and even philosophical systems. This primitive inheritance was moulded in accordance with subsequent religious doctrines and philosophical conceptions. As for the methods and means of Yoga, the Yoga Sūtra mentions the following eight Yogāngas: yama (restraint), niyama (discipline), äsana (sitting posture), prānayāma (breath-control), pratyähāra (withdrawal of the senses), dhārana (attention), dhyāna (meditation) and samādhi (concentration). The supposed experience resulting from these Yoga practices was able to influence the adherents of different religio-philosophical schools.
In Jain tradition it is said that lord Mahāvīra devoted himself for long twelve years chiefly to the Yogic practices, and the canonical works of Jainism attach great importance to the Yogāngas, i.e. the components of Yoga. The Jain doctrine of Karma has something common with its Yoga conception. Karma in Yoga is divided into four classes (1) Sukla or white (punya, those that produce happiness), (2) Krsna or black (pāpa, those that produce sorrow), (3) Sukla-kļşņa (ordinary actions, partly virtuous and partly vicious) and (4) Aśuklakrsna (those inner acts of self-abnegation and meditation which are devoid of any fruits as pleasures and pains). All external actions invlove some sins, for it is difficult to work in the world and avoid taking the lives of insects. All Karmas proceed from the five fold afflictions (Klešas), namely, avidyā, asmitā, rāga, dveșa and abhinivesa. The Karmas performed in the present life generally accumulate and
IBV, I. 24; YV., 1, 24. * VB and TVS, IV, 7.
Page #211
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
190 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline make it possible for an individual to suffer and enjoy the fruits thereof. The Karma of the present life determines the particular kind of future birth, the period of life and the painful and joyful experiences destined for that life. The influence of some form of Yoga system on the disciplinary codes of the Jains has been suggested by Jacobi. He has shown that a few sūtras of Umāsvāti? are directly inspired from similar verses occuring in Patañjali's Yoga-sūtra. In connection with Samvara or stoppage we come across the Jain insistence on the gutti or control of the mind, speech and body. This is possible by refraining from samrambha, samārambha and ärambha." These denote the stages of the preparation and the performance of forbidden thinking, speaking and acting. The tenfold monastic morality (dhar ma) and the twelve pessimistic reflections, conceived by Umāsvāti,5 have a close bearing on the Yoga precepts. Details of Jain Yogic practices are furnished by Schübring6 by which the aspirant can withdraw himself from his surrounding, reach the state of indifference towards all that the five senses offer, suppress the four passions, avoid displeasing and promote pleasing activities of the inner sense, speech and body and finally raise himself to the resting-place secluded from all worldly dealings and temptations.
The influence of Yoga on Jain philosophy can also clearly be observed in the conception of transcendental perception. This transcendental perception is named differently is different systems. In the Sāmkhya, Nyāya-Vaiseșika and Buddhist systems it is known as Yogi-pratakşya (i.e. Yogic perception) or Yogi-jñāna (i.e. Yogic knowledge) and is supposed to be born as a result of competence acquired through Yogic practices. In Jain philosophy, the Āgamic, i.e. earlier or canonical, tradition insists that transcendental perception alone should be treated as direct perception to which category it places the avadhi, manahparyāya and kevala jñānās. Later Jain logicians however attempted to bring empirical perception under the category of Pratyaksa. In any case, the conception of Yogic perception, indeterminate as well as determinate, has some bearing on the Jain avadhi-darśana and Kevaladarśana which posit a type of cognition arising independently of sense
1SBE, XXII; introduction, XXX ff. *TTDS, VII, 4-7. 3ibid, IX. *Uttara, XXIV, 19 ff. STTDS, IX, 6-7. DJ, 277 ff.
Page #212
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 191 object contact on account of Yoga or special competence of soul (visiṣta-atma-sakti).
Jainism and Mimāmsā
The Mimāmsā occupies a unique position in Indian philosophical systems. Like the Yoga, the Mīmāmsā is also an inheritance of primitive culture, of primitive rituals and ceremonies designed to influence the course of nature in favour of a fruitful and happy human existence. The aim of the Mīmāmsaka philosophers was to revive the undifferentiated pre-class collective life as the precondition for the development and efficacy of primitive magical beliefs and rituals. That is why it upholds the aspects of Vedic ritualism, supplies a philosophical justification of the beliefs on which this ritualism depended and gives a methodology of interpretation with the help of which these could be properly performed. The Mīmāmsaka insistence on the infallibility and authority of the Vedas is in fact nothing but a wholehearted regard to the inherited traditional knowledge of the past of which the Vedas are the symbol.
It appears that the original purpose of the Mimämsä as well as of Jainism and Buddhism was the same-to revive the primitive way of life, simple, unsophisticated and collective,-as the way out of the crisis of class society. But while Jainism and Buddhism, being disgusted with the corrupt practices of the advanced and sophisticated sacrificial cults and rituals made a total denunciation of all these, the Mimāmsā atrempted to revive their original form and connect them with the original values and purposes for which they stood in the days of yore. Unfortunately most of the modern scholars-even great scholars like Max-müller, Keith or Radhakrishnan-have missed this point, as a result of which they have been baffled with the inherent puzzles of the Mimāmṣā doctrine.
The greatest puzzle is Mīmāmsā atheism which is in common with Jainism and Buddhism. How can a system which has based itself on the Vedas become atheistic? The Mimamsakas themselves answer this question by saying that they are only concerned with the rituals of the Vedas to be performed according to the proper rules which contain eternal truth and not with any other motive. The primitive magical basis of the Vedic rituals is sufficiently clear which has been demonstrated by all competent Vedic scholars. This magical basis, in spite of the grafting upon the primitive rituals the later class-interest of the priests, has not been completely stamped out. In primitive
Page #213
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
192 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
magic there is no room for a supreme being, an omniscient and omnipotent God. It rests on the notion that by creating an illusion of the reality you can control the reality. By performing rituals, mainly in the form of the act of miming, nature can be so influenced as to serve your purpose. No supernatural intervention is needed. The clue to everything about Mīmāmsā, including its atheism, is therefore to be sought in the facts underlying primitive magic.
The premises of Jain atheism are broadly the same as those of Mimāṁsā atheism. Sabara's argument for the rejection of God is simply that there is no evidence of his existence. Sense perception does not reveal God and the other sources of knowledge are after all based upon sense-perception. In spite of all their differences, both Kumārila3 and Prabhākara, 4 violently argue that the conception of God is ontologically irrelevant and logically repulsive. While dealing with Jain atheism we have already the occasion to refer to the antitheistic argument of the Mīmāmsakas, and there is no need of repeating them once again. Kumārila made a delightful fun of the internal inconsistencies involved in the theistic position. A disembodied soul cannot create anything, so God needs to have a body which will be supplied by another God whose body will again be supplied by another, and so on ad infinitum. Since a fool even does not do any
hing without a purpose, what can be the purpose of an omnipotent and all-merciful God creating such a world full of pain and misery. Like that of the Jains, the target of the Mimāmsaka attack was the theistic conception of the Nyāya-Vaišeşika. But Kumārila also extended his arguments even against the conception of creation as advanced by the Vedānta. If the world is produced from Brahman who is free from all defects then the world should also be defectless, but it is not so. Likewise Māyā or Avidyā can not be at the root of creation because there was no entity other than Brahman on the eve of creation. This cannot be said that Brahman, the only reality, has induced the unreal dreamlike Māyā to create.
The task of the Mimāņsakas was to defend logically the efficacy of the magical rites. In the course of doing so they developed their own theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics and theology. Like the
Frazer, GB, passim. 2Saokara on MS, I, 1. 5. 3SLV, 41-116, Jha's tr. pp. 355 ff. "Jha, PSPM, pp. 85 ff.; Keith, KM, pp. 62 ff.
Page #214
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 193 Jains, and the adherents of most other schools, the Mimãmsakas admit the validity of determinate and indeterminate perception. But the Mimāmsakas do not share with the Jains the idea of transcendental perception. So far as the non-perceptual sources of knowledge are concerned, besides inference and testimony, they admit three other sources--comparison (upamāna), postulation (arthāpatti) and non-perception (anupalabdhi)--a position somewhat different from the Jain standpoint. The Mīmāmsakas depend on the validity of senseperception. They believe in the reality of the perceived world and of other objects. Here we find their agreement with the Jains. The Mimāņsakas, in accordance with their belief in the reality of the world, reject the Buddhist theories of viodness and momentariness, as well as the Advaita Vedānta theory of the unreality of the phenomenal world. The souls, according to the Mimāṁsā, are permanent eternal substances, and so also are the material elements by the combination of which the earth is made. The soul has the capacity for consciousness, but it is not the essence of soul. This is a point on which the Mimāmsakas differ from the Jains. The law of Karma guides the formation of objects. The soul survives death to be able to reap the consequences of its Karma. Repeated births are caused by Karma. It is only by disinterested performance of duties and by the knowledge of the self that the Karmas accumulated in the past are gradually worn out. Being free from all Karma-ties liberation is achieved. Conceptually these ideas about liberation are not basically different from those of the Jains.
On the question of transcendental perception, as we have remarked above, the Mimāmsā differs significantly from Jainism and other philosophical systems. While dealing with the relation between Jainism and Yoga we have seen that there developed a tendency among the adherents of different systems to defend their philosophies on the strength of the experience resulting from Yogic practices. Even Buddhist logicians like Dinnāga, Dharmakīrti and Dharmottara insisted on Yogic perception. Such claims were also put forward by representatives of other philosophies. But the Mimāmsakas deny such claim for Yogic experience or transcendental perception and hold that the so-called unique experience yielded by Yoga is nothing but a subjective
and as such quite useless in determining the validity of any philosophical view. Their sole insistence upon pure empirical perception and fiat denial of transcendental perception have been criticised by the Jain logicians like Akalanka, Abhayadēva, Hemacandra, etc.
Page #215
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
194
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Jainism and Nyāya-Vaiseșika
While dealing with Jain atheism and Jain logic we have dealt with the relation between Jainism and Nyāya-Vaišeşika. We have seen that Jain atheism rests on the refutation of the Nyāya-Vaiseșika theism. In this field, the main target of Jain attack was the theistic standpoint of the Nyāya-Vaiseșikas. But so far as logic was concerned, Jainism drew heavily from the Nyāya-Vaiseșikas. Again, the Nyāya-Vaišeşika conception of atomism appears to have been influenced by the same conception developed among the early Jain thinkers. The Jain philosophical literature testifies to a gradually developing clarity in regard to the descriptions (vyākhyā), definitions (lakşaņa), and logical justification (upapatti) of the categories (padārtha) like 'organ of valid knowledge,' (pramāņa), 'object of valid knowledge' (prameya), etc., in accordance with the corresponding developments of such ideas in Nyāya-Vaiseșika literature. Later Jain logicians like Yaśovijaya have even employed the refined Navya Nyāya technique in their further analysis of the Jain descriptions and definitions.
In the Nyāya Vaiseșika Padārtha is defined as a knowable or valid and cognizable thing. Kaņāda mentions six Padārthas or broad categories under which everything known can be classified. These are (1) substance (dravya), (2) quality (guna), (3) activity (karma), (4) Universality (sāmānya), (5) ultimate particularity (višeşa) and (6) the relation of inherence (samavāya). Later Nyāya-Vaišeșikas, however, add a seventh, abhāva or non-existence.
Of these, the most important is substance (dravya). In Jainism, substances are classified into two broad groupsnon-extended (to which belong time) and extended (to which belong the categories of Jiva and Ajiva and their sub-groups). In the Nyāya-Vaišeșika substances are nine in number-earth (prthivi), water (ap), fire (tejas), air (vāyu), ākāśa, time (kāla), space (dik), self (ātman) and mind (manas). The first five are called bhūtas or substances having some special quality that can be perceived by one or other of the external senses. This correspond with the Jain conception of Pudgala. Dik and Ākāśa of the Nyāya-Vaiseșika correspond to the Akāśa or space of the Jains. Ākāśa of the Nyāya Vaibesika is a form of substance. The conception is also shared by the Jains who hold that substances are those that occupy or pervade, and space is that which is occupied and pervaded.' But while the Nyāya-Vaišeşikas hold that Ākāśa is partless,
1Gunaratna on SDSC, 49.
Page #216
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 195
the Jains hold that it consists of two parts Loka and Āloka.
The first four bhūtas, i.e. earth, etc. are conceived in two varieties, eternal and non-eternal. By the eternal variety of earth, etc. is meant their atoms while by the non-eternal variety the products of these atoms. Matter or Pudgala of the Jains is also of the nature of compounds of atoms. The qualities of touch, taste, smell and colour by which the Pudgala is characterised are possessed by atoms and also by their products. In the Nyaya-Vaišeṣika view, all the atoms are not homogeneous in quality. For example, earth atoms are qualitatively different from the water atoms, etc., the water atoms from the earth atoms etc., and so on. This is one of the important points on which the Nyaya-Vaiśeşika atomism differs from that of the Jains who conceive all the atoms as homogeneous in quality.
Guna or quality is recognised in the Nyaya-Vaiśeṣika as a distinct category of reals. In Jainism, Guna is the essential character of the substance. A substance is possessed of some unchanging essential characters (Gunas) as well as changing modes (Paryaya).1 In the Nyaya-Vaiseṣika, the Gunas are conceived as inhered in substance and dependent upon substance. At the same time they are also conceived as distinct from substance, because they can by themselves be known and are thus independent realities. Karma or actions in the NyāyaVaiśeşika, like the Guņas, are conceived as inhering in the substance, but they are also understood as independent realities. Here action has been equated with motion of which five types are enumerated. This reminds us of the Jain conception of dharma and adharma, conceived as the principle of motion and rest. The Samanya or universality of the Nyāya-Vaiseṣika is equivalent to Jāti and is understood to stand for a generic feature, while Viseșa or particularity is conceived as the differentia of impartite things. The Jain classification of the living and non-living beings follows these principles, but they are not separately treated in Jainism. The same holds good in the case of Samavaya or inherence.
The Jains are advocates of the self-revelatory character of cognition. Each cognition whether acquired through perception, inference or testimony notices its own nature by way of direct observation while it is called 'inferential,' 'verbal,' etc., owing to the nature of the object grasped. The Nyaya-Vaiseṣikas regard cognition not as selfrevelatory in the sense of being perceptually cognizable by something
1TTDS, V, 38.
Page #217
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
196 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
than itself. As regards perception the Jains share with the NyåyaVaiseșikas the ideas of indeterminate and determinate perceptions. According to the Nyāya-Vaišeșika system, the material cause of the sense-organs are the five bhutas like, earth, etc. which are all physical substances. The Jains also maintain that the material causes of senseorgans is a particular kind of Pudgala.. The Jains, admitting that different qualities are perceived by different sense organs, argue that since a quality is non-distinct from the substance of which it is a quality, all the sense-organs are competent to perceive qualities as well as substances. But the Nyāya-Vaišeşikas hold that the visual sense-organ and the tactile sense-organ are alone competent to perceive substances. The mental qualities like desire, aversion, pleasure, pain. etc. and the experience of these qualities are traced in both the systems to the soul or self. The soul or self, i.e. Ātman is associated
with the atoms in the Nyāya-Vaiseșika and with Karmic-atoms (karmāņu) in Jainism.
Regarding the technique of presenting an inference, the NyāyaVaišeşikas admit the necessity of establishing a five-membered syllogism. Although the Jain logicians adopt this in practice, in conformity with their non-absolutistic standpoint they hold that the number of steps in an inference is not fixed but may be more or less. As to the aspects of the nature of a probans, the Nyāya-Vaiseșikas advocate for its five fold nature: presence in the subject of the thesis sought to be established (pakşa-sattva), presence in a homologue (sapakşa-sattva), absence from heterologues (vipakşa-vyāvstti), absence of cancellation-of-the-thesis (abādhita-vișayatva) and absence of a counterbalancing probans (asatprati-pakṣitatva). The Jain tradition maintains that a probans has but unitary nature, namely 'absence in the absence of the probandum' (avinābhāva), but it is possible to draw a conclusive inference even in the absence of some of the aforesaid aspects. The classification of probantia into types that we find in the Jain texts is mainly based upon the Vaiseșika Sūtra, 3 which mentions five types of probantia, namely, probans (1) that is an effect (kārya) of the probandum, (2) that is a cause (kāraņa) of the probandum, (3) that is a conjunction (samyoga) with the probandum, (4) that residing by inherence (samavāya) in the probandum
INS, 1, 1, 12. Sibid, 1, 1, 32. 3IX. 2, 1; cf. NV, II, 12.
Page #218
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Á Comparative Study 197 and (5) that is contradictory (virodhi) of the probandum. The NyayaVaiseșikas and the Jains agree in holding that an effect is a proper probans and that a probans is valid when it is free from all heterologues, irrespective of whether or not it is present in a homologue. This position has been defended in great details by the Naiyāyikas and Jains alike.
Jainism and Vedānta
Except the ideas of bondage and liberation Jainism has practically nothing in common with the Vedānta. Even these ideas have different significance and implications in the two systems, and the similarity is only terminological. In fact Jainism and Vedānta stand in virtual opposition to each other. Their relation is like that between oil and water. Philosophically Jainism may be designated as pluralistic realism, but Vedānta is nothing but monistic idealism of a violent type. To the Jains, knowledge (jñāna) and action (Karma) are complementary to each other. To the Vedāntist the two are diametrically opposite. The Jains depend on all possible sources of normal knowledge. Perception of internal or external objects through the senses has special value in Jainism. The Vedāntists deny all possible sources for normal knowledge and have only dreams and sense illusions to fall back upon. The Jains believe in the law of causation. The gross world according to Jainsm is only and effect (kārya) or modification (pariņāma) of the subtle physical elements. To the Vedāntist the cause alone is real, and what appears as the effect is only an illusion. The Jains accept a plurality of conscious elements. They believe in the principle of a plurality of conscious souls. The Vedāntists on the other hand believe in one supreme soul. To them Brahman or the self is the only reality, and its modification in the form of the world is only illusory. To the Jains the world is eternal, without any beginning or end, and hence it cannot be the modification of any imaginary principle like the Brahman. According to the Vedānta the world is a mere appearance like an object in a dream or illusion. The Jains frankly repudiate this idea as absolutely rubbish.
It is against this background that we are to take into account Sānkara's and Râmānuja's attempts to refute Jainism on philosophical grounds. They had taken up the case very seriously because the difference between Jainism and Vedānta is real and not apparent like that existing between Vedānta and Buddhism, especially the Mādhyamika (Śūnyavāda) and Yogācāra (Vijñānavāda) forms of the
Page #219
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
198
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
latter. Sankara's criticism of Jainism occurs in his commentary on the Vedānta Sūtras.' Having given a brief sketch of the seven Jain categories and the doctrine of Syādvāda as Pūrvapakşa, he says that on account of the impossibility of contradictory attributes in one thing the Jain doctrine cannot be accepted. According to him, it is impossible that contradictory attributes such as being and non-being should at the same time belong to one and the same thing. A thing can not be hot and cold at the same time. The cognition that a thing is of more than one nature can not be definite and hence it can not be a source of true knowledge. The doctrine of Syädvāda shows that the means of knowledge, the object of knowledge, the knowing subject and the act of knowledge are all alike indefinite. If that be the case, the Tīrthamkara can not teach with any claim to authority and his followers can not act on a doctrine the matter of which is altogether indeterminate. Agan, if the Jain reasoning be applied to the doctrine of categories, from one view point they have a fixed number, from another unfixed. Since the categories have been described, to call them indescribable involves a contradiction.
Regarding the conception of the non-universality of the self, Sankara refutes the Jain view that the soul has the same size as the body on the ground that as the bodies of different classes of creatures are of different size, it might happen that the soul of a man-which is of the size of the human body—when entering, in consequence of its former deeds, on a new state of existence in the body of an elephant, would not be able to fill the whole of it. The same difficulty would moreover arise with regard to the successive stages of one state of existence-infancy, youth and old age. If it be said that the soul consists of an infinite number of parts capable of undergoing compression in a small body and dilatation in a big one, the question will arise whether the countless particles of the soul may occupy the same place or not. If the former is admitted it follows that the infinite number of particles cannot be contained in a body of limited dimensions, and if the latter is admitted, it follows that since the space occupied by all the particles may be the space of one particle only, and hence the soul must be of minute size. Nor can the doctrine of soul having the same size as the body be satisfactorily established by means of the hypothesis of the successive accession and
II. 2, 33-36.
Page #220
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 199 withdrawal of the particles, which involves the soul's undergoing changes and the like. This would mean that the soul is non-permanent, like the skin or similar substances by which it is impossible to establish its states of bondage and release. If it be said that the soul consists of some permanently remaining parts, it would be impossible to determine which are the permanent and which are the temporary parts. Since the soul is immaterial, it cannot spring from material elements and re-enter the elements. According to the Jain logic itself the soul is of indefinite nature and also the size of the particles and departing is itself indefinite.
In Ramanuja's commentary on the Vedānta Sūtrasi the following is said against Jainism. Contradictory attributes such as existence and non-existence cannot at the same time belong to one thing. Since the substance (dravya) and its qualifying states (paryāyas) are different, the former can not be connected with opposite attributes. Time is only an attribute of substance and not an independent substance, and hence the question of its being and non-being cannot arise. Since Jainism holds everything to be of an ambigious nature, it cannot therefore be said that each of the substances has its own qualifying states and its own nature. If the souls abide in numberless places, each soul having the same size as the body which it animates, then the soul previously abiding in the body of an elephant will not be able to enter in the next stage of its existence into the body of an ant. This difficulty cannot be evaded by the assumption of the soul assuming a different condition through contraction or dilation The final size of the soul, i.e. the size it has in the state of its release, is considered in Jainism as permanent. From this, it follows that the ultimate size is the true essential size of the soul.
A subjectwise comparative study of the systems
In view of what we have discussed in the preceding sections, we are now in a position to evaluate the Jain standpoint in terms of a subjectwise comparative analysis of the contents of different philosophical systems of India. It is possible to divide Indian philosophical systems into two main classes-idealistic and non-idealistic. To the former class belong the Advaita Vedānta and the Mādhyamika and Yogäcara schools of Buddhism which treat the external perceptible world and everything that is apprehended by the empirical organs
211, 2, 31-35.
Page #221
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
200
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
of knowledge as unreal, like the beauty of the daughter of a barren woman. The non-idealistic group is formed by the Cārvāka, NyāyaVaišeşika, Mimāņsa and Sāmkhya and also by the Vaibhāṣika and Sautrāntika schools of Buddhism. Of these, the Cārvāka system is purely materialistic, while the other systems are materialistic from the viewpoint of their origin, but in the course of their historical growth they have developed certain idealistic tendency. Jainism also falls within this group since it views the gross world which is apprehended by the empirical organs of knowledge as real. Again, of all these systems, idealistic and non-idealistic, the Nyāya-Vaiseșika, Vedānta and Yoga are theistic, while others are frankly atheistic.
The Advaita Vedāntists believe in the doctrine of absolute permanence (Kevala-nityatva), because, according to them, all changes are mere appearances having no reality of their own. The Budd the other hand believe in the doctrine of absolute change (Kevala. anityatva), because according to them, everything has a momentary existence. The idea of impermanence, so much emphasised by the Buddha was developed into an all-comprehensive metaphysical doctrine, and the rival doctrines sought to refute it by establishing their respective positions. The main attack came from the Jains and the Vedāntists. The Buddhists defended their position by arguing that if Atman is regarded as permanent it becomes impossible either to account for transcendental bondage and release or to demonstrate how the doer of action is also the enjoyer of the fruits of action. The Jains speak against both the doctrine of absolute permanence and the doctrine of absolute impermanence and try to show that a real entity is a substance as well as its modes, something existent as well as non-existent, something permanent as well as transient. The Nyāya-Vaiśeșika, etc. hold that certain entities are absolutely permanent and certain others are absolutely changing, and hence their views are called the doctrine of the changing and permanent (nityānitya-ubhaya). Systems like the Samkhya maintain that everything apart from the conscious elements is a changing permanent (pariņāminityatva). The Jain system is called the doctrine of permanence coupled with change (nityānityātmaka) since it holds everything as permanent as well as changing. The last three doctrines are not basically different so far as the question of permanence and concerned.
The idea of a self is found in most of the systems, but it is not very clear-cut and well defined. What we have is only an impression
Page #222
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 201
of the idea of self and nothing more. The common term to denote this self is Ātman which is often equated with soul, both material and immaterial. The term Ātman is also used by the Jains in a restricted sense of the self, its technical name being Puruşa in the Sāmkhya-Yoga and Nāma in Buddhism. Atman, while in transmigratory state, is in a peculiar way associated with Prakyti according to the Sāmkhya-Yoga, with atoms according to the Nyāya-Vaiseșika, with Avidyā or Māyā according to Vedānta, with Rūpa according to Buddhism and with Karmic-atoms (karmāņu) according to the Jains. While there is a general agreement with regard to the existence of the self, there is a wide divergence of opinion about its nature. The Carvakas identify the self with the gross body. The Buddhist conception is ambiguous but they appear to identify the self with the stream of consciousness. The Nyāya-Vaiseșikas and a group of the Mimāmsakas maintain that the self is an unconscious substance which may acquire the attribute of consciousness under certain conditions, while another group of the Mīmāmsakas holds that the self is a conscious entity which is partially hidden by ignorance. The Advaita Vedānta holds that the self is pure eternal consciousness which is one in all bodies. According to the Sāmkhya the self is a conscious spirit which is always the subject of knowledge and can never become the object of any knowledge. All of these systems posit this Ātman or self apart from the physical entities like body etc., as the causal factor responsible for transmigration. This self may be ubiquitous or non-ubiquitous, momentary or eternal, material or immaterial, but there is no dispute among the systems with regard to its connection with the causal factor ajñāna, avidyā, karma or whatever be the name given to it--responsible for transmigration. The self of the Jains is inherently perfect. Infinite knowledge, faith, power and bliss can all be attained by the self if it can only remove from within itself all obstacles that stand in the way. The obstacles are constituted by matterparticles which infect the self and overpower its natural qualities. This self is non-self-revelatory when it is blinded by passions and selfrevelatory when it is free from them.
According to the Cārvakas, sense-perception is the sole organ of knowledge. Inference or testimony is not valid unless their findings are confirmed by sense-perception. The followers of the Advaita Vedānta and Buddhist Sünyavada (Mādhyamika) and Vijñānavāda (Yogācāra) advocate the sole competence of non-sensuous organsnamely, manas, the organ of empiric introspection, citta, the organ of
Page #223
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
202 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outlinie
transcendental realization and ātman, the ultimate principle of consciousness-to generate true knowledge. The advocates of equal competence of sense-organs and non-sensuous organs are the followers of Sāmkhya-Yoga, Nyāya-Vaišeșika, Mimāmsā and the Vaibhāșika and Sautrāntika schools of Buddhism. The non-sensuous organ which is expected to substantiate the knowledge acquired through the senseorgans is antaḥkarana, according to the Sāmkhya-Yoga, and manas according to the Nyāya-Vaišeşika, Vaibhāsika and Sauträntika. The Jains also belong to this group since they maintain that sense-organs which are competent to generate true knowledge and add that each of the two non-sensuous organs-manas and ātman-is capable of independently generating true knowledge.
The Nyāya-Vaiseșika and Mīmāmsā subscribe to the doctrine of Arambhavāda or novel creation according to which there is a distinction between cause and effect, the latter being a new creation, non-existent before its emergence. The atoms constituting the gross physical world are by themselves beginningless, endless and changeless as the cause, but the effect produced by them is of a totally different character having beginning, end and change. The SāmkhyaYoga insists upon Pariņāmavāda which is just the reverse of the former. Here effect is conceived as the modification of the cause. There is no distinction between cause and effect. A particular effect exists in its cause. The gross world is nothing but the perceptible modification of a material cause. The Buddhists believe in the Pratītya-samutpādavāda, or the theory of dependent origination which conceives in its own distinctive manner the series of qualities and attributes that originate and perish, but it posits no permanent cause in the form of the substrata of these qualities and attributes. The Vedāntists believe in the doctrine of Vivarta-vāda, the theory of illusory modification of the eternal Brahman, according to which the cause is only real and the effect unreal or imaginary, a mere illusory appearance. The Jain tendency is towards pariņāmavāda in which an intimate relation between the cause and the effect is emphasised.
So far as the theory of knowledge is concerned, the Jains alongwith the Prābhākara-Mimāmsakas, Vedāntists and the Buddhist followers of Vijñānavāda are advocates of the self-revelatory character of cognition. The Sāmkhya-Yoga and Nyāya-Vaiseșika philosophers and also the Kumārila-Mimāmsakas on the other hand regard cognition as not-self-revelatory. They hold that cognition is by nature perceptible but not self-perceptible. As to the nature of the
Page #224
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 203
effect of a Pramana, the Nyāya-Vaišeşikas and the Mīmāmsakas treat the effect of a Pramāṇa as absolutely distinct from it while the Buddhists treat the two as absolutely non-distinct. The Jains from their nonabsolutistic viewpoint treat a Pramāṇa and its effect as partly distinct and partly non-distinct. On the question whether or not memory is Pramāņa, the Jains consider it to be a Pramāṇa and classes it under non-perceptual category. All other schools of Indian thought do not consider memory to be a Pramāņa. The Nyāya-Vaiseșika and the Mīmāņsakas treat continuous cognition as Pramāna but they adopt two different lines of defence. The Buddhist do not lay much emphasis on this point. According to the Jain tradition, continuous cognition is a Pramāņa, but some of the Jain philosophers want to accept it in a restricted sense by taking into account specialities like moments, etc. As to the nature of recognition, the Buddhists hold it to be a combination of two pieces of cognition, namely memory and perception. Systems like Nyāya, Mímāmsā etc. maintain that, recognition is one single piece of congition of the nature of perception. Jain logicians disagree with both the tradition and regard recognition as but a variety of sense-perception.
Barring the Cārvākas, all of the philosophical schools, including Jainism, directly or indirectly, divide perception into two kinds, empirical and transcendental. According to the Buddhist logicians and the adherents of Advaita-Vedānta, transcendental perception is exclusively indeterminate, while according to the Nyāya-Vaišeşikas and Jains it is both determinate and indeterminate. According to the Nyāya-Vaisesika Sāmkhya-Yoga, Buddhist and Mīmāmsā systems the determinant of perception-ship is the fact of having been born of a contact (sannikarşa). More or less a similar view is shared by the Jains. The earlier Jain tradition attributes this contact to the soul while the later tradition attributes it to the sense organ and the manas. All advocates of indeterminate cognition hold that it has bare existence (sattāmātra) for its object. This existence in Buddhist tradition stands for the capacity to perform a function and can belong to momentary particular, in Vedānta for the indivisible ubiquitious Brāhman, and in Nyāya-Vaiseșika and Mimāmsā for mere being. In the SāmkhyaYoga and Jainism this existence is neither confirmed to a momentary particular nor is of the nature of Brahman. It is of the nature of origincum-distruction-cum-permanence (utpāda-vyayadhrauvya-svarūpa).
In view of what we have stated above it is now clear that no system of Indian philosophy allows any purely isolated treatment. The
Page #225
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
204 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline development of each is largely conditioned by its interconnections and contradictons with the others. There are some common characters of all the Indian systems. The common character is due to the influx of some special religio-ethical ideas from outside which later became part and parcel of the systems themselves. It is due to the influence of such ideas that philosophy which was originally the science of perception (darśana) came to be regarded as the science of liberation (mokşa). The ethico religious ideas which were grafted on all philosophical systems came in the form of the conception of apūrva in the Mīmāmsā, which is the law that guarantees the future enjoyment of the fruits of rituals, and in that of the Nyāya-Vaišeşika conception of adrşğa, which is the stock of merit and demerit accruing from good or bad actions. But the general conception of Karma eventually took the lead. It means that all actions, good or bad, produce their proper consequences in the life of the individual. The law of Karma is accepted by the six orthodox schools and also by the Buddhists and Jains. Some systems like the Nyāya-Vaiseșika believe that the law of Karma is under the guidance and control of God. In the Samkhya, Mīmāmsā, Buddhist and Jain systems the law of Karma is autonomous. Another common view is that ignorance of reality is the cause of bondage, and liberation is the state of perfectness which can be achieved through knowledge, self-control and meditation. The Sāmkhya, AdvaitaVedānta, Buddhism and Jainism hold that liberation can be attained even in this life. All Indian systems, excepting the Cārvākas, hold that liberation is a total distruction of sufferings which life in this world brings about.
On the basis of such common characters most of the writers on Indian philosophy want to lay emphasis on the synthetic outlook of our ancient philosophers. But this is evidently an exaggerated notion. Rather it will be logical to say that it was the contradictions that constituted the moving force of development in the field of Indian philosophy. The very manner of our philosophical writings is to expound one's own views by way of a critical rejection of the ideas opposed to it. In the section dealing with Jain atheism we have seen how the philosophers of different schools defended their own positions by refuting the views of the others. The clash of ideas was not confined to philsophical writings alone. It frequently found expression in open or public debates. Such debates were often arranged with great pomp in the presence of the king or any high-rank person, and the defeated or discredited philosophers had to face a miserable lot. In the
Page #226
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
A Comparative Study 205 history of Western philosophy different schools came into existence successively, one being replaced by another. In India, different schools flourish together till today with their respective bands of adherents. Of the surviving schools we may refer to the Jains and the Vedāntists who have their own organisations, disciplinary codes, etc. There are even a few monasteries for the followers of the Sāmkhya. The basis of the so called synthetic outlook was formulated as early as the late-medieval period with the purpose of giving Vedānta a lead. Thus Vijañānavikşu and others fabricated the Sāmkhya in light of Vedānta, and following this tradition, great scholars like M.M. Jogendranath Tarka-sākhya-vedānta-tirtha or Candrakānta Tarkālankāra did not hesitate to say that “the different philosophical streams got mingled in a perfect homogeneity after reaching the great ocean of the one non-dual Brahman" or "there is no reason to imagine that the philosophical tenets of the Nyāya, etc. are really opposed to those of Vedānta; rather, we may say that the Vedānta view is what they really intended to imply.” More or less a similar view is shared by Radhakrishnan. The barrenness of such formulations can be detected at once if one takes the trouble of going to a Sāmkhya monastery and ask what the followers of the doctrine themselves think about all these. Samkhya-monasteries are indeed very few, but there is one in the village of Chandrahati, near Tribeni in the Hooghly district of West Bengal, in which the monks with their distinctive sectarian symbols, study and teach the Samkhya. In spite of the scholars' synthetic claims, they believe that their system has nothing to do with Vedānta. Thus it is impossible to overlook the basic differences among various philosophical schools and their followers, especially when such important philosophical systems as the Vedānta or Sāmkhya or Jainism are still living creeds of the country. The great Jain writer Gunaratna did not even fail to observe the sectarian marks, rituals etc., distinctive of different systems. According to him the Nyāya philosophers, after their morning oblations, thrice smeared their bodies with ashes; they were generally married, but better among them were without a wife. Exponents of each systems considered their own views as truth which formed the basis of their refutation of rival creeds. Notwithstanding all the twists of textual interpretation, displayed by the champions of the synthetic theory, it is impossible to conceal the real clash of ideas.
1TRD, 49.
Page #227
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page #228
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Barodia, U. N., History and Literature of Jainism, Bombay, 1909. Barth, A., Religions of India, London, 1882, reprint, Varanasi, 1963. Barua, B. M., A Hisory of the Pre-Buddhistic Indian Philosophy, Cal
cutta, 1921, reprint, Delhi, 1970. Basham, A. L., History and Doctrine of the Ajīvikas, London, 1951. Belvalkar, S. K., and Ranade, R. D., History of Indian Philosophy,
II, Poona, 1927, reprint, New Delhi, 1974. Bhandarkar, R. G., Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts
in the Bombay Presidency during the year 1883-84, Bombay, 1887. Bhargava, D. N., Jain Ethics, Delhi, 1968. Bhattacharya, B. C., Jain Iconography, Lahore, 1939. Bhattacharya, N. N., Indian Puberty Rites, Calcutta, 1968. --, Indian Mother Goddess, Calcutta, 1970. --, History of Indian Cosmogonical Ideas, New Delhi, 1971. --, History of the Sākta Religion, New Delhi, 1974. --, Ancient Indian Rituals and their Social Contents, Delhi, 1975. Brown, P., Indian Architecture: Buddhist and Hindu, Bombay, 1942,
reprint, 1970. Bruhn, K., The Jina Images of Deogarh, Leiden, 1969. Bühler, J., On the Indian Sects of the Jains, London, 1903. Chatterjee, S.C. and Datta, D. M., An Introduction to Indian Philosophy,
Calcutta, 1968. Chattopadhyaya, D. P., Lokayata, New Delhi, 1959, 1968. ----, Indian Atheism, Calcutta, 1960.
-, Indian Philosophy: A Popular Introduction, New Delhi, 1972. Childe, V. G., New Light on the Most Ancient East, London, 1954.
T., Miscellaneous Essays, Madras, 1972. Coomaraswamy, A. K., Yaksas, New Delhi. 1971. Cousens, H., Somnath and other Medieval Temples in Kathiawar,
Archaeological Survey of India, New Imperial Series, XLV. Cowell, E. B. and Gough, A. E., Sarvadarśanasamgraha. Eng. tr.,
Calcutta and London, 1899, reprint, Varanasi, 1961.
Page #229
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
208 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline Crooke, W., Tribes and Castes of the North Western Provinces and
Oudh, Calcutta, 1896. Cunningham, A., Archaeological Survey of India Reports, Delhi, 1960-73. Dasgupta, S. N., History of Indian Philosophy, Cambridge, 1922,
reprint, 1963. --, Indian Idealism, Cambridge, 1933. Deo, S. B., History of Jain Monachism, Poona, 1956. Dixit, K. K., Jaina Ontology, Ahmedabad, 1971. Dutt, N., Early Monastic Buddhism, Calcutta, 1960. Edgerton, F., The Beginnings of Indian Philosophy, London, 1965. Enthoven, R. E., Tribes and Castes of Bombay, Bombay, 1920-22. Fergusson, J., History of Indian and Eastern Architecture, New Delhi,
1971. Fischer, K., Caves and Temples of the Jains, Aliganj, 1956. Frazer, J. G., The Golden Bough (abridged ed.), London, 1949. Gandhi, V. R., The Karma Philosophy, Bombay, 1913, 1924. --, The Systems of Indian Philosophy, reprint, Bombay, 1970. Garbe, R., Aniruddha's Commentary on the Original parts of Vedāntin
Mahādeva's Commentary on the Sāmkhya Sūtras, Calcutta, 1892. -- The Sāmkha Pravacana Bhāşya, Harvard Oriental Series, II,
Cambridge, Mass., 1895. Glasenapp, H. V., Die Lehre Vom Karman in der Philosophie der Jainas,
Leipzig, 1915; Eng. tr., The Doctrine of Karman in Jain Philosophy,
Bombay, 1942. --, Der Jainismus, Berlin, 1926. Gopalan, S., Outlines of Jainism, New Delhi, 1973. Guerinot, A., Essai de Bibliographie Jaina, Paris, 1906. ---, Repertoire d' Epigraphie Jaina, Paris, 1908. ---, La religion Djaina, Paris, 1926. Gupte, R. S., Iconography of Hindus, Buddhists and Jains, Bombay,
1972. Guseva, N. R., Jainism, Bombay, 1971. Hassan, A., Caste and Tribes of Nizam's Dominions. Hiriyanna, M., Outlines of Indian Philosophy, London, 1956. Hopkins, E. W., Religions of India, reprint, New Delhi, 1970. Jacobi, H., Metaphysics and Ethics of the Jains. - , Jain Sūtras, tr. in SBE, XXII, XLV. Jain, B. C., Jainism in Buddhist Literature, Nagpur, 1972. Jain, C. R., Jain Law, Madras, 1926. --, Science of Thought.
Page #230
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Bibliography 209 Jain, J. C., Life in Ancient India as depicted in Jain Canons, Bombay, 1947.
Jain, J. P., The Jaina Sources of the History of Anicent India, New Delhi, 1964.
Jaini, J. L., Outlines of Jainism, ed. F. W. Thomas, Cambridge, 1916. Tattvarthādhigama-sutra, Eng. tr., BI, Calcutta.
Jaina Law, Arrah, 1916.
Bright Ones of Jainism, Allahabad, 1916.
James, E. O., Prehistoric Religion, New York, 1957.
Jha, G., The Prabhakara School of Pūrvamimāmsā, Allahabad, 1911. Slokavārtika, Eng., tr., Calcutta, 1907.
Jhaveri, H. L., First Principles of Jain Philosophy, London, 1915. Jhaveri, M. B., Historical Facts about Jainism, Bombay, 1925. Kalghatgi, T. G., Jain View of Life, Sholapur, 1967.
-
2
2
Some Problems in Jain Psychology, Dharwar, 1961. Kapadia, H. R., History of the Canonical Literature of the Jains, Bombay, 1947.
Keith, A. B., The Karma Mimämsä, London, 1921.
2
Buddhist Philosophy, Oxford, 1923, reprint, Varanasi, 1963. Kosambi, D. D., An Introduction to the Study of Indian History, Bombay, 1956.
Krause, C., An Introduction to Jain Ethics, 1929.
Lalana, F. K., The Six Dravyas of the Jain Philosophy, Bombay, 1914. Lüders, H., A List of Brahmi Inscriptions from the earliest Times to about A.D. 400. Appendix to EI, X.
Majumdar, R. C., ed., History of Bengal, Dacca University, Vol. I, Calcutta, 1943.
>
History and Culture of the Indian People: I, The Vedic Age; II, The Age of Imperial Unity; III, The Classical Age; IV, The Age of Imperial Kanauj; V. The Struggle for Empire; Bombay, 1951 ff. Marshall, J., Mohenjodaro and the Indus Civilization, London, 1931. Maxmüller, F., The Six Systems of Indian Philosophy, reprint, Varanasi,
1971.
McGovern, W. M., A Manual of Buddhist Philosophy, London, 1923. Mehta, M. L., Jain Philosophy, Varanasi, 1971.
Nahar, P. C., Jaina-Lekha-Samgraha.
Nanjundayya, H. V. and Iyer, L. K. A. K., Mysore Tribes and Castes, Mysore, 1930.
Narasimhachar, R., Inscriptions at Sravana Belgola, Bangalore, 1923. Norman, H. C., Dharmapada Commentary, London, 1905-06,
Page #231
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
210 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Oldenberg, H., Buddha, Calcutta, 1927, reprint, Delhi, 1971.
Peterson, P., Reports on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts, six reports, JBBRAS, XVI-XVIII, Bombay, 1882-99.
Piggott, S., Prehistoric India, London, 1950. Radhakrishnan, S., Indian Philosophy, London, 1923, 1927. Ramachandran, T. N., Jain Monuments and Places of First Class Importance, Calcutta.
Ramaswami Ayyangar, M. S. and Rao, B. S., Studies in South Indian Jainism, Madras, 1922.
Rangacharya, V., Inscriptions of the Madras Presidency, Madras, 1909. Rapson, E. J., ed., Cambridge History of India, Cambridge, 1922, Delhi, 1972.
Rhys Davids, T. W., Dialogues of the Buddha, London, 1899, 1910,
1921.
Rhys Davids, T. W., Carpenter, J. E. and Stede, W., Sumangalavilāsini, London, 1886-1932.
Rice, B. L., Mysore and Coorg from Inscriptions, London, 1909. Rockhill, W. W., Life of Buddha, London, 1884.
Russell, R. V. and Hira Lal, Tribes and Castes of the Central Provinces of India, London, 1916.
Saletore, B. A., Medieval Jainism, Bombay, 1938.
Sangave, V. A., Jaina Community: A Social Survey, Bombay, 1959. Sanghvi, Sukhlalji, Advanced Studies in Indian Logic and Mataphysics, Calcutta, 1961.
Sankalia, H. D., Archaeology of Gujarat, Bombay, 1941. Schubring, W., Die Jainas, Tubingen, 1927.
Worte Mahaviras, Gottingen, 1927.
Die Lehre der Jainas, Eng. tr. by W. Beurlen.
Doctrine of the Jains, Delhi, 1972.
->
Sen, M. and Rao, M. B., Das Kapital Centenary Volume, New Delhi, 1968.
"
Shah, U. P., Studies in Jain Art, Banaras, 1955.
Shah, N. J., Akalanka's Criticism of Dharmakirti's Philosophy, Ahmedabad, 1966.
Sinha, J. N., History of Indian Philosophy, Calcutta.
Smith, V. A., Jain Stupa and other Antiquities of Mathura, Archaeological Survey of India: New Imperial Series, XX, Allahabad, 1901, reprint, Delhi, 1969.
Sogani, K. C., Ethical Doctrines in Jainism, Sholapur, 1967. Stcherbatsky, Th., Buddhist Logic, Leningrad, 1932.
Page #232
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Bibliography 211 Stevenson, J., The Kalpasūtra and Navatattva, reprint, Varanasi, 1972. Stevenson, S., Notes on Modern Jainism, Surat, 1910.
—>
The Heart of Jainism, Oxford, 1915, reprint, New Delhi, 1971. Thakur, U., Studies in Jainism and Buddhism, Varanasi, 1964. Thomson, G., Studies in Ancient Greek Society, Vol. I, London, 1949. Thurston, E. and Rangachari, K., Castes and Tribes of Southern India, Madras, 1909.
Vidyabhuūsana, S. C., History of Indian Logic, Calcutta, 1921, reprint, Delhi, 1971.
Nyāyāvatära ed., BI, Calcutta.
Vogel, J. Ph., Mathura Museum Catalogue, Allahabad, 1910. Winternitz, M., History of Indian Literature, Vol. II, Calcutta, 1933, reprint, New Delhi, 1972.
Page #233
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page #234
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
INDEX
Abhayacandra, 24
angabāhira, 18 Abhayadeva, 22, 24, 26, 110, 193
Anikkavāda, 68 Abhijāti, 176-77
Antānantikas, 65-66 Acanna, 28
anumāna see under Inference Acelakas, 167
anuvratas, 6 adharma, 120, 122, 124
Apabhramsa, 23-29 Adhicca-samuppannikas, 65-66, 69 Aparānta Kalpika, 65-69 Adinātha, see under Rşabha
Arambhavāda, 202 Agnosticism, 29, 65, 68-69, 79, 88-89 Archaeological materials, on ealry Indian ahimsā, 19; economic significance of, religions, 54-56 61-62
Ardhamāgadhi, 19-22 Aihole caves, 33
arhat, 4, 10 Ajātaśatru, 20, 47, 70, 77-78 .
Arya Sūra, 71 Ajita Kesakambalin, 66, 79-80, 167, 179 Asādhara, 26 Ajitanātha, 25, 32
Asaga, 24 ajiva, 120, 122-23, 125, 147, 156-57, 184 Araññivāda, 67 Ajīvikism, 10, 47, 59, 61, 76-78, 176-78; Asiga, 29 Jain criticism of, 90-91; and Purana Asokan inscriptions, 38 Kassapa, 71-72; and Pakudha, 74; termi- äśrava, 147; analysis of the concept, 150-51 nologies, 177-78; categories, 178 astikāya, 120 Ajõānavāda, 65, 68-69, 79, 89-89
Astronomy, 136-38 Akalanka, 23, 109-10, 161, 193
Atheism, 65; Jain, 93-108, Buddhist, 94-95; akāśa, 120, 122-24; loka and aloka, 122-24, Samkhya, 188; Cārvāka, 181; Mimāmsā, 140-41; Nyāya-Vaišeśika conception of, 94, 97-98, 191-92, 200 194
ārman, 68, 89-90, 120, 166-67, 196; of Akoța findings, 32-33
different schools, 200-01 Akriyāvāda, 65, 67-69, 71, 88-89
Atomism, 120; of the Jains, 138-39; of the Amaracandra, 24
Nyāya-Vaiseşikas, 95-98, 139-40, 196; of Amarakirti, 26
the Buddhists, 175-76; of the Ajivikas, Amaravikk hepikas, 65-66, 69, 79
178 Amitagati, 25
avadhi, 160 Amoghavarşa, 23
Aviddhakarna, 99-100 Amfta Candra, 23, 110
āyāgapaļa, 30 Ananda, 71 Anantavīrya, 110 Anatomy, 133
Badami caves, 33 Anekāntavāda, 118-20, 164
bandha, 152 Angas, 12, 17-19, 26; compilation of, 49 Bappabhatti, 23
Page #235
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
214
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Bārhaspatyas, 65, 68
Delhana, 29 Bengal images, 36
Delwara temples, 35 Bhadrabāhu, 8, 10, 17, 21, 37-38, 48-49; Democracy, in Jain Samgha, 84-86 syllogism of, 114-15, 117; on Syādvāda, Deogarh temples, 35; fort images, 32 117
Devabhadra, 23, 105 Bhāņdara manuscripts, 11-14
Devacandra, 25 Bhāskara, 28
Devardhi, 18, 22, 50 Bhavadeva, 26
Devasena, 23, 110 Bhavanapati gods, 4, 20
Deva Sūri, 110; on sources of knowBhinmal bronzes, 33
ledge, 113-14; on inference, 114; sylloBhūtabali, 23
gism of, 116 Biology, 128 31
Devendra Gani, 22, 25-26 Bodily functions, 133-35
Devendra Sūri, 26 Bommarasa, 28
Dhāhila, 24 brahman, 166-67, 197
Dhananjaya, 24 Buddha, 10, 59, 69-70, 74, 167, 179 Dhanapāla, 23 Buddhaghoşa, 70-71, 73, 177
Dhaneśvara, 8, 26 Buddhism, 7-9; early Jain criticism of, Dhank caves, 31, 33 91; on the concept of god, 94-95; anti- dharma, 120, 122, 124 theistic arguments, 99-100; logical system Dharmabhusana, 111 of, 161, 175; philosophy of, 170-176, Dharmadāsa, 24 201-05; relation to Jainism, 190; and Dharmakīrti, 110, 193 Yoga, 193; atomistic doctrine of, 175-76 Dharmavardhana, 25
Dharmottara, 193
Digambara, passim, subsects, 1-2, 5, 10, Cāmunda Raya, 28, 35
17; separation of, 49-50; writings, 22-23 Candragupta, 17, 37-38
Diñnāga, 193 Candraprabha, 110; on syllogism, 117 Dînna, 49 Cärvāka system, 66, 179-81, 200-01, 203 Diseases and medicines, 135-36 Caumukha temple, 36
Dittha dhammanibbānavāda, 67 Causation, of the Sāmkhya, 185-86, 197 Dravya, 157-58, 160, 165, 179-80, Cetaka, 47, 77
183-84 Chance, doctrine of, 65, 68 Charupa sculpture, 33 Chausa bronzes, 31
Ecclesiastical history, 47-50 Cheyasuttas, 20-21
Ekaccasassatavāda, 65-66 Classification, of beings, 176
Ekkavāda, 68 Class society, rise of, 60-62
Elements, doctrine of, 65, 68, 73-74, 80; Cognition, 160, 163-64, 174-75, 195-96 of the Cārvākas, 179-80; of the Sām. Conflicts and contradiction, 62-64, 204-05 khya, 183-86; of the Nyāya Vaišeşikas, Consciousness, Cārvākas on, 180; Vedān- 194-95; Vedantist concept of, 197 tic view of, 197
Ellora caves, 33 Cosmography, 140-45
Embryology, 130-33 Cosmology, 120-25, 182-83, 197
Epistemology; Ajivika, 178; Cärvaka, Council of Valabhi, 50
180-81; Sāmkhya, 185-87; Mimāmsā, 193; Nyāya-Vaišeşika, 196
Ethics, social basis of, 84-87; and Karma, Daily duties, 6-7
148-50
Page #236
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Index 215
Fate, doctrine of, 65, 68, 76-78, 176-77 Inference, 114-16, 161-62, 179-80, 193, Female principle, 182
196-97 First principles, 65, 68
Influx, of karma, 147, 150-51 Five great vows, social basis of, 85-86 Intellect, 65
Intelligent Agent, 96-98
Isvara, 68, 91, 94-108 gacchas, 1-2, 44 gana, 1-2, 44 Gandhani inscription, 44
Jainism passim, Jain community, 1-8; Ganga inscription, 41-42
sects, 1-2, castes, 2; women, 2-4, cults Gautama, 95, 96
end forms of worship, 4-5; fasts and festiGirnar temples, 36
vals, 5; observances, 5-6; daily duties Gommateśvara, 5, 35
6-8; sacred writings, 6; temples, 6; causes Gosāla Mankhaliputta, 10, 19, 47, 59, 61, of survival, 7-8; contribution to Prakrit,
90-91, 167, 176-78; end Mahāvira, 76; 18-22, 25-26; to Apabhramsa, 23-24, 26and Purana 71-72; and Pakudha, 74 27; to Sanskrit, 24-25, 27; to regional Goyāma, 19, 45
languages, 6, 27-29; to art, 10, 16, 29-37; Gotras, 3
architecture, 29-37; sculpture, 29-37; Gujarati Jain works, 28-29
epigraph, 37-44, social basis ethics of, Guna, 120, 157-58, 160; Sāmkhya, con- 58-62; early functional; role of, 64; ethics
cept of, 182-84; Nyāya Vaišeşika, 194-95 of 84-87, 148-50; scientific; enquiries, 120Guņabhadra, 22
40; cosmo graphy, 140-45; logic, 108-120, Gunacandra, 25-26
nine fundamentals, 146-54; metaphysics, Gunadhara, 23
156-59; philosophical concepts, passim. Gunaratna, 71, 95, 111; reputation of Jambudvīpa, 142-45 Nyāya-Vaišeşika theism, 100-08
Jambusvāmi, 49 guņasthānas, 155-56, 178
Jayakīrtt, 25 Gunavarma, 28
Jina, 4 Gupta inscriptions, 40-41
Jinabhadra, 21 Gupti gupta, 38
Jinacandra, 25 Gwalior sculptures, 31-32
Jinadāsa, 22 Jinadatta, 26
Jinakirti, 27 Harappan religion, 55-56
Jinaprabha, 27 Haribhadra, 21-26, 120
Jinasena, 22-24 Hastimalla, 25
Jinavalla, 25 Hathigumpha inscription, 38-39
Jineśvara, 26 Hemacandra, 22, 24-26, 37-38, 110-11, Jiva, 120-23, 156, 162-63, 184; classifica
193; on direct knowledge, 112; on moral tion of, 125-28; and karma, 147-48, behaviour, 149-50
169-70 hetu, 114-15
Joindu, 23 Junagarh inscription, 31, 40
Judgements, their subdivision, 111-12 Idealistic philosophies, 199-200
Jyotişka gods, 4, 20 Idol worshippers, 4-5 Indian religion, earliest forms of, 54-59 Indrabhūti Gautama, 48
Kadamba inscriptions, 42 Indradinna, 49
Kahaum plates, 32
Page #237
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
216
Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Kāla, 122-23
Vaišesika conception of god, 97-99 Kalinga Jina, 39
Kumbharia shrine, 35 Kalyāṇacandra, 110
Kundakunda, 22-23 Kamalabhava, 28
Kuniya, 19-20 Kamalaśīla, anti-theistic arguments of,
99-100 Kanāda, 95-96
Laghusamantabhadra, 110 Kanakamāra, 24
Lakşmaņa, 27 Kanakasena, 24-25
Lakşmanadeva, 26 Kannada jain works, 28
Lakşmīsaragani, 27 Kāpālikas, 65
Later inscriptions, 43-44 Karkal statue, 35
Laymen, 5-6; instructions for, 86-87 Karma, 67-68, 88, 126-2,8 129; social leśyā, 127-28, 176-77 basis of, 87; conception of, 145-47; Liberation, 67, 89, 153-54, 170-74; SāmVedic idea of, 167-68; Jain approach khya concept of, 187-88 to, 168-70; of Ājivikism, 177; of Sām- Life force, doctrine of, 65, 68 khya, 184-85; of yoga, 189-90; of Library sources, 17-29; works on, 8-16 Mimāmsa, 99, 193; of Nyāya-Vaişeśika Logic, of the Jains, 108-20 98, 196; relation to Jiva, 147-48; to Lohanipur Jina, 29-30 Punya and Pāpa, 148-49; to Aśrava, Lokāyatikas, 66 150-51; to Samvara, 151-52; to bondage, 152; to Nirjarā, 152-53; to liberation, 153-54; classification of, 154-55; Madhura, 28 sources of, 154; and Guņasthānas, 155- Madhyamika, 197 56; nature of, 159
Magadha famine, 49 Karmaśarira, 169
Magical practices, 189, 191-9) Kaşāya, 147-49, 154, 156
Mahāsena, 26 Karnapārya, 28
Mahāyāna, 95 Kevala, 160, 170, 190
Mahāvīra, passim, life of, 46-47; in sculpKesi, 45
ture, 30-34; in Buddhist texts, 171, Khajuraho temples, 34
176-78; on Akriyāvāda, 68; on class Khandagiri images, 32
society, 81-82; social experience of, Khāravela, 30, 38-39
80-83; conditions of his time, 59-62; Kirtirāja, 27
relation with Gosāla, 76-77 Kisa Semkicca, 177
Mahávratas, 6 Knowledge, Jain theory of, 160-62, 173-74; Maheśvara Süri, 24 Buddhist view of, 174-75; Cārväka- Mahudi bronze, 33 179-80; Sāmkhya, 186-87; Mimām sa, 192- Makrabai temple, 34 93, 201-04; sources of, 112-13; means of, Maladhāri Devaprabha, 26 valid, 113-16
Maladhāri Hemacandra, 25-26 Konguvelir, 27
Malayagiri, 22 Koțeśvara, 28
Mallisena, 111 Kriyāvāda, 65, 67, 88-89
manah-paryäya, 160 Kşanikavāda, 172-73
Mānatunga, 23-24 Kula, 1-2, 40, 44
Mangarása, 28 Kumārapāla, 25
Māņikyacāndra, 26 Kumārapāla temples, 35
Mänikya Nandi, 109-10; on knowledge, Kumärila, 192; polimic against Nyaya- 113; on inference, 114
Page #238
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Manikya Sūri, 24
Nimmitavāda, 68
Materialism, 66, 68, 179-81; influence on nirjarā, 152-53
Jainism, 89-90; see under cārvākas
Mathura images, 30-32: inscriptions,
39-40
matijñāna, 160-61
Mätṛkās, 54
Niyavāda, 68
Niyativada, 176; see under Goşala and Ajivikism
Non-absolutist standpoint, 163-65 Non-Vedic gods, 4, 52-54
Matter, 120, 122, 124-25, 194-96
Nṛpatunga, 28 Nuns, 3
Meguti temple, 33
Metaphysics, primitive substratum of, Nyaya-Vaiśeşika, 165, 176, 190; theism of, 93-106; Mīmāmsã criticism of, 9697, 192; on presenting inference, 161; on recognition, 161; early Jain criticism of, 92-93; atomism of, 139-40; and Jainism, 194-97
53
Merutunga, 27
Mimāmsa, 191-93, 201-05; on presenting inference, 161; on tarka, 162; on god, 94; against Nyaya-Vaiśeşika theism, 9697; magical practices in, 191-92 Mind, 65
Mitavāda, 68
Modes, 120, 157-58, 160, 165, 173, 180 Moggalana, 79
mokşa, 89, 170, 187-88; see under Libe- Osia temple, 34
ration
Momentariness, 172-73
Monastic rules, 84-86
Mother goddesses, 4, 53-56
Motion, 120, 122, 124
Mount Abu, 5, 35
Municandra, 25
Mulasuttas, 21
Munisundara Sūri, 27
Nāgacandra, 28 Nāgarjuna, 95
Naigamesa, 31 Nanda Vacca, 177
Nandisema, 24
Na-santi-paralokavāda, 68-69
Nature, doctrine of, 65, 68
Navya Nyaya, 194
naya, 114, 117, 160, 164
Index 217
Nayacandra, 27
Nayanandi, 26
Nemicandra, 23
Nemicandra Bhāṇḍārī, 29
Neminatha, 3, 24, 27, 31-32, 136 Neolithic cults, 54-55
Nevasaññināsaññivāda, 67
Odeyadeva Vädibhasim ha, 24 Older cults and deities, 52-53
Orissan caves and sculptures, 30, 33-34
Pabhosa caves, 30, 40
padartha, of the Nyaya-Vaiśeşikas, 194
95
Padmakirti, 24, 26
Padmavati image, 33
Paharpur Jina, 32
Painnas, 13, 20
Pakudha Kaccayana, 59, 68, 72-74, 80,
167, 179
Palaeolithic cults, 54
Palhaṇa, 29 Pampa, 28 Pañca-parameṣṭhi, 4 pāpa, 148-49
Pasamāra temples, 35 Paresnath temple, 36
Pariņāmavāda, 174, 186, 202
paroksa, 160-61, 108-14
Pārsvanatha, 3, 26; images of, 30-31, 33-34; life and historicity, 44-45; social basis of his doctrines, 62
paryaya, 165, 173, 180, 183-84, 195
Passion, 147-49, 154, 156 Pățaliputra council, 18, 49 Patanjali, 190
Page #239
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
218 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Pāvāpura, 5
Ratnasekhara, 27 Perception, 113-14, 161-63, 179-80, 183, Ravisena, 22
186-87, 190-91, 193, 195-97, 201-04 Recognition, 161-63 Pumanenca, doctrine of, 200
Researches on Jainism, 8-17; earlier Physiology, 131-34
researches, 8; manuscript collections, Ponna, 28
9-12; critical editions and translations, Prabhācandra, 23, 37
9-12; literary studies, 12-14; historical Prabhākara, 192
studies, 14-15; socio-cultural studies, Prabhava, 49
15-16; studies of technical nature, 16; Pradyumna Kumāra, 26
philosophical studies, 16-17 Prakrit works, 25-26
Rest, 120, 122, 124 Prakrti, 181-88; evolutes of, 182-83 Revival, of older cults, 52-53 Pramāna, 108-14, 113-16, 160-63, 174-75, Royal patronage, 7 202-03
Rşabhanátha, 25, 28; images of, 31-36 Praśastamati, 100
Rşabha Nandi, 109 Prasastapāda, 96 Pratiyasamutpādavāda, 202 Pratakşa, 108-14, 161-63, 179-80, 186-87, Sabera, 192 190-91. 195-97, 201-04; evolution of Sabhavanātha, 33 the concept, 112-14, 117
Sacrificial cults, 58 Pre-Vedic elements, 51-53
Sådhu, 20 Pseudo-ascetics, 65
śākhā, 1-2, 40, 44 Psychology, 162-63
Sālibhadra, 29 pudgala, 120, 122, 124-25, 194-96
Samantabhadra, 22-23, 109, 118, 116, 175 Pūjyapāda 23, 161
Sambhūtavijaya, 49 punya, 148-50
samgha, 1, 2, 44; tribal basis, 61-62 Purāna Kassapa, 59, 68-72, 79, 167, 179 Samghadāsa, 22 Puruşa, 126, 182-84, 188
Sāmkhya, 53, 71, 201-05; early Jain Puryānta kalpika, 65-69
criticism of, 91-92; on presenting infePūrva texts, 18
rence, 161; Vedānta grafted on, 181-82; Puşpadanta, 22, 24
and yoga, 190; and Jainism, 181-88 Sammetaśikhara, 5
Samprati, 68-69 Qualities, doctrine of, 65, 68; Samkhya samvara, 151-52, 190 concept of, 183-84; Nyāya-Vaiseșika Sandilya, 48 concept of, 194-95; Jain concept, 156-59 Sañjaya Belatthiputta, 66, 78-79, 167
Sankara, on Jainism, 198-99
Saññivāda, 66-67 Rājasekhara, 111
Sāntarakṣita, anti-theistic arguments of, Rājasthan remains, 36
99-100 Rakşas, revival of their cult, 53
Sāntideva, 95; reputation of theism, 99 Rāmacandra, 25
Sāntikirti, 28 Rāmānuja, on Jainism, 199
Sāntinātha, 25, 32 Rāmaśarman, 25
Sānti Suri, 25-26 Rāmasimha Muni, 23
Saptabhangi-naya, 117-20 Ranna, 28
Saptamātskā, 32 Rāştrakūtā inscription, 42-43
Sarasvati, 32 Ratnaprabha, 110; on syllogism, 117 Sariputta, 79
Page #240
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Index 219
Sarotra temple, 35
Svabhāvavāda, 65, 68, 71 Sarvānanda, 27
Svāmi kārttikeya, 2 Sāsanadevatas, 4, 32, 54
Svayambhu, 24 Sassatavāda, 65-66
Svetāmbara, passim, subsects, 1-2; tradiSatghara cave, 32
tions, 5, 10, 12, 14, 17-18; on MadāSatruñjaya temples, 36
vira, 46; texts, and commentaries, 17-22 Sautrāntika, 202
Syādvāda, 68-69, 111-20, 160; criticism Sayambhava, 49
of, 198-99 Schism, 49
Syllogism, 114-16, 187 Siddha, 4, 20 Siddharalasti pillar inscription, 1 Siddhasena, 22, 175
Tamil Jain writings, 27-28 Siddhasena Divăkara, 109; on sources of Tapāgaccha, 27 knowledge, 113; on inference, 114; on Tărādevis, 54 Syädvāda, 117-18; on Pramāņa, 160 Temples, 29-37 Śīlānka, 22, 68, 71
Testimony, 108-16, 160-63, 174-75, 202-03 Simandhara temple sculptures, 33 Than temples, 33-34 Simha, 26
Tilakācārya, 111 Simhagiri, 49
Time, doctrine of, 65, 68, 122-23 Sittannavasal painting, 32
Tirthamkara, passim, images of, 30-37, Sivakotyācārya, 28
names and historicity, 51-52 Sobhana, 23
Tiruthakkathevar, 27 Somacandra, 27
Trairāśika Jains, 178 Somacaritra, 27
Transmigration, 169-70, 207 Somaprabha, 25
Tribal model, as imitated by Mahāvīra, Son Bhandara cave, 31, 40
84-87 Soul, theories of different schools, 20001; Vedic, 167-70; Cārvāka, 180-81; Samkhya, 185; Yoga, 190-91; Mimamsā, Ucchedavāda, 67 193; gain view criticised, 198-99; bon- Udayaprabha, 24-25 dage of, 152; liberation of, 153-54, 170- Uddyotakara, 99-100 74, 187-88
Ujjayini famine, 37 Śrāvaka, 5
Umāsvāti, 22, 108-09, 161, 162, 190; on Śrevena belgola, 5, 6, 34-35, 37
division of naya, 111; or direct and Sricandra, 25-26, 110
indirect knowledge, 112; or means of Sridhara, 26
valid knowledge, 113 Śruti, 160-62
Universe, shape, measure and regions, Sthūlabhadra, 17-18, 38, 49
141-42 Substance, 157-58, 160, 165, 176-77, Upayoga, 162 179-80, 183-84, 194-95, 197-99
Uvangas, 19-20 Sudharman, 48-49 Suhastin, 38, 49 Sunyavāda, 174, 197
Vadirāja, 26 Suprabhācārya, 24, 26
Vāghbhața, 24 Supratibuddha, 49
Vaibhare hill temple, 31, 33 Surācārya, 26
Vaibhāşikas, 202; on god, 94-95 Surplus production, 60
Vaimanika gods, 4, 20 Susthita, 49
Vaišeşika, see Nyāya-Vaišeşika
Page #241
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
220 Jain Philosophy in Historical Outline
Vajrasena, 29, 48-49
Vikrama, 26 Vajraśvāmin, 49
Vinayavāda, 65, 68-69, 88-89 Valabhi bronzes, 32
Vinayavijaya, 111 Valabhi Council, 18
Viraganin, 25 Vāmanācāryār, 28
Viraśaivas, 7 Vardhamāna, 25
Virasena, 23 Varvan shrine, 35
Vivartavāda, 202 Vātsyāyana, 96
Vyantara gods, 4, 20 Vaţtakera, 22 Vedānta, early Jain criticism of, 91-92; charges against Nyāya-Vaišeşika, 96; Yaśobhadra, 49 grafted on Sāmkhya, 181-82, Mimā- Yaśovijaya, 111, 194 msaka criticism of, 192; Unreality of Yativrşabha, 22 the world, 193; relation with Jainism, Yoga, 53, 94; magical practices in, 189; 197-99
in Jain tradition, 189-90; in other sysVedic religion, 56-58
tems, 193; primitive undercurrent of, Vedic tradition, 166-70
189 Venus statue, 6, 35
Yogic perception, 193 Vidyādevis, 54
Yogācāra, 197 Vidyānanda, 23, 109, 110
Yogānga, 189 Vijayasena, 29
Yogicandra Muni, 26 Vijñānavāda, 173-74, 197
Yoginis, 54
Page #242
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
_